General Product Catalog

Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas headquarters
In APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS, S.A we are experts in lightning

protection. We have at your disposal all the existing technology and innovate
every day, giving suitable solutions to each particular case. We manufacture
our products according to maximum quality standards. Research, innovation
and safety are the key factor underlining our leadership and presence the
world over.
OTHER DIVISIONS
OF APLICACIONES TECNOLGICAS
RADIOLOGICAL PROTECTION
AND MEDICAL PHYSICS
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL
TECHNOLOGIES
LIGHTNING PROTECTION
DIVISION
MISSION AND VISION
R+D+i: EFFORT AND

INVESTMENT
STANDARDIZATION:
PARTICIPATION AND DEDICATION
Our goal as a company is to provide safe and

technologically advanced solutions within
the area of lightning protection. Our aim is
to be the technological reference in this
field, providing the most complete range of
products and solutions.
We are at the forefront of the sector thanks

to our important investments in this area.
Our R+D+i department is composed
of a multidisciplinary team of technical
experts, engineers, physicists, chemists
and researchers who participate in the
development of new products, services and
processes.
With the objective of promoting the evolution

of the normative in our field, we actively
participate in both national and international
standardization committees, which lead
also to an improvement of our products and
services.
WE ARE MANUFACTURERS
INTERNATIONALIZATION
We are experts in lightning

protection and we supply all existing
technologies in this area thus offering
the most suitable solution for each
particular case. We have our own
productive processes for all the range
of products.
Our internationalization policy is go further

to be each day closer to our clients.
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
EARTHING
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
Our successful presence in the international

market is the result of oureffective adaptation
to local needs and requirements. We work in
more than 70 countries (in Europe, Africa,
America and Asia) through a network of local
distributors, whom we supportto successfully
develop their businesses by providing
them with training, market understanding,
technical support and marketing.
SOFTWARE: RISK CALCULATION AND PROJECTS

Complete software for lightning protection projects. Users have the possibility of receiving via e-mail a report, diagrams, quotations, construction
details and instructions, all according to the relevant standards (UNE, EN, IEC, REBT, CTE).
TRAINING: KNOWLEDGE
We provide continuous training and
technical seminars, both national and
internationally, for the knowledge of our
products and the management of adequate
lightning protection solutions. Thousands
of professionals of this sector attend each
year these courses given by our company.
QUALITY: SOLUTIONS AND PRODUCTS

ACCORDING TO THE STANDARDS
ENVIRONMENT: COMMITMENT AND

RESPONSABILITY
We are aware that our products, services and processes must be

oriented to the full satisfaction of the client. Company registered
by AENOR (Spanish Association of Regulation and Certification)
which certifies that we have implemented a quality assurance
system in accordance with the UNE EN ISO9001:2008 for our
products and services.
Our company is fully committed to theenvironment and sustainable

development.Company registered by IVAC (Certification Institute)
which certifies that we have implemented an Environmental
Management System under the UNE-EN ISO 14001:2004 for our
products and services.
SERVICES
CERTIFIED PRODUCTS
Certified products by tests in official and
independent laboratories.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas S.A offers you a whole team of

specialists to facilitate all the following services:
Studies and projects: risk of lightning strike analysis, regulatory
compliance, reports, diagrams and quotations.
Technical assessment: Technical team for evaluating the most
suitable solution for each case.
Verification and maintenance: inspection of the lightning
protection installations according to the standards and adjustment
/maintenance of them.
Installation: groups of installers and specialists in vertical works
for carrying out the installations.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION PLEASE GET IN
CONTACT WITH US OR VISIT OUR WEBSITE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
05-80
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
81-250
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
277-288
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
289-299
INDEX BY
PRODUCT
301-313
EARTHING
251-276
INDEX
INDEX BY
REFERENCE
315-319
EXTERNAL PROTECTION systems
NEED OF PROTECTION
Arts and Science Palace of Valencia. (Mesh)
Spain square, Seville, with early streamer emission air terminals
Lightning is one of the most devastating natural phenomena. There are

many discharges during lightning storms and some of them can even reach
hundreds of kiloamperes.
The need for lightning protection should be considered preferably during the
first phases of the structures design.
A Lightning Protection System has 4 basic objectives:
1) Capture lightning.
2) Conduct lightning current to earth avoiding damage.
3) Disperse lightning current in the ground quickly and safely.
4) Avoid the secondary effects of lightning (overvoltages).
These electrical discharges are a great hazard to

people, animals, buildings and electronic equipment.
The economic consequences of lightning are also
very important; it can cause fire, stop production of a
factory or interrupt critical processes. A direct lightning
discharge to a person results in current flowing through
the body. This current lasts a very short time but the
intensity is enough to provoke electrocution resulting in
heart failure and causing burns of different degrees.
Until now, there is no device that can prevent lightning formation. However, it is
possible to create a path for the discharge to ground of lightning that minimizes
damage on the environment: the Lightning Protection System.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. assures through its 5

product lines the best option for lightning protection:
External Protection (in this catalogue).
Internal Protection.
Earthing.
Exothermic welding.
Preventive Protection.
In a world where buildings and equipment are more complex every day,
lightning is a constant hazard. One discharge can damage buildings and
cause failures in electronic devices. It can even provoke fire and important
economical losses.
HOW IS LIGHTNING FORMED?
In normal conditions there is in the atmosphere a balance between positive

and negative charges, where the ground is more negatively charged than
the air and other elements on the ground.
However, the formation of storm clouds creates a charge polarization:
usually, the lower part of the cloud is charged negatively, inducing then a
positive charge at the ground and other elements on it. The electric field at
the atmosphere can then reach tens of kilovolts.
This positive charge is more evident at metallic elements, pointed objects
and well-earthed objects, including trees.
6 EXTERNAL PROTECTION
When the electric field is high enough, the cloud starts discharging towards
the ground. The path formed by this discharge is called the downward
leader and produces a very sharp variation in the electric field, causing
the corona effect.
One of these objects will be the one forming the upward leader, which
will move towards the downward leader thus forming the discharge path
between the cloud and the ground. This object will receive the lightning
strike. The cloud charge will find the most direct path to earth. If this path is
not controlled, damages can be severe.
LIGHTNING DESTRUCTIVE EFFECTS
Electrical effects: equipment destruction. Ground voltage rises

and surges can damage all the equipment connected to the electrical
network. (1)
Electrodynamical effects: building damages. Conductors are
submitted to mechanical forces placed inside a magnetic field originated
in another conductor. These may cause deformation and rupture. (2)
Thermal effects: fires. Heat dissipation by Joule effect can even cause
fires. (3)
Effects on living beings: electrocution and burns. Current passing
through the body for a short duration is enough to cause electrocution
potentially resulting in respiratory or cardiac arrest and burns. (4)
Inductive effects: within a variable electromagnetic field, induced
currents appear in every conductor. If these conductors are connected to
computers or other electronic equipment, damages can be severe.
The consequences of all these effects are important economical losses because of the damage in buildings and equipment due to a lightning strike or fire
caused by a discharge.
Costs can also be very high if lightning causes service interruptions, stops production processes or forces the temporary shutdown of certain machinery
if the control equipment is affected by lightning.
LIGHTNING PARAMETERS
The values of the main lightning parameters have

been obtained experimentally.
Lightning protection standards assume for a direct strike simulation a

current wave, double exponential, which rise time is 10s (up to 90% of
the peak value), the peak is 100kA and the tail (time to half value) is 350s.
Waveshape and currents for positive

(ground to cloud) and negative (cloud to
ground) discharges.
wave 10/350s
The measured values for lightning peak

current range from hundreds of amperes
to several hundred kiloamperes.
EXTERNAL PROTECTION 7
RISK ASSESSMENT
The procedure for calculating the risk factor is described in Lightning Protection standards. The result determines the
need for installing a Lightning Protection System and its degree of security (Protection Level). The risk assessment
compares the expected lightning incidence with the assumed probability of lightning strike on the structure. The
rate between these two factors indicates if the lightning protection system is needed and the security grade. This
value depends on several tabulated factors, such as the type of structure and its contents, although sometimes other
considerations could be taken into account, improving the protection level over the risk calculations.
Standards consider that lightning protection is needed in the following cases:

Any installation or machinery that is used for working
Large concentrations of people
Need of continuity in production or public services
Areas with high lightning density
Very high or isolated buildings
Buildings containing explosive or inflammable materials
Buildings containing irreplaceable heritage
Buildings or structures whose risk index, calculated according to the Standard, determines the need for a lightning
protection system installation with a certain protection level
Larger consecuences in case of

lightning strike
PROTECTION LEVELS
LEVEL I
Protected Area with level I

Protected Area with level IV
LEVEL II
LEVEL III
LEVEL IV
Higher probability of lightning strike
Lightning Protection standards present the need for calculating the risk factors. Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
Technical Department is at your disposal for facilitating a full risk assessment in accordance with the relevant
standards.
The need for and level of protection often depends on subjective criteria since the protection level depends on the
acceptable number of strikes on the structure, which can always be limited to adopting Level I, the safest and most
effective.
Protection Level is thus related to the accepted probability of a lightning strike to a structure. A lower protection level
(level IV) will be able to intercept lightning with a high associated current, but a flash with a low current could avoid
the Lightning Protection System and strike the structure. Protection Level I assumes lower protection radius for the air
terminals, hence the system would also intercept lower current lightning.
LEGISLATION AND STANDARDS

The ability of an installation to protect properly is guaranteed by the compliance with all standards relating to lightning
protection:
Specific Standards for Lightning Protection
NF C 17 102, UNE 21186 and other National Standards: Lightning Protection with Early Streamer Emission Air Terminals.
IEC/EN 62305 Series: Lightning Protection using rods and meshed conductors.
EN 50164 Series: Lightning Protection Components.
BS EN 62561 Series: Lightning Protection System Components.
Guide documents
BIP 2118: Protection against lightning. A UK guide to the practical application of BS EN 62305.
Other standards
Typically, in every country there are codes that may be related to lightning protection, such as:

National Electric Code

National Construction Code
Its highly advisable to check carefully if there are lightning protection requirements within national obligatory standards.
Other laws and codes may also apply to lightning protection. Typical cases are:

Requirements for protection of flammable and explosive areas

Work health and safety codes
Particular requirements for other high risk structures and areas, such as hospitals, campsites,
dangerous industries, etc.
IEC/EN 61663 Series: Lightning protection. Telecommunication lines.

BS EN 2591-214: Aerospace series. Elements of electrical and optical connection. Test methods. Lightning strike, current
and voltage pulse.
BS EN 3841-308: Aerospace series. Circuit breakers. Test methods. Lightning.
BS EN 50468: Resistibility requirement to overvoltage and overcurrents due to lightning for equipment having
telecommunication port.
BS EN 50289-4-14: Communication cables. Specifications for test methods. Environmental test methods. Lightning.
BS EN 60076-4: Power transformers. Guide to the lightning impulse and switching impulse testing. Power transformers
and reactors.
IEC/TR 61400-24: Wind turbine generator systems. Lightning protection.
IEC/TR 60479-4: Effects of current on human beings and livestock. Effects of lightning strokes on human beings and
livestock.
Several protection examples:

historic buildings, factories,
houses, fuel stations, residential
buildings, malls, etc.
Interception systems and accesories.

Elements installed for intercepting lightning.
Nowadays there are standards relating to
two types of lightning protection systems:
some using Early Streamer Emission (ESE)
air terminals and others using rods and
meshed conductors.
Down-conductors.
Components conducting
lightning current to the earth.
Fixings, lightning event
counters and spark gaps for
aerial mast are included in
this category.
LIGHTNING
PROTECTION
SYSTEMS
This drawing does not pretend to represent real
applications but to show the different products
appearing in the catalogue in order to perform a
lightning protection installation.
Earthing.
Components that disperse
lightning current in
the soil. Elements for
equipotentialization of
metallic items are included
herein.
Conductors.
Metallic components
transporting the lightning
current. They can be used
in the air termination,
down-conductor and earth
termination systems.
APLIWELD:
Exothermic welding. Procedure that
provides long-lasting connections
by welding the conductors
autonomously, using graphite moulds.
GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN:

EARLY STREAMER EMISSION AIR TERMINALS (ESE AIR TERMINALS)
Installation standards
The installation of the LPS using ESE air terminals must follow the relevant
standards (NFC 17102, UNE 21186 or similar):
The radius of protection offered by an ESE lightning conductor is related
to its height (h) relative to the area to be protected, to its triggering
advance and to the protection level. The following table shows the DAT
CONTROLER PLUS radii of protection.
CTE SU 8
Level 4
Level 3
Level 2
Level 1
PROTECTION RADIUS (Rp) IN METERS

AS CTE SU 8, UNE 21186 and NFC 17102
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
UNE 21186
AT-1515 AT-1530 AT-1545 AT-1560
NFC 17102
h
DC+15 DC+30 DC+45 DC+60
2
20
28
36
43
4
41
57
72
85
Level IV
6
52
72
90
107
8
54
73
91
108
10
56
75
92
109
2
18
25
32
39
4
36
51
64
78
Level III
6
46
64
81
97
8
47
65
82
98
10
49
66
83
99
2
15
22
28
35
4
30
44
57
69
Level II
6
38
55
71
87
8
39
56
72
87
10
40
57
72
88
2
13
19
25
31
4
25
38
51
63
Level I
6
32
48
63
79
8
33
49
64
79
10
34
49
64
79
The down conductor should be installed such that its routing is as

straight as possible and takes the shortest path to earth without sharp
bends or upward sections. Care should also be taken to avoid crossing
or running conductors in close proximity to electrical cables.
When external routing is impracticable, the down-conductor may be
internally routed inside an insulating non-flammable duct with a minimum
internal cross-sectional area of 2000mm2. The project manager must
also be aware of the reduced lightning protection system effectiveness,
maintenance difficulties, and the risks resulting from the entry of voltage
surges into structures.
The number of fixings is determined considering 3 clips per meter.
Down-conductors should have a cross-section of at least

50mm. Since lightning current is impulsional, flat conductors
(tape) are preferable to round conductors because they have
a larger surface for the same amount of material. On another
side tin-plated copper is recommended due to its physical,
mechanical and electrical characteristics (conductivity,
malleability, corrosion resistance and so on).
Down conductors should be protected by installing guard tubes up to a
height of 2m above ground level.
The installation of a Lightning Event Counter over the guard tube is
recommended in order to perform the verification and maintenance
operations which are essential for any lightning protection system.
The down-conductor must always be at least 3 meters from external gas
pipes.
Each down-conductor must have an earth termination system.
Earth terminations should be located externally to the building.
The connection with the earth termination system must be done directly
at the end of each down-conductor, using a device that allows the
disconnection of the earth electrode and should be placed inside an
inspection pit marked with the earth symbol.
h: air terminal height over the surface to be protected.
The air terminal must be installed at least 2 meters higher than any other
element within its protected area.
Each air terminal must be connected to the earthing using two
down-conductors that will preferably be placed on different
external walls of the structure.
The resistance of the earth measured by conventional means

must be lower than 10 when separated from other conductive
elements.
The inductance of the earthing must be as low as possible. The
recommended arrangement is vertical electrodes forming a triangle with
a minimum total length of 6m. The vertical electrodes must be bonded
with a conductor buried 50cm deep and separated at a greater distance
than their length.
The use of a soil conductivity improver is recommended in high resistivity
ground.
All the earth termination systems should be bonded together and to the
general earth system of the building.
It is recommended to use a spark gap to connect the lightning earth
termination system to the general earthing, as well as the lightning air
terminal mast to any aerials.
All elements of the earth termination system must always be at least 5
meters from any buried metallic or electrical service.
Working basis and main materials

The functioning of Early Streamer Emission Air Terminals is based on the electric characteristics of lightning formation. Lightning initiates with a downconductor, propagating in any direction. Once it approaches a close proximity to objects on the earth surfaces any of them can be struck. The objective of an
external lightning protection system is to control the lightning strike point and provide the lightning current with a path to earth avoiding damage to the structure.
The main feature of Early Streamer Emission (ESE) Air Terminals is the generation of the continuous upward leader before any other object within its protected
area. The standards define this characteristic using a parameter called advance time (t): Average gain in upward leader triggering compared with a reference
point having the same geometry. It is obtained by laboratory tests, and is measured in microseconds.
The advance time determines the protection radius of each air terminal. If the triggering occurs earlier, then the distance at which the downward leader is
intercepted increases, thus avoiding a lightning strike in a wider area. The advance time must be measured in a High Voltage laboratory, following the test
procedure described in the ESE lightning protection standards.
The components for a Lightning Protection System using ESE Air Terminals are as follows:
External Lightning Protection System
One or more air terminals.
Two or more down-conductors.
An Earth Termination System.
Internal Lightning Protection System

A correct surge protection installation (see Overvoltage Protection
catalogue)
Other measures minimizing the destructive effects of lightning
(equipotential bonding, screening, etc.)
AT-1560
AT-011A
AT-056A
AT-023B
AT-052D
AT-060F
AT-020F
AT-028E
AT-094E
AT-001G
AT-060G
AT-010H
AT-020H
AT-050K
AT-052D
AT-025H
AT-010L
Recommended materials for a lightning protection installation using ESE Air Terminals:
Reference
Page
Clip
AT-015E
40
26
Tile support
AT-094E
54
AT-056A
30
Downpipe support
AT-073E
56
AT-023B
30
Clamp
AT-020F
60
Spark gap for aerial mast
AT-060F
66
Reference
Page
Lightning event counter
AT-001G
67
Earth electrode
AT-025H
256
Guard tube
AT-060G
68
Ground enhancing product
AT-010L
263
Conductor
AT-052D
74
Earth pit
AT-010H
264
Bonding bar
AT-020H
266
Spark gap for earthing
AT-050K
269
Conductor
AT-052D
74
Interception systems
Reference
Page
ESE lightning air terminal
AT-1560
19
Adapting piece
AT-011A
Mast
Anchorage
Earthing
Down-conductors
GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN: RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS

Installation standards
Mesh method
The installation of a lightning protection system using rods and meshed

conductors must follow the standards IEC62305 Lightning Protection:
According to this method, conductors forming a mesh should be placed on the

structure. The separation depends on the protection level:
The volume protected by the air terminals can be determined using 3

methods:
Protection Level I: w = 5m
Protection Level II: w = 10m
Protection Level III: w = 15m
Protection Level IV: w = 20m
Angle method
According to this method the protection volume is given by a line which
origin is at the air terminal, and which angle depends on the height and the
protection level, according to the following chart and graphic:
The mesh should initially be applied to the cover perimeter, especially edges
and overhangs.
Protection
Level
For buildings higher than 60m, a mesh with the same size should also cover
the upper 20% of the outer walls.
Down-conductors should follow these requirements:
PROTECTION
LEVEL
h (m)
D (m)
20
30
45
60
20
25
II
30
35
25
III
45
45
35
25
IV
60
55
45
35
25
* For structures higher than 60m, this method cannot be applied.

Franklin rods should be placed on
the higher and most vulnerable
places (edges, overhangs, etc.),
as shown in the figure:
Self-standing rods (table 9) are recommended when the rods have to surpass
8m or higher elements on the roof.
To provide several parallel paths to share the lightning current.
The length of the current paths to the earthing should be as

short and direct as possible.
They should be connected to the grounded metallic parts of
the structure if the distance between them is shorter than the
separation distance as defined in the standard.
The distance between down-conductors depends also on the protection
level:
Protection Level
Distance between down-conductors
10m
II
10m
III
15m
IV
20m
Rolling sphere method
The conductors should be fixed to the structure once every meter.
The rolling sphere method is based on an electrogeometrical model, where

it is assumed that the downward leader that will strike the structure to be
protected has the shape of a sphere with a radius D (space where the last step
of the downward leader can stay). The points where this sphere can touch the
structure should be provided with air terminals.
For longer conductors, it is recommended to install expansion joints

every 20 meters.
According to the Standard IEC 62305-3,

the rolling sphere radius depends on the
protection level:

Protection Level I: D = 20m

Protection Level II: D = 30m
Protection Level III: D = 45m
Protection Level IV: D = 60m
Once these air terminals are installed, the protection radius (Rp) on a flat
surface can be defined as shown in the figure and the formula:
Rp= 2Dh-h2
A guard tube should be installed for each down-conductor, covering at

least 2m over the floor, in order to avoid mechanical damages.
Every down-conductor must be connected to the earthing. It is
recommended to equipotentialize all the down-conductors at ground
level and every 20m.
A disconnecting sleeve should be installed in each down-conductor for
measuring earth resistance separated from other conductive elements.
It is recommended that the earthing resistance is less than 10.
Earth conductors should be buried at a depth of at least 0,5m.
It is not recommended to install aluminium conductors or fittings directly
into earth.
Unions between copper and aluminium conductors or copper and
galvanized steel conductors are not recommended in order to avoid
corrosion. Bimetallic or stainless steel clamps should be used.
Main materials
Lightning protection using rods and meshed conductors is intended to share and dissipate the lightning current through a network of down-conductors and
earth terminations.
The elements of a lightning protection system using rods and meshed conductors are as follows:
External Lightning Protection System
Simple rods and/or meshed conductors.
Down-conductors.
Earth Termination System.
Internal Lightning Protection System

A correct surge protection installation (see Overvoltage
Protection catalogue)
Other measures minimizing the destructive effects of lightning
(equipotential bonding, screening, etc.)
Recommended materials for a lightning protection installation using rods and meshed conductors:
This table gives the appropriate material for making a copper, aluminium, galvanized steel or stainless steel mesh.
Earthing
Down-conductors
Interception systems
Denomination
Air rod
Self-supporting air rod
Air rod base
Flat washer
Roof conductor holder
Clamp
Conductor
Clip
Clip for guard tube
Tile support
Gutter clamp
Downpipe support
Clamp
Test clamp
Guard tube
Joint protection
Conductor
Earth electrode
Coupling
Ground enhancing product
Earth pit
Bonding bar
Earth clamp
Conductor
Reference
Cu
AT-005A
23
Reference
Al
AT-008A
AT-115B
26
AT-116B
26
AT-207E
AT-033F
AT-011D
AT-114E
43
59
74
40
AT-207E
AT-039F
AT-057D
AT-121E
43
59
75
40
AT-094E
54
AT-094E
54
AT-177E
AT-033F
AT-081F
AT-060F
AT-060G
58
59
64
66
68
AT-025J
AT-039F
AT-094F
AT-060F
AT-060G
58
59
65
66
68
AT-011D
AT-041H
74
259
AT-057D
AT-041H
75
259
AT-010L
AT-010H
AT-020H
AT-080J
AT-011D
263
264
266
272
74
AT-010L
AT-010H
AT-020H
AT-080J
AT-011D
263
264
266
272
74
Page
Page
23
Reference
Galv S
AT-038A
AT-104A
AT-030B
AT-095B
AT-042E
AT-125F
AT-060D
AT-128E
AT-132E
AT-090E
AT-040F
AT-186E
AT-125F
AT-060F
AT-057G
AT-010J
AT-060D
AT-049H
AT-038K
AT-010L
AT-010H
AT-020H
AT-131J
AT-061D
Page
Reference SS
Page
24
24
29
29
51
62
77
45
45
52
54
AT-032A
AT-104A
AT-030B
AT-095B
AT-042E
AT-122F
AT-128D
AT-128E
24
24
29
29
51
62
77
45
AT-090E
AT-040F
AT-186E
AT-122F
52
54
AT-060F
AT-054G
66
68
AT-128D
AT-080H
77
260
AT-010L
AT-010H
AT-021J
AT-133J
AT-129D
263
264
266
275
77
62
66
68
264
77
261
261
263
264
266
275
77
62
INTERCEPTION SYSTEMS
ESE lightning air terminals
Rods and meshed conductors
AND ACCESORIES
Fixings
Masts and anchorages
ESE AIR TERMINAL

1
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
An Early Streamer Emission (ESE) Air Terminal is characterized by reacting

when lightning approaches, intercepting it earlier than any other element
within its protection area in order to conduct it safely to the ground.
This time ahead is normatively called Advance time (t) and it determines
the air terminal protective radius.
For an enhanced guarantee,

the DAT CONTROLER
PLUS Air Terminals have
been submitted to several
tests in official and
independent laboratories:
It is necessary to verify that the air terminals are not perishable and
they continue working after repetitive lightning strikes, maintaining the
advance time capability.
DAT CONTROLER PLUS has been submitted to a withstand current
test prior to the test where the advance time is determined. This group of
tests is called lightning current advance time consecutive test. DAT
CONTROLER PLUS has obtained the AENOR Product Certification for
passing this test.
Besides, an ESE Air Terminal has to maintain the isolation of the source
that supplies the triggering device in order to assure its advance time
(t). It is therefore necessary to verify that the triggering device is not
disabled under rain conditions since the air terminal would then loose
its protection radius. DAT CONTROLER PLUS has been tested under
heavy rain conditions thus ensuring this isolation.
The DAT CONTROLER PLUS Air Terminal employs the environmental
electric field as the only power supply. It is fully autonomous,
maintenance-free and its working can be verified at any moment.
CTE SU 8
Level 4
Level 3
DAT CONTROLER PLUS must be installed following the relevant

standards.
Level 2
Level 1
PROTECTION RADIUS (Rp) IN METERS

AS CTE SU 8, UNE 21186 and NFC 17102
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
UNE 21186
AT-1515 AT-1530 AT-1545 AT-1560
NFC 17102
h
DC+15 DC+30 DC+45 DC+60
2
20
28
36
43
4
41
57
72
85
Level IV
6
52
72
90
107
8
54
73
91
108
10
56
75
92
109
2
18
25
32
39
4
36
51
64
78
Level III
6
46
64
81
97
8
47
65
82
98
10
49
66
83
99
2
15
22
28
35
4
30
44
57
69
Level II
6
38
55
71
87
8
39
56
72
87
10
40
57
72
88
2
13
19
25
31
4
25
38
51
63
Level I
6
32
48
63
79
8
33
49
64
79
10
34
49
64
79
h: air terminal height over the surface to be protected.
The DAT CONTROLER PLUS

Air Terminal is provided with:
Lightning current
advance time
consecutive test
A) AENOR Product Certification nr. 058/000003
(Lightning current advance time consecutive test)
The below described A.1 and A.2 tests have been performed on the same air terminals consecutively with the aim of
assuring its proper working after withstanding repetitive lightning currents. These tests have been carried out by the
LCOE (Central Official Electrotechnics Laboratory, Ministry of Science and Technology).
DAT
CONTROLER
PLUS remains
working properly
after withstanding
repetitive lightning
discharges, with no
disruption to the
advance time (t)
A.1) CERTIFIED WITHSTAND CURRENT: 100kA. Direct application of 10 lightning current impulses (10/350s)
with a current peak higher than 100kA and specific energy higher than 2,5MJ/, according to IEC60060-1 and
IEC61083-1.
A.2) CERTIFIED ADVANCE TIME, tested according to UNE 21186 and NFC 17102 (Annex C Test for the evaluation
of a ESE air terminal) and fixed after applying a security factor equal to twice the uncertainty registered during the
test:
Model
Advance time
during the test
Uncertainty
of the test (i)
Security
factor
Certified
Advance
Time
AT-1515
DAT CONTROLER PLUS 15
39 s
11 s
2xi
15 s
AT-1530
52 s
11 s
2xi
30 s
AT-1545
68 s
12 s
2xi
45 s
AT-1560
86 s
12 s
2xi
60 s
Ref.
B) CERTIFICATE OF EFFECTIVE PERFORMANCE

UNDER RAIN.
Insulation superior to 95%.
These tests have been performed according to the standard UNE
21308 (IEC60060-1) in the LCOE (Central Official Electrotechnics
Laboratory, Ministry of Science and Technology).

B.1) Comparative dry/rain tests with continuous voltage

(simulating the electric field during a storm)
B.2) Comparative dry/rain tests with switching impulses
(simulating the approach of the downward leader)
The patented design of DAT

CONTROLER PLUS avoids
the contact between the metallic
framework at atmospheric potential
(in blue) and the metallic axis
connected to earth (in red)
For an ESE Air Terminal, the triggering device supply comes from
the high difference of potential, in storm conditions, between its
isolated metallic armatures. It is therefore necessary to guarantee
this potential difference under bad weather conditions.
C) CERTIFICATE OF PROTECTION
RADIUS AND FULFILLMENT OF
THE RELEVANT STANDARDS
Certificate of the protection radius for each model and protection
level calculated according to the relevant standards.
INTERCEPTION SYSTEMS AND ACCESORIES
ESE lightning air terminals
ESE LIGHTNING AIR TERMINALS EXAMPLES

These are several examples of interception systems with ESE lightning air terminals, showing the most relevant material:
Reference
Denomination
AT-1560
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
AT-011A
Tape adapting piece
14
AT-012C
Free standing mast
38
AT-052D
Tape conductor
116
Reference
Reference
Table
Denomination
Denomination
Table
AT-1560
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
AT-011A
Tape adapting piece
14
AT-056A
Mast
26
AT-023B
U shaped anchorage
27
AT-015E
Tape clip
42
AT-094E
Tile support
71
AT-020F
Square tape clamp
87
AT-060F
101
AT-052D
Tape conductor
116
Table
Reference
Denomination
Table
AT-1560
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
AT-1560
DAT CONTROLER PLUS
AT-011A
Tape adapting piece
14
AT-010A
Cable adapting piece
14
AT-080B
Chimney anchorage
36
AT-031C
Trestle tower
39
AT-081B
Isolated support for chimneys
36
AT-044C
Cable trestle tower clip
40
AT-085B
5m rod for chimneys
36
AT-046C
Cable to Guy wire clamp
40
AT-015E
Tape clip
42
AT-050D
Cable conductor
124
AT-052D
Tape conductor
116
AT-084B
AT-085B
AT-081B
Ver tabla 1
AT-080B
RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS EXAMPLES

These are several examples of interception systems with rods and meshed
conductors, showing the most relevant material:
Reference
Denomination
Table
Reference
Denomination
Table
AT-005A
Taper pointed air rod
5
16
AT-002A
AT-056A
AT-023B
Multi-point
Mast
U shaped anchorage
12
26
27
AT-115B
Air rod base
AT-033F
Square tape clamp
85
AT-043E
Cable clip
56
AT-011D
Tape conductor
115
AT-090E
Curve tile support
67
AT-120F
T clamp
88
AT-060F
101
AT-060D
Round conductor
125
Reference
Denomination
Table
Reference
AT-038A
Lightning rod for wedge
AT-111A
Self-supporting air termination rod
AT-030B
Concrete base
25
AT-145E
AT-095B
Flat washer for concrete base
25
AT-052D
AT-042E
Roof conductor holder
64
AT-025F
AT-125F
AT-012G
AT-060D
Rod universal clamp

Universal clamp
Expansion unit
Round conductor
91
91
104
125
AT-041E
Denomination
Table
Pyramidal roof conductor holder

Pyramidal roof conductor
holder with square clamp
63
Tape conductor
116
63
ESE AIR TERMINAL / Rods
ESE AIR TERMINAL TRAZOR

Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
TRAZOR T- PDC / 5
TRAZOR T- PDC / 7
175 x 175 x 750

175 x 175 x 750
Stainless steel
Stainless steel
6,5
6,5
AT-1469
TRAZOR T- PDC / 9
175 x 175 x 750
Stainless steel
6,5
AT-1470
TRAZOR T- PDC / 10
175 x 175 x 750
Stainless steel
6,5
AT-1465
AT-1467
Weight (Kg)
Meets UNE 21186, NFC 17102
T-PDC/5 T-PDC/7 T-PDC/9 T-PDC/10
Protection radius in meters

Height of air terminal
AT-1465
AIR TERMINATION ROD
Level I
37
42
52
77
Level II
44
48
59
85
Level III
52
57
69
95
Level IV
59
64
77
105
20mm rods assemble for example with AT-022F or AT-003M (Tables 23, 24), except AT-023A and AT-019A that assemble
for example into AT-010A (Table 14). 16mm rods assemble with AT-124B (Table 17).
Dimensions (mm)
Thread
Material
AT-053L
Reference
20 x 300
female thread M10
Stainless steel
Weight (Kg)
AT-055L
20 x 500
female thread M10
Stainless steel
1,14
AT-096A
20 x 1000
female thread M10
Stainless steel
2,35
AT-097A
20 x 300
female thread M10
Chrome plated copper
0,7
AT-098A
20 x 500
female thread M10
1,25
AT-099A
20 x 1000
female thread M10
2,6
AT-023A
20 x 400
M20
Stainless steel
0,9
AT-019A
20 x 400
M20
AT-121A
16 x 300
M16
Stainless steel
0,5
AT-122A
16 x 300
M16
Stainless steel
0,65
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164

AT-023A (SS)
AT-019A (CC)
AT-053L (SS)
AT-097A (CC)
AIR TERMINAL WITH MAST
For using in conjunction with the mast anchorages (Tables 27 to 35). AT-024A and AT-017A include an adapting piece AT-011A (Table 14) for fixing the conductor
(tape, cable or round) inside the mast. The rest of the references need to fix the conductor outside the mast. (For example AT-033A. Table 61).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Total height (m)
Material
AT-013A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 1000 mm
1,4
Stainless steel / Stainless steel (mast)
Weight (Kg)
2,5
AT-014A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm
2,4
4,5
AT-024A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm
2,4
8,3
AT-015A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 1000 mm
1,4
Chrome plated copper / Stainless steel (mast)
2,6
AT-016A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm
2,4
Chrome plated copper / Stainless steel (mast)
4,6
AT-017A
20 x 400 mm + Mast 1 x 2000 mm
2,4
Chrome plated copper / Galvanized steel (mast)
8,4

AT-024A (SS)
AT-017A (CC)
TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
These air rods are available in copper or aluminium and fit into the rod couplings, the flat and ridge saddles, air rod base, and multi-point.
(For example AT-104B, AT-110B or AT-000A. Tables 15 to 20, 10).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Total height (m)
Thread
Included
Material
Weight (Kg)
16 x 350 + 15 x 150
0,5
M16
Tightening nut
Copper
0,73
AT-005A
16 x 850 + 15 x 150
M16
Tightening nut
Copper
1,51
AT-006A
16 x 1850 + 15 x 150
M16
Tightening nut
Copper
AT-004A
AT-007A
16 x 350 + 15 x 150
0,5
M16
Tightening nut
Aluminium
0,29
AT-008A
16 x 850 + 15 x 150
M16
Tightening nut
Aluminium
0,53
AT-009A
16 x 1850 + 15 x 150
M16
Tightening nut
Aluminium
1,06
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897, AS 1567

AT-004A (Cu)
AT-007A (Al)
10 TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
These air rods are available in copper or aluminium and fit into the horizontal and vertical air terminal saddles.
(For example AT-122B. Tables 21 and 22). Only for applications where mechanical stress such as wind loading is not critical.
Dimensions (mm)
Thread
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-092A
Reference
10 x 500
M10
Tightening nut
Copper
330
AT-093A
10 x 1000
M10
Tightening nut
Copper
650
AT-094A
10 x 500
M10
Tightening nut
Aluminium
110
AT-095A
10 x 1000
M10
Tightening nut
Aluminium
220
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897, AS 1567

AT-092A (Cu)
AT-094A (Al)
THREADED LIGHTNING ROD
Suitable for using with threaded concrete bases.

(For example AT-097B. Table 25)
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Total height (m)
Thread
Material
AT-114A
16 x 500 + 10 x 1000
1,5
M16
Aluminium
Weight (Kg)
AT-115A
16 x 1000 + 10 x 1000
M16
Aluminium
0,76
AT-116A
16 x 1500 + 10 x 1000
2,5
M16
Aluminium
1,02
AT-117A
16 x 2000 + 10 x 1000
M16
Aluminium
1,3
AT-118A
16 x 2500 + 10 x 1000
3,5
M16
Aluminium
1,52
AT-119A
16 x 3000 + 10 x 1000
M16
Aluminium
1,73
0,48
AT-116A
LIGHTNING ROD FOR WEDGE
No threaded lightning rods suitable for using with stackable wedge concrete bases
(For example AT-030B. Table 25)
Reference
AT-045A
AT-026A (GS)
AT-032A (SS)
AT-036A (Cu)
AT-038A (Al)
Dimensions (mm)
Total height (m)
Material
AT-025A
16 x 750
0,75
Galvanized steel
1,22
AT-026A
16 x 1000
Galvanized steel
1,6
AT-027A
16 x 1250
1,25
Galvanized steel
Weight (Kg)
AT-028A
16 x 1500
1,5
Galvanized steel
2,4
AT-029A
16 x 2000
Galvanized steel
3,2
AT-030A
16 x 2500
2,5
Galvanized steel
AT-031A
16 x 3000
Galvanized steel
4,8
AT-032A
16 x 1000
Stainless steel
1,6
AT-034A
16 x 1500
1,5
Stainless steel
2,38
AT-035A
16 x 2000
Stainless steel
3,2
AT-036A
16 x 1000
Copper
1,85
AT-037A
16 x 1500
1,5
Copper
2,77
AT-038A
16 x 1000
Aluminium
0,54
AT-039A
16 x 1500
1,5
Aluminium
0,82
AT-040A
16 x 2000
Aluminium
1,8
AT-041A
16 x 2500
2,5
Aluminium
1,4
AT-042A
16 x 3000
Aluminium
1,68
AT-043A
10 x 1000
Aluminium
0,22
AT-044A
16 x 500 + 10 x 1000
1,5
Aluminium
0,48
AT-045A
16 x 1000 + 10 x 1000
Aluminium
0,76
AT-046A
16 x 1500 + 10 x 1000
2,5
Aluminium
1,02
AT-047A
16 x 2000 + 10 x 1000
Aluminium
1,3
SELF-SUPPORTING AIR TERMINATION ROD
Tapered air-termination rod with hinged tripod support for protection of larger roof structures such air conditioners. The air termination rods are designed for
wind velocity up to 145 Km/h. The stackable concrete bases (AT-030B. Table 25), the flat washers (AT-095B. Table 25) and the clip for round conductor 6-10
mm (AT-138E. Table 59) are included. The rod is made of aluminium.
Reference
AT-111A (Aplicacin)
Base occupation (mm)
Mast height (m)
N of
concrete
bases
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-100A
1700
Galvanized steel / Aluminium
AT-101A
1700
3,5
60
61
AT-102A
1700
62
AT-103A
1700
4,5
63
AT-104A
1700
64
AT-105A
1700
5,5
115
AT-106A
1700
116
AT-107A
2200
6,5
125
AT-108A
2200
127
AT-109A
2200
7,5
180
AT-110A
2200
12
232
AT-111A
2200
8,5
12
234
GUNMETAL MULTI-POINT
10
Multi-point suitable only for use with copper taper pointed air rod. (For example AT-004A. Table 5)
Reference
AT-000A
Points dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
3 x (9 x 90)
Gunmetal
325
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1432 C101, BS

1400, BS 2897, BS 2874, AS 1567
AT-000A
AT-000A Application
COPPER MULTI-POINT WITH MAST
11
Copper multi-point to be mounted at the top of metallic structures. Total height: 1,5m (including mast and anchorage). It includes 8
anchorage holes of 18mm, at 80mm from the centre.
Reference
Multi-point dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-001A
(16 x 495) + 4 x (16 x 315)
Copper (points) / Galvanized steel (mast)
Weight (Kg)
9,5
AT-001A Application
MULTI-POINT
12
Multi-point with the adapting piece made of naval brass, suitable for use with galvanized steel mast 1 1/2". (For example AT-066A. Table 26)
Reference
Multi-point dimensions (mm)
AT-002A
AT-003A
Conductor range
Material
Weight (gr)
(mm)
mm2
(16 x 185) + 4 x (8 x 72)
8-10
50 - 70
Stainless steel (points)
885
(16 x 185) + 4 x (8 x 72)
8-10
50 - 70
Copper (points)
940

AT-003A (Cu)
AT-002A (SS)
STRIKE PAD
Provided with a screw to attach it to the lightning conductors.
Reference
AT-112A
AT-113A
Dimensions (mm)
112 x 112 x 25
Material
Copper
112 x 112 x 25
Aluminium
Weight (gr)
410
130
AT-112A(Cu)
AT-113A (Al)
13
14
Fixings
ADAPTING PIECE
Suitable for fixing the lightning rod in the mast (Table 26) with internal conductor (tape, cable or round) connection. The lightning
rod-adapting piece thread is M20.
See table
1 and 2
Reference
See table 26
AT-011A Application
Mast
Dimensions
(mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
Material
Tape (mm)
mm2
Weight (gr)
AT-010A
48 x 70
8-10
50 - 70
Naval brass
675
AT-011A
48 x 70
8-10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3.5
Naval brass
655
AT-012A
34 x 97
8-10
50 - 70
Naval brass
420
AT-020A
48 x 70
8-10
50 - 70
Stainless steel
615
AT-021A
48 x 70
8-10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3.5
Stainless steel
640
AT-022A
34 x 97
8-10
50 - 70
Stainless steel
400
Meets with EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-011A (NB)
AT-021A (SS)
15
RIDGE SADDLE
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the ridge of the roof and connecting to the tape.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range (mm)
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-110B
150 x 150 x 71
25x3 - 30x3
M16
Gunmetal
1070
AT-111B
150 x 150 x 71
25x3 - 30x3
M16
Aluminium
340
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, AS 1866, AS 1567
AT-110B (Gu)
AT-111B (Al)
See table 5
AT-110B Application
16
AIR ROD BASE

Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the tape.
Reference
Material
Weight (gr)
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range (mm)
Thread
AT-115B
100 x 100 x 33
25x3
M16
Gunmetal
470
AT-116B
100 x 100 x 33
25x3
M16
Aluminium
150
AT-115B (Gu)
AT-116B (Al)
Fixings
FLAT SADDLE
17
Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the cable or round.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-112B
85 x 85 x 64
50
M16
Gunmetal
1030
AT-113B
85 x 85 x 64
10
70
M16
Gunmetal
950
AT-114B
85 x 85 x 64
13
95
M16
Gunmetal
950
AT-124B
30 x 34 x 57
8-10
50-70
M16
Stainless steel
170
AT-125B
30 x 34 x 57
8-10
50-70
M20
Stainless steel
170
AT-114B
ROD BRACKETS
18
The brackets are mainly used where it is not possible to fit a saddle on the roof. Used in conjunction with
couplings and taper pointed air rods.
Reference
AT-104B (Gu)
AT-105B (Al)
Aplication AT-104B
Dimensions (mm)
Rod (mm)
Material
AT-104B
120 x 24 x 60
16
Gunmetal
Weight (gr)
900
AT-105B
120 x 24 x 60
16
Aluminium
280
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1494, BS 2897, AS 1567
ROD TO TAPE COUPLING

This unit screws onto the air rod and connects to the tape with the fixing screw provided. Used in conjunction with rod brackets and
taper pointed air rods.
Dimensions (mm)
Rod (mm)
Material
AT-100B
Reference
39 x 39 x 80
M16
AT-101B
39 x 39 x 80
M16
Gunmetal
Aluminium
19
See table 5
Weight (gr)
200
60
AT-122B Application
AT-100B (Gu)
AT-101B (Al)
ROD TO CABLE COUPLING
20
This unit screws onto the air rod and connects to the cable with the fixing screw provided. Used in conjunction with rod brackets
and taper pointed air rods.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-102B
39 x 39 x 80
8 - 10
50-70
M16
Gunmetal
220
AT-103B
39 x 39 x 80
13
95
M16
Aluminium
70
AT-102B (Gu)
AT-103B (Al)
21
Fixings
VERTICAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE

Used for supporting 10 taper pointed air rods on the wall and connecting to the cable or round. An additional fixing AT-192E
or AT-193E (Table 51) may be used for 1 m taper pointed air rods.
See table 6
Reference
Conductor range
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
mm2
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-122B
65 x 65 x 35
50
M10
Gunmetal
300
AT-123B
65 x 65 x 35
50
M10
Aluminium
110
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651
See table
51
AT-122B (Gu)
AT-123B (Al)
AT-122B Application
22
HORIZONTAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE

Used for supporting 10 taper pointed air rods on the roof and connecting to the cable or round. Its not
recommended to use it in combination with the 1 m taper pointed air rods.
Reference
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-120B
65 x 65 x 35
50
M10
Gunmetal
300
AT-121B
65 x 65 x 35
50
M10
Aluminium
110
AT-120B (Gu)
AT-121B (Al)
23
Dimensions (mm)
NAVAL BRASS ROOF CLAMP

Used for supporting lightning conductor air terminals onto the roof and connecting to the earth rod.
Reference
AT-022F
Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Max. conductor width (mm)

(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Thread
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-022F
For flat roofs
55 x 55 x 40
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3.5
M10
Naval brass
360
AT-011M
For the ridge of the roof
270 x 160 x 140
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3.5
M10
Naval brass
610

AT-022F Application
See table 3
AT-011M
See table 63
AT-011M Application
See table 3
Fixings
SPECIAL ROD SUPPORTS
24
For fixing air rods with male or female M10 (for example AT-053L, AT-092A tables 3, 6) to vertical surface or to the top of
the antennas mast. AT-030M accepts masts from 6 50 mm.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-003M
To vertical surface
40 x 40 x 40
M10
Stainless steel
Weight (gr)
130
AT-030M
To top of the antennas mast
60 x 70
M10 female
Stainless steel
600
Meets with UNE 21186, NFC 17102
See table 3
See table 3
AT-030M Application
AT-003M Application
CONCRETE BASE
25
For supporting air termination rods, on flat roofs. For air rods higher than 3 m, these bases are not recommendable due to wind load. AT-029B only allows 10
x 1000 mm and 16 x 1000 mm air termination rods (for example AT-043A or AT-026A. Table 8).
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Rod (mm)
Included
Material
AT-030B
Stackable wedged concrete base
325 x 90
16
Wedge
Concrete
Weight (Kg)
17
AT-029B
Stackable wedged concrete base
230 x 90
10 16
Wedge
Concrete
8,5
AT-095B
Flat washer
360 x 10
EVA
0,22
0,19
AT-096B
Flat washer
270 x 10
EVA
AT-097B
Threaded concrete base
350 x 100
16
Female M16
Concrete
12
AT-098B
350 x 120
16
Female M16
Concrete
16
AT-099B
350 x 140
16
Female M16
Concrete
25
AT-030B
See table 8
AT-095B
AT-029B
AT-097B
AT-030B Application
26
MASTS FOR WALL OR STRUCTURAL FIXING

1 elevation fixture up to 8 m. To be fixed with 2 anchorage supports, except the 8 m height with 3 anchorage supports. The
distance between supports must be 60 cm. In atmospheres with a high level of corrosion, the use of stainless steel masts is
recommended.
Reference
AT-066A (SS)
AT-056A (GS)
Model
Dimensions
Included
Material
AT-051A
1 m mast
1 x 1 m
1 section x 1 m
Galvanized steel
3.3
AT-052A
2 m mast
1 x 2 m
1 section x 2 m
Galvanized steel
6.6
AT-053A
3 m mast
1 x 3 m
1 section x 3 m
Galvanized steel
10
AT-050A
4 m mast
1 x 4 m
2 sections x 2 m
Galvanized steel
13
AT-056A
6 m mast (2 sections)
1 x 6 m
2 sections x 3 m
Galvanized steel
20
AT-057A
1 x 6 m
3 sections x 2 m
Galvanized steel
20
AT-058A
8 m mast
2" - 1 x 8 m
3 sections x 3 m
Galvanized steel
35
AT-060A
1 m mast
1 x 1 m
1 section x 1 m
Stainless steel
AT-062A
2 m mast
1 x 2 m
1 section x 2 m
Stainless steel
AT-063A
3 m mast
1 x 3 m
1 section x 3 m
Stainless steel
AT-085A
4 m mast
1 x 4 m
2 sections x 2 m
Stainless steel
12
AT-066A
1 x 6 m
2 sections x 3 m
Stainless steel
18
AT-067A
1 x 6 m
3 sections x 2 m
Stainless steel
18
AT-068A
8 m mast
2" - 1 x 8 m
3 sections x 3 m
Stainless steel
30
27
Weight (Kg)
U SHAPED ANCHORAGE
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be embedded or screwed into the wall. The 60 cm U shaped anchorages are designed to avoid
obstacles such as 50 cm cornices. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
from the top of the wall, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra supports, ref: AT-012B, AT-015B, AT-021B, AT-025B respectively.
Reference
AT-013B
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-013B
30 cm U shaped anchorage to embed into the wall
2 x (50 x 340 x 390)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
4,6
AT-014B
3 x (50 x 340 x 390)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
6,9
Weight (Kg)
AT-016B
2 x (50 x 640 x 615)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
11
AT-017B
3 x (50 x 640 x 615)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
16
AT-023B
30 cm U shaped anchorage to screw into the wall
2 x (50 x 400 x 290)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-024B
3 x (50 x 400 x 290)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-026B
2 x (50 x 600 x 670)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
10
AT-027B
3 x (50 x 600 x 670)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
15
AT-023B
See table 26
AT-013B Application
See table 26
AT-023B Application
ANGLE BAR ANCHORAGE
28
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be welded to metallic structures. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from
each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra supports, ref: AT-034B, AT-044B, AT-037B, AT-047B respectively.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-035B
30 cm angle bar anchorage
2 x (50 x 120 x 300)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-036B
3 x (50 x 120 x 300)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
5,5
AT-045B
2 x (50 x 120 x 300)
2 supports
Stainless steel
AT-046B
3 x (50 x 120 x 300)
3 supports
Stainless steel
4,5
AT-038B
2 x (50 x 120 x 600)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-039B
3 x (50 x 120 x 600)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-048B
2 x (50 x 120 x 600)
2 supports
Stainless steel
4,5
AT-049B
3 x (50 x 120 x 600)
3 supports
Stainless steel
Weight (Kg)
AT-038B (GS)
AT-048B (SS)
MAST TO TRESTLE TOWER ANCHORAGE
29
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be fixed in trestle towers. Not recommendable for masts higher than 6 m. The anchorages need
a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra support, ref: AT-018B
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-019B
2 x (50 x 120 x 700)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
7,6
AT-020B
3 x (50 x 120 x 700)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
11,4
AT-019B
See table 26
AT-019B (application)
30
LIGHT ANCHORAGE
1 - 1 mast anchorage to be embedded or screwed into the wall. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
Single extra supports, ref: AT-031B, AT-041B respectively.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-032B
30 cm light anchorage to embed into the wall
2 x (50 x 100 x 300)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
3,4
AT-033B
30 cm light anchorage to embed into the wall
3 x (50 x 100 x 300)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
5,1
AT-042B
30 cm light anchorage to screw into the wall
2 x (50 x 165 x 300)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
4,2
AT-043B
30 cm light anchorage to screw into the wall
2 x (50 x 165 x 300)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
6,3
AT-032B
AT-042B Application
31
AT-032B Application
AT-042B
PARALLEL ANCHORAGE
Double bracket anchoring system, for fixing 1 - 1 mast in parallel to a handrail or pipe. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each
other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
Single extra support, ref: AT-051B , AT-061B respectively
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-052B
2 x (50 x 90 x 340)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-053B
3 x (50 x 90 x 340)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
7,5
AT-062B
2 x (50 x 90 x 165)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-063B
3 x (50 x 90 x 165)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
7,5

AT-052B Application
AT-062B Application
See table 26
See table 26
AT-062B
LAMPPOST ANCHORAGE
1 - 1 mast anchorage fixture adjustable for conic structures such as lampposts. The anchorages need a
minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
32
See table 26

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-068B
2 x (50 x 90 x 190)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-069B
3 x (50 x 90 x 190)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
Weight (Kg)
AT-068B Application
CROSS SHAPED ANCHORAGE

Double bracket anchoring system, for fixing 1 - 1 mast in cross to a handrail or pipe. The anchorages need
a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
33
See table 26

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-072B
2 x (170 x 170 x 200)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
5,8
AT-073B
3 x (170 x 170 x 200)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
8,7
Weight (Kg)
AT-072B Application
ADJUSTABLE ANCHORAGE
34
Due to the covers or cornices of the roofs, a substantial horizontal distance (from 60 to 80 cm) needs to
be avoided. In these cases it is necessary to use the extendable tube. The anchorages need a minimum
separation of 60 cm from each other, in order to assure a correct fixation.
See table 26

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-078B
2 x (300 x 450 x 800)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
14
AT-079B
3 x (300 x 450 x 800)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
21
Weight (Kg)

AT-078B Application
35
MAST TO POST ANCHORAGE
Suitable to fix a 1 - 1 mast to a 25 cm square or round post. The anchorages need a minimum separation of 60 cm from each other and at least 30 cm
Single extra supports, ref: AT-070B, AT-076B respectively.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-074B
Mast to 25 cm square post anchorage
2 x (40 x 360 x 300)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-075B
Mast to 25 cm square post anchorage
3 x (40 x 360 x 300)
3 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-083B
Mast to 25 cm round post anchorage
2 x (45 x 360 x 300)
2 supports
Galvanized steel
AT-086B
Mast to 25 cm round post anchorage
3 x (45 x 360 x 300)
3 supports
Galvanized steel

AT-074B, AT-083B Application
See table 26
36
ISOLATED CHIMNEY ANCHORAGE
1 - 1 mast anchorage fixture suitable for chimney in operation. The isolation of the anchorage is necessary
in order to maintain the difference of potential between the parts of the Dat Controler Plus. The body of the Dat
Controler Plus has to be mounted at least 2 m below the hole of the chimney to avoid the heat of the gases
deforming the structure of the mast and quickening its corrosion rate. The anchorages (AT-088B) have to be
mounted right in the threaded union between the Dat Controler Plus and the rod (AT-084B or AT-085B), and right
in the threaded union between the two parts of the rod (AT-084B or AT-085B), and at least 30 cm from the top of the
wall, in order to assure a correct fixation. In order to comply with UNE 21186, the rod AT-085B has to be mounted
to make sure that the rod is 2m higher than the chimney.
AT-084B
AT-085B
Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Material
AT-080B
Chimney anchorage for

DAT CONTROLER PLUS
50 x 520
x 1000
Galvanized steel
AT-088B
DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod isolated support

for high temperature chimneys (2 supports)
50 x 160
x 520
Galvanized
steel + Teflon
AT-084B
4 m DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod for

high temperature chimneys
18 x
4000
Stainless steel
AT-085B
5 m DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod for

high temperature chimneys
18 x
5000
Stainless steel
10
Reference
Weight
(Kg)
AT-081B
7,5
Ver tabla 1
AT-080B

AT-080B Application
MAST ANCHORAGE FOR FLAT ROOF
37
1 mast supporter for flat roofs which can be drilled. If not a concrete base will be needed. 70 x 70 x 25 cm concrete base is recommended in order to
avoid any damage to the roof.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-003B
For 1 1/2" masts u

to 3m high
(300 x 300) x 500
Galvanized steel
AT-006B
For 1 1/2" masts up

to 6m high
(500 x 500) x 800
Galvanized steel
21
See table 61
Weight (Kg)
See table 26
See table 63
AT-006B Application
FREE STANDING MAST
38
Self supporting mast dimensioned for wind velocity up to 145 Km/h. 1 at the top.
In models up to 15 m, the sections are joined by stud-bolts (it is not necessary to weld them) and the hinge allows the use of a small crane for its erection.
In models from 20 to 25 m, the sections have to be welded. Its important to use Anti-corrosion spray (AT-023G table 113) to protect the weld.
Preliminary work is needed, consisting of casting the steel support containing the hinge, in a concrete base (of different dimensions depending on the masts
height, as shown in the table). Its necessary to wait until the concrete has hardened, before placing the mast in its support. It is recommended to mount the
air terminal with the conductor inside the mast before elevating it. The conductor does not need to be fixed inside the mast.
Reference
Model
Mast Dimensions
Solid Base
Dimensions
(mm)
Foundation
Dimensions (m)
Sections
Included
Material
Weight
(Kg)
AT-006C
6 m free standing mast
(2" - 1 1/2 ") x 6 m
400 x 400
0,8 x 0,8 x 0,8
Screwed
Hinge
Galvanized steel
55
AT-008C
(2 1/2" - 1 1/2 ") x 8 m
400 x 400
0,8 x 0,8 x 0,8
Screwed
Hinge
Galvanized steel
75
AT-010C
(4" - 1 1/2 ") x 10 m
500 x 500
1x1x1
Screwed
Hinge
Galvanized steel
120
AT-012C
(5" - 1 1/2 ") x 12 m
500 x 500
1x1x1
Screwed
Hinge
Galvanized steel
155
AT-015C
(6" - 1 1/2 ") x 15 m
500 x 500
1,5 x 1,5 x 1,5
Screwed
Hinge
Galvanized steel
200
AT-020C
(9" - 1 1/2 ") x 20 m
600 x 600
2x2x2
Welded
Galvanized steel
435
AT-025C
(12" - 1 1/2 ") x 25 m
750 x 750
2x2x2
Welded
Galvanized steel
805
AT-012C (foundation)
AT-012C Application
39
TRESTLE TOWER
Elevation fixture up to 20,5 m with guy wires. 1 x 3 m mast is included. Each section measures 180 mm x 3 m.
If the flat roof does not allow perforation a concrete base is needed for the trestle tower and the guy wire anchorages. 3 Guy wire anchorages are needed with
120 between them.
The trestle towers can also be placed on walls using a trestle tower-wall anchorage (AT-037C).
The trestle towers are not assembled on the ground and are not lifted by a crane. They must be assembled section by section tightened by guy wires.
The 3 guy wire anchorages must be joined to the down-conductor at roof level.
For the first section (3 meters) no guy wires are needed.
For the second section, guy wires are fixed at the middle point of the section.
From the third section, guy wires are fixed at the upper part of the section.
Included
Reference
Total height from

ground (m)
Guy wire
(AT-040C)
Guy wire
anchorage
(AT-041C)
Turnbuckle
(AT-042C)
Guy wire clamp

(AT-043C)
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-031C
8,5
18
Galvanized steel
50
AT-032C
11,5
30
Galvanized steel
60
AT-033C
14,5
30
Galvanized steel
75
AT-034C
17,5
42
Galvanized steel
100
AT-035C
20,5
12
54
Galvanized steel
115
AT-031C Application
TRESTLE TOWER ACCESSORIES
40
Different devices to complete a trestle tower installation.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-036C
Trestle tower middle section
180 mm x 3 m
Galvanized steel
11500
AT-037C
Trestle tower - wall anchorage
400 x 350 x 400
Galvanized steel
6000
AT-038C
Guy wire kit
1 AT-040C + 3 AT-041C + 3 AT-042C + 18 AT-043C
7500
AT-040C
Guy wire ring
4 mm x 100 m
100 m
Galvanized steel
6000
AT-041C
Guy wire anchorage
55 x 30 x 55
Galvanized steel
155
AT-042C
Turnbuckle
25 x 15 x 200
Galvanized steel
160
AT-043C
Guy wire clamp
30 x 15 x 30
Cast iron
40
AT-044C
Cable to trestle tower clip
25 x 45 x 55
AT-010E
Naval Brass - Stainless steel
85
AT-045C
Tape to trestle tower clip
40 x 45 x 50
AT-015E
Gunmetal - Stainless steel
125
AT-046C
40 x 20 x 40
Galvanized steel
75

AT-038C
AT-040C
AT-044C
AT-036C
AT-046C
AT-043C
AT-042C
AT-045C
AT-041C
AT-037C
AT-037C, AT-036C, AT-041C, AT-042C, AT-043C, AT-044C, AT-045C and AT-046C Application
41
SELF SUPPORTED TOWER
1 elevation fixture up to 26m. Specially used where welding work is not allowed.
The total height from ground includes the tower + 6m mast provided.
See table 1
INSTALLATION
First of all, a hole for the foundation has to be done (the dimensions of the hole depend of the towers height).
The first section has to be embedded in the foundation, and wait 24 hours to harden the concrete. The top of the
concrete foundation needs a small slope to avoid the accumulation of water.
The rest of the tower (assembled on the ground previously) has to be lifted with a crane and bolted to the embedded
one.
Reference
Height from
ground (m)*
Foundation
Dimensions (m)
Material
AT-050C
14
0,73 x 8,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
0,9 x 0,9 x 1,85
Galvanized steel
300
AT-051C
16
0,8 x 10,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
0,95 x 0,95 x 1,95
Galvanized steel
390
Dimensions
Weight
(Kg)
AT-052C
18
0,87 x 12,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
1,02 x 1,02 x 2
Galvanized steel
460
AT-053C
20
0,95 x 14,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
1,1 x 1,1 x 2
Galvanized steel
560
AT-054C
22
1 x 16,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
1,15 x 1,15 x 2,05
Galvanized steel
630
AT-055C
24
1,1 x 18,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
1,25 x 1,25 x 2,05
Galvanized steel
725
AT-056C
26
1,15 x 20,5 m + 1 x 5,5 m
1,3 x 1,3 x 2,1
Galvanized steel
800

* Other dimensions are available on customer request.
See table 102
See table
126&127
AT-050C Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for tape
Clips for cable
Clips for tape and cable
Supports
Clamps
Test clamps
Accesories
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
42
Clips for tape
NAVAL BRASS TAPE CLIP
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30 x 2 or 30 x 3,5 mm tape to flat surface. The AT-006E includes screw and washer suitable for metallic sheets
or sandwich roofs. AT-180E and AT-181E designed to avoid obstacles such as cornices.
Dimensions (mm)
Tape range (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included
Material
48 x 19 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
Plug and screw spike M6x25
Naval brass
AT-006E
48 x 19 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
Self-drill screw + neoprene washer
Naval brass
115
AT-216E
48 x 69 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
58
Naval brass
290
AT-217E
48 x 119 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
108
Naval brass
485
Reference
AT-015E
Weight
(gr)
115
AT-015E
AT-015E
Application
43
AT-006E
Application
AT-216E
Application
DC TAPE CLIP
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to the building, fixed by one screw. Plug and screw included.
Reference
AT-101E (Gu)
AT-118E(Al)
AT-101E Application
Dimensions (mm)
Tape (mm)
Tape kind
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-100E
50 x 20 x 10
20 x 3
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
60
AT-101E
50 x 20 x 10
25 x 3
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
70
AT-102E
50 x 20 x 10
25 x 4
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
70
AT-103E
50 x 20 x 13
25 x 6
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
80
AT-104E
70 x 20 x13
31 x 3
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
90
AT-105E
70 x 20 x13
31 x 6
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
100
AT-106E
64 x 20 x 10
38 x 3
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
120
AT-107E
63 x 20 x 10
38 x 5
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
120
AT-108E
63 x 20 x 10
38 x 6
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
140
AT-109E
65 x 20 x 10
40 x 4
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
140
AT-110E
65 x 20 x 10
40 x 6
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
150
AT-111E
80 x 20 x 10
50 x 3
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
150
AT-112E
80 x 20 x 10
50 x 4
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
150
AT-113E
80 x 20 x 16
50 x 6
Bare Copper
Gunmetal
160
AT-114E
55 x 20 x 13
25 x 3
PVC covered Copper
Gunmetal
100
AT-115E
55 x 20 x 16
25 x 6
PVC covered Copper
Gunmetal
130
AT-116E
85 x20 x 13
50 x 6
PVC covered Copper
Gunmetal
260
AT-117E
50 x 20 x 10
20 x 3
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
20
AT-118E
50 x 20 x 10
25 x 3
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
30
AT-119E
50 x 20 x 13
25 x 6
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
40
AT-120E
80 x 20 x 16
50 x 6
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
50
AT-121E
55 x 20 x 23
25 x 3
PVC covered Aluminium
Aluminium
40
AT-122E
85 x 20 x 20
50 x 6
PVC covered Aluminium
Aluminium
60
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, BS 2874, BS 2897, AS 1567
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for tape
B BOND
44
This connection allows the joint between copper or aluminium tapes and metallic structures. The bolt size is M10.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Tape (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-022J
35 x 35 x 25
25 x 3
Gunmetal
100
AT-023J
35 x 35 x 25
25 x 3
Aluminium
60
AT-022J Application
AT-022J (Gu)
AT-023J (Al)
METALLIC TAPE CLIP
45
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30x2 or 30x3,5 mm tape to flat surfaces.
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
Tape range (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-027E
60 x 20 x 20
30x2 - 30x3,5
14
Plug and screw

M4x25
Copper
47
AT-028E
60 x 20 x 20
30x2 - 30x3,5
14
Plug and screw

M4x25
Stainless
steel
46

AT-028E (SS) (application)

AT-027E (Cu)
TAPE CLIP
46
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to a flat surface, fixed by two screws. Plug and screw included.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Tape
Size (mm)
Type
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-123E
70 x 20 x 7
20 x 3
Bare Copper
Copper
30
AT-124E
75 x 20 x 7
25 x 3
Bare Copper
Copper
30
AT-125E
70 x 20 x 7
25 x 3
PVC covered Copper
Copper
30
AT-126E
70 x 20 x 7
20 x 3
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
10
AT-127E
70 x 20 x 7
25 x 3
Bare Aluminium
Aluminium
10
AT-072F
70 x 11 x 8
30 x 2
Bare Copper
Tin-plated copper
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 2870, BS 1471

AT-124E (Cu) (application)
AT-127E (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
47
Clips for tape
PUSH-IN TAPE CLIP
Holdfast clip to secure the tape conductor to a flat surface. Plug and screw included.
Reference
Dimensions
Tape (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-059E
45 x 10 x 8
25 x 3
Stainless steel
AT-068E
45 x 10 x 8
28 x 2
Stainless steel
AT-060E
45 x 10 x 8
30 x 2
Stainless steel
AT-060E
AT-060E Application
48
LIGHT BRACKET
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing 30x2 mm or 30x3,5 mm tape to flat surface. Using AT-050E with bare
copper tape may cause galvanic coupling.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Tape range (mm)
Material
42 x 35 x 8
30x2 - 30x3,5
Galvanized steel
AT-051E
43 x 35 x 8
30x2 - 30x3,5
Stainless steel
15
AT-218E
13 x 11 x 40
Nylon
1,2
AT-050E
AT-050E(GS)
AT-051E (SS)
AT-218E
AT-050E Application
Weight (gr)
15
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for tape
POLYPROPYLENE TAPE CLIP
49
Suitable to secure the tape conductor to the building.
Model
Dimensions
(mm)
Tape (mm)
Tape kind
Colour
Included
Material
AT-196E
Non-metallic DC tape clip
45 x 25 x 25
20 x 3
Bare tape
Brown
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-197E
45 x 25 x 25
20 x 3
Bare tape
Grey
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-198E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
Bare tape
Brown
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-199E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
Bare tape
Grey
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-200E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Brown
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-201E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Grey
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-202E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Black
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-203E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Green
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-204E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Stone
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-205E
45 x 25 x 25
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
White
Plug and screw
Polypropylene
10
AT-206E
Adhesive DC tape clip
65 x 35
25 x 3
Bare tape
Brown
Polypropylene
30
AT-207E
65 x 35
25 x 3
Bare tape
Grey
Polypropylene
30
AT-208E
65 x 35
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Brown
Polypropylene
30
AT-209E
65 x 35
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Grey
Polypropylene
30
AT-210E
65 x 35
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Black
Polypropylene
30
AT-211E
65 x 35
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
Stone
Polypropylene
30
AT-212E
65 x 35
25 x 3
PVC covered tape
White
Polypropylene
30
Reference
Weight
(gr)
AT-197E Application
AT-207E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
50
Clips for cable
NAVAL BRASS CABLE CLIP
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing round or cable to flat surface. AT-011E suitable to use in corners. The AT-009E includes screw and washer suitable
for metallic sheets or sandwich roofs. AT-013E and AT-014E designed to avoid obstacles such as cornices.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Round conductor
range
(mm)
mm2
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-010E
24 x 32 x 24
6 10
25 70
Naval brass
70
AT-009E
24 x 32 x 24
6 10
25 70
Self-drill screw + neoprene washer
Naval brass
70
AT-011E
24 x 32 x 24
6 10
25 70
Naval brass
65
AT-013E
24 x 82 x 24
6 10
25 70
57
Naval brass
245
AT-014E
24 x 132 x 24
6 10
25 70
107
Naval brass
435
AT-025E
30 x 30 x 40
13
95
10
Naval brass
165
AT-010E
AT-009E Application
AT-010E Application
AT-013E Application
AT-011E
51
HEAVY DUTY CAST CABLE SADDLE
Cable or round holder to flat surfaces, fixed by one screw.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Weight (gr)
AT-190E
50 x 17 x 20
50
Gunmetal
60
AT-191E
50 x 17 x 20
50
Aluminium
30
AT-192E
50 x 17 x 20
10
70
Gunmetal
60
AT-193E
50 x 17 x 20
10
70
Aluminium
30
AT-192E (Gu) (application)

AT-193E (Al)
Material
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
TOWER EARTH CLAMP
52
This connection allows the joint between copper cable or round conductor to metallic structures. The bolt size of AT-026J and AT-027J is M10. Other references
have a bolt size of M12. AT-026J has only a single plate.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
6-8
25 - 50
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-026J
30 x 45 x 60
Aluminium
50
AT-027J
30 x 45 x 60
6 - 10
25 - 70
Gunmetal
130
AT-028J
35 x 50 x 65
10 - 15
70 - 120
Gunmetal
220
AT-029J
40 x 55 x 65
15 - 18
120 - 185
Gunmetal
300
AT-030J
40 x 60 x 65
18 - 20
185 - 240
Gunmetal
400
AT-027J
AT-027J Application
METALLIC CABLE CLIP
53
Down-conductor holder suitable for fixing round conductor or cable to flat surface.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Round conductor
range
(mm)
mm2
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-128E
40 x 20 x 40
6 10
25 70
18
Plug, screw and nylon support
Stainless steel
21
AT-129E
40 x 25 x 40
6 10
25 70
18
Metallic support
Stainless steel
25
AT-130E
40 x 25 x 40
6 10
25 70
18
Metallic support
Copper
28
AT-131E
45 x 25 x 50
16
150
18
Stainless steel
36
AT-132E
45 x 25 x 50
16
150
18
Plug, screw and metallic support
Stainless steel
40

AT-128E Application
AT-129E (SS) (Application)

AT-130E (Cu)
AT-131E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
54
Clips for cable
KS CABLE CLIP
For connecting round conductor or cable to flat profiles.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Conductor elevation (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-002E
25 x 25 x 40
6 10
25 70
Galvanized steel
65
AT-004E
25 x 25 x 40
6 10
25 70
Copper
65
AT-000E
25 x 25 x 40
6 10
25 70
Stainless steel
65
AT-003E
25 x 55 x 40
6 10
25 70
Galvanized steel
120
AT-005E
25 x 55 x 40
6 10
25 70
Copper
154
AT-003E (GS)
AT-005E (Cu)
55
AT-004E (Cu)
AT-002E (GS)
AT-000E (SS)
AT-004E Application
PUSH-IN CABLE CLIP
Holdfast clips to secure round or cable conductor.
Reference
AT-133E
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included
Material
20 x 15 x 30
50
18
Stainless steel
10
Dimensions (mm)
Weight
(gr)
AT-134E
20 x 15 x 30
10
70
18
Stainless steel
10
AT-135E
20 x 15 x 30
50
18
Stainless steel
13
AT-136E
20 x 15 x 30
10
70
18
Stainless steel
13
AT-137E
20 x 14 x 12
50
Plug and screw
Stainless steel
AT-133E Application
AT-135E Application
AT-137E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
NYLON CABLE CLIP
56
Nylon clips to secure round or cable conductor.
Reference
Round conductor
range
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
mm
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-043E
50 x 23 x 25
6 - 10
25 - 70
18
Nylon
17
AT-044E
50 x 23 x 25
6 - 10
25 - 70
18
Integrated plug and screw
Nylon
18

AT-043E Application
AT-044E Application
NYLON CABLE CLIP
57
Nylon clips to secure round or cable conductor. Suitable also to secure air termination rods to the side of the building.
Round conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Conductor
elevation (mm)*
Included
Material
AT-045E
13
95
18
Nylon
24
AT-046E
16
150
20
Nylon
24
AT-047E
13
95
42
Nylon
29
AT-048E
16
150
44
Nylon
29
AT-049E
16
150
30
Nylon
32
Reference
Weight (gr)

AT-045E Application
AT-047E Application
AT-049E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
58
Clips for cable
NYLON HOLDFAST CABLE CLIP
Nylon holdfast clips to secure round or cable conductor.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Round conductor
range
(mm)
mm2
50
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included
Material
18
Nylon
Weight
(gr)
AT-020E
25 x 25 x 35
AT-034E
25 x 25 x 35
10
70
18
Nylon
AT-035E
25 x 25 x 35
50
25
Nylon
10
AT-036E
25 x 25 x 35
10
70
25
Nylon
10
AT-037E
25 x 25 x 70
50
40
Nylon
11
AT-038E
25 x 25 x 70
10
70
40
Nylon
13
AT-021E
25 x 25 x 90
50
18
Nylon
10
AT-039E
25 x 25 x 90
10
70
18
Nylon
10
AT-022E
25 x 25 x 80
50
25
Anti-humidity plug and screw
Nylon
20
AT-020E Application
AT-021E Application
AT-022E Application
AT-035E Application
AT-037E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clips for cable
CLAMPING FRAME
59
Used for fixing the down-conductor (round or cable) to metallic structures. Include bolt M8 x 30 mm.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)

(mm)
mm2
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-138E
33 x 33 x 35
6 10
25 70
Stainless steel
34
AT-139E
33 x 33 x 35
6 10
25 70
Copper
35
AT-140E
33 x 33 x 35
6 10
25 70
Aluminium
27
AT-138E Application
AT-138E (SS)
AT-139E (Cu)
AT-140E (Al)
ONE HOLE CABLE CLIP
60
Simple holder to secure cable or round conductor to the wall. Plug and screw included.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Type
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-056E
15 x 10 x 25
50
Bare copper
Copper
AT-058E
20 x 15 x 30
10
70
Bare copper
Copper
10
AT-057E
25 x 20 x 35
13
95
Bare copper
Copper
11
AT-141E
20 x 15 x 30
50
PVC covered copper
Copper
10
AT-142E
15 x 10 x 25
50
Bare aluminium
Aluminium
AT-143E
20 x 15 x 30
10
70
Bare aluminium
Aluminium
AT-144E
20 x 15 x 30
50
PVC covered aluminium
Aluminium
AT-056E (Cu)(application)
AT-142E (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
61
Clips for tape and cable
CONDUCTOR-MAST SUPPORT CLIP
Down-conductor clip with 1 - pipe support holding the down-conductor outside the mast.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
AT-033A
AT-048A
1 1/4"-1
Conductor range
Weight (gr)
Material
(mm)
mm
73 x 52 x 40
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
Naval brass
275
60 x 72 x 40
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
Naval brass
310
Tape (mm)
See table 26
See
table
27
AT-048A
AT-048A Application
62
NYLON CONDUCTOR CLIP
Nylon clips to secure round, cable or tape conductor.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-030E
20 x 50 x 25
6 - 10
25 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
17
Nylon
21
AT-053E
20 x 50 x 30
6 - 10
25 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
23
Nylon
23
AT-054E
20 x 50 x 70
6 - 10
25 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
40
Nylon
25
AT-031E
20 x 50 x 60
6 - 10
25 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
17
Nylon
28

AT-030E Application
AT-053E Application
AT-031E Application
AT-054E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
PYRAMIDAL ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER
63
Conductor holder for flat roofs, where its not possible to drill to fix the conductor, such as on bitumen roofs. Supplied empty to fill with concrete, or already
full of concrete. The lip at the bottom of the pyramid allows it to be embeded in concrete or bitumen.
Reference
Conductor range
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Included
Material
AT-041E
140 x 140 x 90
6 10
25 70
30x2 30x3,5
80
Empty with base. Holdfast clip.
Polyethylene UV-resistant
AT-183E
140 x 140 x 90
6 10
25 70
30x2 30x3,5
80
Full of concrete
Polyethylene UVresistant + concrete
AT-040E
140 x 140 x 90
50
65
Empty with base.

Holdfast clip.
AT-184E
140 x 140 x 90
50
65
Full of concrete
Polyethylene UVresistant + concrete
Weight
(gr)
80
1000
95
1000
AT-005M
140 x 140 x 95
Empty with base. M10
105
AT-145E
140 x 140 x 120
8 10*
50 70*
30x2 30x3,5
90
Empty with base.
400

* Other conductor dimensions are available on customer request.
See table 89
See table 3
AT-040E Application
AT-184E Application
AT-005M
AT-041E Application
AT-183E Application
AT-145E Application
AT-005M Application
ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER

Double holdfast fixing concrete support for cable or round conductor.
Reference
AT-042E
Dimensions (mm)
AT-042E Application
(mm)
mm2
Conductor
elevation (mm)
Material
Weight
(Kg)
8 10
50 70
60
Polypropylene / concrete
140 x 75 x 50
PLASTIC SUPPORT BLOCK

Clip support to be adhered or to be embeded in flat roofs. Suitable for use in
conjunction with clips (table 42, 43, 45, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
64
Dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-147E
70 x 70 x 20
Nylon
10
AT-148E
110 x 110 x 40
Nylon
25
AT-149E
110 x 110 x 60
Nylon
30
AT-147E Application
AT-147E
Weight (gr)
AT-149E
65
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
66
Supports
METALLIC SUPPORT
These supports are fixed by screws or adhesive to flat surfaces or welded to metallic structures. Suitable for use in conjunction with rods such as AT-053L (table 3).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-178E
100 x 100 x 20
M10
Galvanized steel
155
AT-179E
80 x 30 x 12
M8
Galvanized steel
55
AT-178E
AT-179E
67
CURVE TILE SUPPORT
For fixing the conductor clips to curved tiles or to the ridge of the roof. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-090E
170-240 mm curve tile support
180 x 25 x 140
Stainless steel
79
AT-150E
200 x 25 x 155
Stainless steel
113
AT-151E
180 x 25 x 140
Copper
85
AT-152E
200 x 25 x 155
Copper
120

AT-090E (SS)
AT-151E (Cu)
AT-090E Application
68
SPRING TILE SUPPORT
For fixing any kind of clip to a tile. This support has a spring to adjust it to the tile from 180 to 280mm. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45,
49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
AT-091E
AT-091E
Dimensions (mm)
Material
20 x 35 x 220
Stainless steel
AT-091E Application
Weight (gr)
55
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
SANDWICH ROOF SUPPORT
69
Corrugated or sandwich roof support. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-095E
25 x 60 x 15
Stainless steel
15
AT-169E
25 x 60 x 25
Stainless steel
20
AT-095E

AT-169E
AT-095E Application
CLIP SUPPORT FOR ROOFS
70
Different solutions for fixing the conductor clips to the roof. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-159E
210 mm flat tile elevated support
40 x 25 x 210
Stainless steel
37
AT-160E
40 x 25 x 260
Stainless steel
46
AT-161E
40 x 25 x 335
Stainless steel
70
AT-162E
210 mm flat tile smooth support
15 x 25 x 210
Stainless steel
43
AT-163E
15 x 25 x 260
Stainless steel
51
AT-164E
210 mm flat tile support with tabs
15 x 25 x 210
Stainless steel
37
AT-165E
15 x 25 x 260
Stainless steel
43
AT-166E
210 mm flat tile support (against-hook)
15 x 25 x 210
Stainless steel
40
AT-167E
15 x 25 x 260
Stainless steel
48
AT-168E
130 mm flat tile angled support
60 x 25 x 130
Stainless steel
45
AT-092E
60 x 25 x 180
Stainless steel
55
AT-093E
60 x 25 x 440
Stainless steel
100
AT-161E
AT-165E
AT-163E
AT-163E Application
AT-167E
AT-093E
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
71
Supports
TILE SUPPORT
For fixing the clip to the tile without the tile getting damaged and allowing the conductor to be fixed afterwards. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table
42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
AT-158E
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-156E
15 20 mm tile support
50 x 20 x 35
Stainless steel
30
AT-157E
50 x 20 x 40
Stainless steel
31
AT-158E
50 x 20 x 45
Stainless steel
32
AT-094E
Universal tile support
25 x 40 x 80
Galvanized steel
85
AT-094E
AT-094E Application
72
GUTTER CLAMP
Clamp for 6-10 mm round conductor to be fixed at the edge of the gutter.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-040F
50 x 50 x 40
Stainless steel
65
AT-153E
50 x 50 x 40
Copper
72
Weight (gr)
AT-040F (SS)
AT-153E (Cu)
73
AT-040F Application
EXTENSION
Used where the installation requires the conductor to be secured away from the face of the building. To use in conjunction with for example AT-010E or AT-015E
(Tables 42 and 50). Plug and screw spike M8x40 included. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-016E
24 x 50
Naval brass
175
AT-017E
24 x 100
Naval brass
370

AT-016E
AT-016E Application
Weight (gr)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
BACK PLATE HOLDFAST
74
Used where the installation requires the conductor to be secured away

from the face of the building. For use in conjunction with for example AT101E (Tables 43). Plug and screw included. Suitable for use in conjunction
with clips (table 43 or 49).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-170E
63 x 74
Gunmetal
300
AT-171E
63 x 74
Aluminium
100

AT-170E (Gu)
AT-171E (Al)
AT-170E Application
GLAZING BAR HOLDFAST
75
Suitable for holding any clip to narrow flanges such as metallic angles. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 43, 45, 49, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
AT-172E
Dimensions (mm)
Max. width (mm)
Material
20 x 15 x 35
12
Gunmetal
Weight (gr)
110
AT-173E
20 x 15 x 35
12
Aluminium
50
AT-018E
38 x 19 x 40
18
Galvanized steel
85
AT-174E
58 x 24 x 60
26
Galvanized steel
220

AT-172E(Gu)
AT-173E(Al)
AT-018E
AT-172E Application
AT-018E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
76
Supports
SCREWDRIVER DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
Rainwater support adjustable with a screwdriver. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50, 53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Downpipe (mm)
Material
AT-070E
50 - 70 mm Spiral pipe support
AT-071E
25 x 12 x 100
50 70
Stainless steel
70
25 x 12 x 120
70 90
Stainless steel
75
AT-072E
25 x 12 x 130
80 100
Stainless steel
77
AT-073E
100 120 mm Spiral pipe support
25 x 12 x 150
100 120
Stainless steel
78
AT-182E
25 x 12 x 170
120 140
Stainless steel
84
AT-194E
25 x 12 x 190
140 160
Stainless steel
87
AT-195E
25 x 12 x 210
160 180
Stainless steel
96
AT-076E
25 27 mm Tube clip support
40 x 35 x 25
25 27
Stainless steel
30
AT-077E
31 34 mm Tube clip support
47 x 35 x 25
31 34
Stainless steel
33
AT-070E
Weight (gr)
AT-076E
AT-070E Application
77
EARTHING PIPE CLAMP
Rainwater support with clamp to connect with the earthing system.

Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor (mm)
Downpipe (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-097E
3/4 -2" Earthing Pipe Clamp
60 x 25 x 35
2.5 - 6 (4 - 25 mm )
27 - 60 (3/4 -2")
Stainless steel
71
AT-098E
60 x 25 x 35
2.5 - 6 (4 - 25 mm2)
27 - 115 (3/4 -4")
Stainless steel
76
AT-099E
60 x 25 x 35
2.5 - 6 (4 - 25 mm2)
27 - 165 (3/4 -6")
Stainless steel
94
AT-185E
3/4 -3" Pipe Clamp for antenna mast
70 x 35 x 40
6 - 10
27 - 89 (3/4 -3")
Stainless steel
133
AT-186E
3/4 -6" Pipe Clamp for antenna mast
70 x 35 x 40
6 - 10
27 - 165 (3/4 -6")
Stainless steel
137
AT-097E Application
AT-185E Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Supports
DOWNPIPE CLAMP
78
50-120 mm rainwater pipe clamp, for 6 - 10 mm round or 25 - 70 mm2 cable.

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Downpipe (mm)
Material
AT-082E
120 x 180 x 40
50 120
Copper
155
AT-083E
120 x 180 x 40
50 120
Stainless steel
130
Weight (gr)
AT-082E (Cu) (application)

AT-083E (SS)
DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
79
Different pieces to customize your downpipe support. Suitable for use in conjunction with clips (table 42, 45, 50,
53, 55, 56, 57, 58 or 62).
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm) Downpipe (mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-096E
Adjustable tensioning
strap up to 160 mm
160 x 180 x 20
hasta 160
Stainless steel
40
AT-069E
Continuous tensioning strap

14 x 0,3 mm (50 m)
14 x 0,3 (50 m)
Stainless steel
1800
AT-029E
Continuous tensioning strap

14 x 0,3 mm (100 m)
14 x 0,3 (100 m)
Stainless steel
4000
AT-067E
Separate grip holder
36 x 22 x 20
Stainless steel
10
AT-066E
Downpipe clip holder
25 x 30 x 65
Stainless steel
20
AT-096E
AT-069E
AT-069E, AT-067E and AT-066E Application
AT-066E
AT-067E
DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER
80
Adjustable rainwater pipe conductor holder, for 8 mm round or 50 mm2 cable.

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Downpipe (mm)
Material
AT-084E
70 x 80 x 12
50 - 70
Stainless steel
AT-085E
90 x 100 x 12
70 - 90
Stainless steel
31
AT-086E
100 x 110 x 12
80 - 100
Stainless steel
33
37
Weight (gr)
27
AT-087E
120 x 130 x 12
100 - 120
Stainless steel
AT-088E
140 x 150 x 12
120 - 140
Stainless steel
41
AT-089E
160 x 170 x 12
140 - 160
Stainless steel
45
AT-084E Application
ALUMINIUM DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER

80 - 120 mm Aluminium rainwater pipe conductor holder, for 8 mm round or 50 mm2 cable.
Reference
AT-065E
Dimensions (mm)
Downpipe (mm)
Material
120 x 120 x 18
80 - 120
Aluminium
Weight (gr)
10
AT-065E
81
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
82
Supports
PIPE BOND
For fixing a 8mm down-conductor to large diameter pipeworks.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Pipe (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-175E
60 x 35 x 40
50-200
Gunmetal
460
AT-176E
60 x 35 x 40
50-200
Aluminium
250

AT-175E (Gu)
AT-176E(Al)
AT-175E Application
83
WATERMAIN PIPE BOND

Used for bonding copper tape to watermain pipes.
Reference
AT-177E
Dimensions (mm)
Tape (mm)
Material
45 x 35 x 40
25 x 3
Gunmetal
Weight (gr)
260
AT-177E
AT-177E Application
84
RAINWATER PIPE (RWP) BOND

This connection allows the joint between copper or aluminium tapes to metallic circular surfaces such as rainwater pipes,
handrail, etc. The bolt size is M10.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Tape conductor range (mm)
Material
AT-024J
32 x 32 x 40
25 x 3
Gunmetal
180
AT-025J
32 x 32 x 40
25 x 3
Aluminium
70
AT-024J (Gu)
AT-025J (Al)
AT-024J Application
Weight (gr)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clamps
SQUARE TAPE CLAMP
85
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints in tape.

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-033F
55 x 55 x 15
25 x 3
Gunmetal
230
AT-034F
55 x 55 x 20
25 x 6
Gunmetal
420
AT-035F
85 x 85 x 25
50 x 6
Gunmetal
980
AT-039F
55 x 55 x 15
25 x 3
Aluminium
70
AT-026F
60 x 60 x 6
30x2 - 30x3,5
Galvanized steel
330
AT-029F
60 x 60 x 6
25x3 - 30x3,5
Copper
315
AT-131F
60 x 60 x 6
30x2 - 30x3,5
Stainless steel
300
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 1400, BS 1471, BS 2874, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-033F (Gu) (application)

AT-039F (Al)
AT-026F Application
SQUARE CABLE CLAMP
86
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints in round conductor and cable.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Rod (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-036F
60 x 60 x 40
50
Gunmetal
320
AT-037F
60 x 60 x 40
10
70
Gunmetal
290
AT-038F
60 x 60 x 40
13
95
Gunmetal
250
AT-032F
60 x 60 x 22
8 - 10
50 - 70
Copper
330
AT-023F
60 x 60 x 19
8 - 10
50 - 70
Galvanized steel
330
AT-028F
60 x 60 x 21
7 - 13
35 - 95
Stainless steel
330
AT-136J
60 x 60 x 22
8 - 10
50 - 70
16
Galvanized steel
330
AT-137J
60 x 60 x 22
8 - 10
50 - 70
16
Stainless steel
330
AT-138J
60 x 60 x 22
8 - 10
50 - 70
16
Copper
330
AT-089J-1
50 x 50 x 45
8 - 15
50 - 120
Naval brass
250
AT-023F (GS) (application)

AT-032F (Cu)
AT-028F (SS)
AT-136J (GS) (application)

AT-138J (Cu)
AT-137J (SS)
AT-089J-1 Application
AT-037F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
87
Clamps
SQUARE TAPE AND CABLE CLAMP
Clamp allowing end to end, T, L and cross shaped joints between round conductor or cable and tape.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-020F
57 x 57 x 25
7 - 13
35 - 95
30x2 30x3,5
Naval brass
330
AT-031F
60 x 60 x 14
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3,5
Galvanized steel
330
AT-130F
60 x 80 x 70
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3,5
Galvanized steel
280
AT-133F
60 x 60 x 14
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3,5
Copper
450
AT-134F
57 x 57 x 25
7 - 13
35 - 95
30x2 30x3,5
Aluminium
120
AT-136F
60 x 60 x 14
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 30x3,5
Stainless steel
333

AT-133F (Cu)
AT-136F (SS)
AT-020F (NB) (application)

AT-134F (Al)

AT-134F (Al)

AT-134F (Al)
AT-130F Application
88
T CLAMP
AT-012F Application
T shape equipotential joint for round conductor and cable.
Reference
AT-012F
Dimensions (mm)
50 x 40 x 20

(mm)
mm2
8 - 10
50 - 70
Material
Naval brass
120
AT-119F
49 x 27 x 21
50
Gunmetal
120
AT-120F
49 x 27 x 21
50
Galvanized steel
120
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, UNE 21186, NFC 17102

AT-120F (GS)
Weight
(gr)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clamps
STRAIGHT CLAMP
89
Linear joint for cable or round conductor.

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
mm2
Tape (mm)
50 - 70
25 - 50
25 - 50
50
50 - 70
35 - 70
-
21 x 100
15 x 75
15 x 75
60 x 27 x 20
40 x 30 x 17
43 x 41 x 30
(mm)
8 - 10
6-8
6-8
8
8 - 10
7 - 10
AT-090H
85 x 41 x 44
8 - 10
50 - 70
AT-135F
60 x 27 x 20
50
AT-015F
AT-116F
AT-117F
AT-118F
AT-105F
AT-135J
Rod
(mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
16
Naval brass
Copper
Stainless steel
Galvanized steel
Aluminium
Galvanized steel
140
140
140
140
50
120
30x2 - 30x3,5
20
Naval brass
265
Gunmetal
100
AT-015F (NB)
AT-116F (Cu)
AT-117F (SS)
AT-090H
AT-105F Application
AT-090H Application
AT-135J Application

AT-135F (Gu)
PARALLEL CLAMP
90
Connection in parallel for cable or round conductor.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)

(mm)
mm2
tape (mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-011F
45 x 45 x 14
50
30x2 - 30x3,5
Naval brass
AT-013F
42 x 42 x 25
6 - 16
25 - 150
Aluminium alloy
140
AT-016F
42 x 42 x 25
4 - 13
16 - 95
Naval brass
220
AT-009F
42 x 42 x 25
4 - 13
16 - 95
Aluminium
217
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
120
AT-011F
AT-013F
AT-016F (NB)
AT-009F (Al)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
91
Clamps
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
Connection in cross or in parallel between copper cables or round conductors.
Reference
AT-113F (SS),(application)
AT-112F (Cu)
AT-112F
AT-113F
AT-115F
AT-121F
AT-122F
AT-125F
AT-128F
AT-025F
AT-127J
AT-128J
Dimensions (mm)
33 x 33 x 35 (Miniature)
33 x 33 x 35 (Miniature)
40 x 40 x 45
40 x 40 x 45
40 x 40 x 45
40 x 40 x 45
40 x 40 x 45
48 x 44 x 45
48 x 44 x 45
48 x 44 x 45
(mm)
6-8
6-8
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
8 - 10
mm2
25 - 50
25 - 50
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
50 - 70
Rod (mm)
Material
16
16
16
Copper
Stainless steel
Aluminium
Copper
Stainless steel
Galvanized steel
Copper / Aluminium
Stainless steel
Copper
Galvanized steel
Weight
(gr)
80
80
60
120
120
120
120
130
130
130

AT-121F (Cu) (application)
AT-115F (Al)
AT-122F (SS)
AT-125F (GS)
AT-128F (Cu/Al)
AT-025F (SS) (application)

AT-127J (Cu)
AT-128J (GS)
92
SPLIT BOLT CLAMP TYPE H
Connection in parallel between two stranded or solid circular conductor.

Reference
AT-100F
AT-096F
AT-097F
AT-098F
AT-099F
AT-100F
AT-101F
AT-102F
AT-103F
AT-104F
Dimensions (mm)
20 x 20 x 25
20 x 20 x 25
20 x 20 x 30
25 x 25 x 35
27 x 27 x 42
30 x 30 x 50
35 x 35 x 55
40 x 40 x 55
45 x 45 x 60

Conductor A ( mm2)
Conductor B ( mm2)
10
2.5 - 8
10 - 16
2.5 - 16
16 - 25
2.5 - 25
16 - 35
2.5 - 35
25 - 50
2.5 - 50
35 - 70
2.5 - 70
50 - 95
10 - 95
50 - 120
10 - 120
50 - 185
10 - 185
AT-100F Application
Material
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Gunmetal
Weight
(gr)
20
30
40
60
90
140
170
180
350
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Clamps
METAL SHEET CLAMP
93
Equipotential connection between round conductor, cable or tape and metal sheet.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Sheet
(mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-043K
56 x 45 x 60
7 - 10
35 - 70
5 - 18
Galvanized steel
210
AT-044K
56 x 45 x 50
6 - 10
25 - 70
1 - 12
Galvanized steel
190
AT-045K
27 x 47 x 50
7 - 10
35 - 70
1 - 12
Galvanized steel
155
AT-046K
35 x 40 x 40
6 - 10
25 - 70
1-8
Galvanized steel
110
AT-047K
30 x 40 x 50
6 - 10
25 - 70
1-8
Copper
100
AT-048K
30 x 40 x 50
6 - 10
25 - 70
1-8
Stainless steel
100
AT-049K
35 x 35 x 40
7 - 10
35 - 70
1-5
Zinc alloy
110
AT-052K
65 x 50 x 20
6 - 10
25 - 70
1-5
Galvanized steel
135
AT-053K
65 x 50 x 20
6 - 10
25 - 70
1-5
Copper
148
AT-054K
50 x 60 x 30
8 - 10
50 - 70
1-8
Galvanized steel
120
AT-055K
50 x 40 x 60
7 - 10
35 - 70
1-5
Galvanized steel
160
AT-056K
55 x 30 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
1-5
Copper
280
AT-057K
55 x 30 x 40
30x2 - 30x3,5
1-5
Galvanized steel
270
AT-047K (Cu) (application)

AT-048K (SS)
AT-045K Application
AT-056K (Cu) (application)

AT-057K (GS)
AT-046K Application
AT-049K Application
AT-043K Application
AT-055K Application
AT-054K Application
AT-052K (GS) (application)

AT-053K (Cu)
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
94
Test clamps
TAPE TEST CLAMP
Specially used for disconnection and test purposes for tape conductors.
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-081F
OBLONG TEST CLAMP
60 x 35 x 30
25 x 3
Gunmetal
AT-083F
OBLONG TEST CLAMP
60 x 35 x 30
25 x 3
Aluminium
120
AT-084F
PLATE TYPE TEST CLAMP
80 x 80 x 40
25 x 3
Gunmetal
620
AT-085F
SCREW DOWN TEST CLAMP
60 x 60 x 60
25 X 3
Gunmetal
720
290
AT-084F Application
95
UNI DISCONNECTING TAPE CLAMP

Linear connection between tapes.
AT-111F
Reference
AT-111F
96

AT-082F (Al)
AT-085F Application
Dimensions (mm)
58 x 30 x 20

30x2 30x3,5
Material
Galvanized steel
Weight (gr)
180
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE CLAMP

Linear connection between cables.
AT-108F (Cu/GS)
AT-110F (GS)
AT-124F (SS)
Conductor range
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
(mm)
mm2
AT-110F
50 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
Galvanized steel
AT-108F
50 x 30 x 20
50
Copper / Galvanized steel
180
AT-124F
50 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
Stainless steel
200
AT-113J
58 x 30 x 20
8 - 10 (Copper)
50 - 70 (Copper)
16 (Galvanized steel)
150
AT-114J
58 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
16
Galvanized steel
150
AT-115J
58 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
16
Stainless steel
100
Rod (mm)
Material
Weight
(gr)
180
AT-114J (GS) (application)

AT-113J (Cu/GS)
AT-115J (SS)
97
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE AND TAPE CLAMP

Linear connection between cable and tape.
AT-109F (GS)
AT-107F (Cu/GS)
AT-123F (SS)
Conductor range
Reference
Dimensions
(mm)
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
AT-107F
58 x 30 x 20
8 10 (Copper)
50 70 (Copper)
30x2 - 30x3,5
(Galvanized steel)
AT-109F
58 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
AT-123F
58 x 30 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
Material
Copper / Galvanized
steel
Galvanized
steel
Stainless
steel
Weight
(gr)
180
180
200
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Test clamps
CABLE AND TAPE TEST CLAMP
98
Specially used for disconnection and testing purposes, for cable, round or tape conductors.
Reference
AT-010F
Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
55 x 30 x 75
Conductor range
Tape (mm)
mm2
50
30x2 - 30x3,5
Included
Material
Plug and screw M4x38
Naval brass
Weight
(gr)
295
AT-086F
30 x 65 x 45
35
25 x 3
Gunmetal
400
AT-087F
30 x 65 x 45
50
25 x 3
Gunmetal
400
AT-088F
30 x 65 x 45
10
70
25 x 3
Gunmetal
400
AT-089F
30 x 65 x 45
13
95
25 x 3
Gunmetal
390
AT-090F
30 x 65 x 45
15
120
Gunmetal
390
AT-091F
30 x 65 x 45
50
25 x 3
Aluminium
90
AT-095F
55 x 75 x 20
8 - 10
50 - 70
30 x 3,5
Plug and screw M4x38
Nickel plated brass
500
AT-010F
AT-010F Application

AT-091F (Al)
AT-095F Application
TEST JOINT
99
Disconnecting sleeve between galvanized steel round and tape conductor.

Reference
AT-106F
Dimensions (mm)
136 x 70 x 30
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
8 - 10
50 - 70
30x2 - 30x3,5
Material
Galvanized steel
Weight
(gr)
330
BIMETALLIC CONNECTOR
100
Used for joining copper to aluminium or galvanized steel conductors avoiding galvanic coupling, particularly where an aluminium or galvanized steel lightning
protection system has to be earthed with copper.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Material
Copper / Aluminium
Weight
(gr)
AT-092F
100 x 30 x 30
50
AT-093F
100 x 30 x 30
8 (Aluminium)
50 (Aluminium)
25 x 3 (Copper)
Copper / Aluminium
225
AT-094F
AT-107F
AT-108F
100 x 30 x 25
58 x 30 x 20
50 x 30 x 20
8 - 10 (Copper)
8
50 - 70 (Copper)
50
25 x 3
30x2 - 30x3,5 (Galvanized steel)
-
Copper / Aluminium
200
180
180
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, BS 6651, BS 970, BS 1471, BS 2874

AT-107F
AT-092F Application
AT-094F Application
AT-108F
AT-093F Application
250
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
101
Accessories
SPARK GAP FOR AERIAL MAST
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
50 x 50 x 230
Naval brass clamps for 8-10 mm round and/or 30 x 2 mm tape conductor
AT-060F
Weight (gr)
900
Aerials are objects especially exposed to lightning strikes and their consequences. The Lightning Protection system must protect the aerial against direct
impact, but part of the lightning current could side-strike it, following an uncontrolled path to earth. Even being only part of the lightning current, the damage
caused can be very significant.
The protector AT-060F is connected to the aerial mast in order to assure an equipotential union between metallic elements avoiding dangerous sparks between
the Lightning Protection System and the aerial mast, which can result in fire and damage to the structure.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies a specific Surge Protective Device for the aerial signal cable (ATFREQ Series. Please consult our Overvoltage
Protection catalogue), which will protect the connected equipment.
INSTALLATION
AT-060F is to be installed connecting the aerial mast to the closest grounded element of the Lightning Protection System. Its connecting clamp is suitable for
a wide range of conductors.
TECHNICAL DATASHEET
Lightning Impulse Current (10/350s wave):
Ip (10/350) > 100kA
Nominal Discharge Current:
In(8/20s) = 50kA
Protection Level at In (8/20s wave):
Up < 4kV
Working Temperature:
-55C to +85C
Dimensions:
32 x 40mm
Connections:
Mast: holdfast for aerial of 30-50mm.

LPS: clamp for 8-10mm cable or 302mm / 25x3mm tape
Material:
Polyurethane resin
Certificated tests according to:
EN 50164
IEC61643
AT-060F
AT-060F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
LIGHTNING EVENT COUNTER

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
AT-001G
176 x 80 x 57
Plug and screw M4 x 49
Polypropylene
0,5
AT-000G
250 x 185 x 50
Galvanized steel
1,04
102
Weight (Kg)
The AT-001G lightning event counter is a device to be inserted on the down-conductor, ahead of the guard
tube. It allows the automatic counting of the strikes received by the lightning protection system. It is very
robust and totally autonomous, but it is advisable to verify it periodically in order to check if there has been
a strike and, therefore, if the lightning protection system needs any special maintenance.
AT-000G is useful when no drill is allowed.
INSTALLATION
The counter installation is simple requiring the down-conductor to pass through the built-in hole in the
counter.
AT-001G
PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS
Register capacity
0 999999
Counting starting current
1 kA (8/20s)
Working temperature
-25 70
Power supply
No need, totally autonomous
No fungible elements
Direct display of registered data
AT-000G
The lightning counter has been successfully tested in official and independent laboratories. In these
tests, it has proved its effective operation, counting capacity and strength withstanding lightning currents
(100kA, 10/350s) without suffering any damage.
See table 103
AT-000G, AT-001G and AT-053G Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
103
Accessories
GUARD TUBE
Anti vandal guard for round or tape down-conductors. In order to avoid the break of the cable by accidental impacts, it is necessary to install a guard tube, at
least 2 meter high, wherever the cable is accessible. AT-056G is recommended to avoid touch voltages in public buildings with low resistivity soil.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Conductor range
(mm)
mm2
Tape (mm)
Included
Material
Weight
(kg)
AT-051G
27 x 2000
8 10
50 70
Bonding clamps
Galvanized steel
AT-050G
27 x 3000
8 10
50 70
Bonding clamps
Galvanized steel
AT-054G
27 x 2000
8 10
50 70
Bonding clamps
Stainless steel
2,3
AT-053G
27 x 3000
8 10
50 70
Bonding clamps
Stainless steel
3,5
AT-056G
26 x 2500
8 10
50 70
Bonding clamps
3mm cross-linked polyethylene
0,7
AT-060G
40 x 14 x 2000
30x2 30x3,5
Bonding clamps
Galvanized steel
AT-055G
70 x 15 x 2000
8 10
50 70
30x2 30x3,5
Plug and screw
Galvanized steel
AT-057G
40 x 30 x 1500
7 10
35 70
Straight clamp and KS cable clip
Galvanized steel
2,6
Meets with BS 1449-1, BS 970, AS 1397, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-053G (SS),
AT-051G (GS)
AT-055G
AT-060G
See table 125
AT-056G
AT-057G Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
EXPANSION UNIT
104
For thermal expansion of longer conductors. Suitable to install it each 20 m. To install in copper down-conductor system use a bimetallic clamp such as
AT-126F (Table 91)
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
400 x 100 x 8
Aluminium
AT-012G
Weight (gr)
80
See table 91
AT-012G
See table 89
AT-012G Application
BRIDGING BRAID
105
This flexible braid in cross is used for thermic length compensation. For installation at 20m intervals. AT-032G suitable to install in conjunction with AT-004E
(Table 54), and AT-033G suitable to install in conjunction with AT-000E (Table 54).
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-032G
33 x 4,5 x 300
11 mm hole
Tinned copper
530
AT-033G
33 x 4,5 x 300
11 mm hole
Aluminium
230
AT-032G (Cu)
AT-033G(Al)
AT-032G Application
FLEXIBLE BRAID BOND
106
This flexible braid allows the equipotential connection between diverse metallic elements such as fences, doors and windows. 11 mm hole included.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Section (mm2)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-001F
25 x 3,5 x 200
35
Tinned copper
80
AT-032J
25 x 3,5 x 400
35
Copper
150
AT-033J
33 x 4 x 180
50
Aluminium
30
AT-001F
AT-001F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
107
Accessories
WATERTIGHT CONE
To prevent water penetrating sheet surfaces. Used with air rods and masts (6 - 50 mm).
Reference
AT-090B
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
115 x 115 x 60
Rubber
76
See table 3
AT-090B
AT-090B Application
108
COVER PLATE
Use in conjunction with any screw threaded conductor holder, to protect it from water in flat surfaces.
Reference
AT-014G
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
35 x 5
Rubber

AT-014G
AT-014G Application
109
ASPHALT STRIP
For fixing conductor to flat roof (fixing by heating).
Reference
AT-071F
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
100 x 40 x 3
Asphalt
35
AT-071F Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
Accessories
PUDDLE FLANGE
110
Suitable to pass the conductor through the roof.

Reference
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-015G
150 x 150 x 600
Copper
1,7
AT-016G
150 x 150 x 600
Aluminium
0,5
See table 89
Meets with BS 6651, BS 1432 C101, BS 2897

See table 89
AT-015G(Cu)
AT-016G (Al)
AT-015G Application
HANGING GUY WIRE KIT
111
For installing guy wire which will hold the cable or round conductor over flat terraces to allow to pass people under. The cable is joined to the guy wire using
AT-046C. (See table 40).
Reference
Included
Weight (Kg)
AT-080G
12m of guy wire + 2 AT-042C + 4 AT-043C + 10 AT-046C (See table 40)
See table 40
See table 26
See table 26
AT-080G Application
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
112
Accessories
WIRE STRAIGHTENER
For straightening round conductors made of different (medium-hard) materials.

Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
Weight (Kg)
AT-040G
5 straightening coils, with handles
300 x 200 x 150
Galvanized steel
6,2
AT-041G
For angling and straightening

round conductors
260 x 50 x 60
Steel
0,33
AT-040G
AT-041G
113
ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY
This cold galvanizer spray protects all kind of metals from corrosion. Specially used to protect welding.
Reference
Dimensions (mm)
AT-023G
60 x 60 x 200
Weight (gr)
435
AT-023G
114
BIMETALLIC SHEET (CUPAL)

For avoiding galvanic coupling between conductors and structures of different nature.
AT-030G
AT-070F
Reference
Model
Dimensions (mm)
Material
AT-030G
Copper inside /
Aluminium outside
8 x 60
Copper / Aluminium
AT-031G
Copper outside /
Aluminium inside
8 x 60
Aluminium / Copper
AT-070F
Strip
40 x 0,5 x 500
Copper / Aluminium
38
AT-031G
Weight (gr)
CONDUCTORS
CONDUCTORS
115
BARE COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS

Copper tape recommended for down-conductor and earthing in lightning protection systems.
AT-011D
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-006D
12,5 x 1,5
Weight per meter (Kg)

0,2
AT-007D
12,5 x 3
0,3
AT-008D
20 x 1,5
0,25
AT-009D
20 x 3
0,32
AT-010D
25 x 1,5
0,35
AT-011D
25 x 3
0,7
AT-012D
25 x 4
0,9
AT-013D
25 x 6
1,35
AT-014D
30 x 2
0,5
AT-015D
30 x 3
0,8
AT-016D
30 x 4
1,1
AT-017D
30 x 5
1,4
AT-018D
38 x 3
AT-019D
38 x 5
1,7
AT-020D
38 x 6
1,8
AT-021D
40 x 3
1,1
AT-022D
40 x 4
1,4
AT-023D
40 x 5
1,8
AT-024D
40 x 6
2,2
AT-025D
50 x 3
1,4
AT-026D
50 x 4
1,8
AT-027D
50 x 5
2,2
AT-028D
50 x 6
2,75
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 7430, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567
116
TINNED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS

Tinned copper tape recommended for down-conductor and earthing in lightning protection systems.
AT-052D
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-000D
12,5 x 1,5
AT-055D
25 x 3
0,7
AT-052D
30 x 2
0,5
AT-002D
25 x 6
1,3
AT-003D
31 x 3
0,8
AT-004D
38 x 5
1,7
AT-005D
50 x 6
2,7
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 6746, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567
0,2
CONDUCTORS
PVC COVERED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
117
Copper tape covered with PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Reference
Weight per
meter (Kg)
Nominal size (mm)
PVC colour
AT-029D
12,5 x 1,5
Black
0,2
AT-030D
25 x 3
Black
0,7
AT-139D
25 x 3
Grey
0,7
AT-140D
25 x 3
Green
0,7
AT-141D
25 x 3
Brown
0,7
AT-142D
25 x 3
Stone
0,7
AT-143D
25 x 3
White
0,7
AT-031D
25 x 6
Green
1,5
AT-032D
50 x 6
Green
AT-030D
AT-139D
AT-140D
AT-141D
AT-142D
AT-143D
Meets with EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 6746, AS 1567
ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS
118
Aluminium tape easier to install than copper tape but with lower conductivity. Not suitable for earth termination systems.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-033D
12,5 x 1,5
AT-034D
20 x 3
0,18
AT-057D
25 x 3
0,22
AT-056D
30 x 3
0,27
AT-037D
25 x 6
0,41
AT-038D
40 x 6
0,69
AT-039D
50 x 6
0,85
0,05
AT-057D
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
PVC COVERED ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS

Aluminium tape covered with PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Weight per
meter (Kg)
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
PVC colour
AT-040D
12,5 x 1,5
Black
0,1
AT-041D
20 x 3
Black
0,25
AT-042D
25 x 3
Black
0,32
AT-144D
25 x 3
Brown
0,32
AT-145D
25 x 3
Grey
0,32
AT-146D
25 x 3
Stone
0,32
AT-042D
AT-144D
AT-145D
AT-146D
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898
119
CONDUCTORS
120
GALVANIZED STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS

Galvanized steel tape has an acceptable resistance to corrosion in air, concrete and benign soil.
Reference
AT-131D
Nominal size (mm)
AT-130D
20 x 2,5
0,4
AT-131D
30 x 3,5
0,8
AT-132D
30 x 4
AT-133D
40 x 4
1,3
AT-134D
40 x 5
1,6
121
STAINLESS STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS

Stainless steel tape is strongly recommended in highly corrosive environments.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-135D
30 x 3,5
0,8

AT-135D
122
FLEXIBLE COPPER BRAID CONDUCTORS

Copper braid tape recommended when there is movement between the objects connected equipotentially.
AT-053D
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-043D
12 x 1
0,05
AT-044D
15 x 1,5
0,1
AT-045D
10 x 2 (Tinned)
0,1
AT-046D
16 x 2 (Tinned)
0,13
AT-047D
19 x 2,5
0,16
AT-048D
25 x 3,5
0,35
AT-049D
25 x 3,5 (Tinned)
0,35
AT-053D
30 x 3,5 (Tinned)
0,4
AT-051D
32 x 6
0,65
Meets with BS 4109, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
123
HARD DRAWN COPPER BARS

Hard drawn copper bar suitable for a rigid connection.
AT-083D
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-080D
25 x 3 x 3m
0,65
AT-081D
25 x 6 x 4m
1,35
AT-082D
38 x 6 x 4m
AT-083D
50 x 6 x 3m
2,7
AT-084D
50 x 6 x 3m (Tinned)
2,7
AT-085D
50 x 10 x 4m
4,5
AT-086D
75 x 6 x 4m
AT-087D
100 x 6 x 4m
5,4
Meets with BS 2874

Weight (Kg)
CONDUCTORS
STRANDED ELECTROLYTIC COPPER CABLE
124
Stranded cable easier to install than solid round conductor.

Reference
Nominal size (mm2)
Stranding (mm)
AT-035D
35
7 x 2,5
AT-050D
50
19 x 1,8
0,47
AT-070D
70
19 x 2,2
0,65
AT-095D
95
19 x 2,5
0,85
AT-120D
120
37 x 2
1,1
AT-150D
150
37 x 2,3
1,34
0,4
AT-050D
BARE SOLID ROUND
125
Solid round conductor more suitable for high corrosion environment.

Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Material
AT-058D
Copper
0,45
AT-110D
Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) semi-hard
0,14
AT-138D
Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) soft
0,14
AT-125D
10
Aluminium
0,15
AT-060D
Galvanized steel
0,4
AT-061D
10
Galvanized steel
0,62
AT-128D
Stainless steel
0,4
AT-129D
10
Stainless steel
0,6
AT-058D (Cu)
AT-138D (Al)
AT-060D (GS)
AT-128D (SS)
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 7430, BS 2898

UNE 21186, NFC 17102, AS 1567, AS 1866
PVC INSULATED STRANDED COPPER CABLE

Stranded electrolytic copper cable covered with PVC sheath used as an internal earth conductor.
Reference
Nominal size (mm2)
Stranding (mm)
AT-113D
35
7 x 2,5
0,4
AT-114D
50
19 x 1,8
0,55
AT-115D
70
19 x 2,2
0,75
AT-116D
95
19 x 2,5
AT-117D
120
37 x 2
1,2
AT-118D
150
37 x 2,3
1,55
AT-114D
126
CONDUCTORS
127
PVC COVERED SOLID ROUND

Solid round conductor covered with black PVC sheath used to blend the down-conductor into the building.
Reference
AT-123D (Cu)
AT-124D (Al)
AT-126D (GS)
128
Nominal size (mm)
Material
AT-123D
Copper
0,5
AT-124D
Aluminium
0,15
AT-126D
Galvanized steel
0,45
AT-127D
10
Galvanized steel
0,65
Meets with IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2898, AS 1567, AS 1866
TIN-PLATED COPPER COMPRESSION TERMINALS

Copper compression terminals to correctly connect cable with screw-nut connections.
Reference
Nominal size (mm2)
Screw size
Weight (gr)
16
M6
10
AT-016K
16
M8
10
AT-017K
25
M8
10
AT-018K
25
M10
10
AT-019K
35
M8
10
AT-020K
35
M10
10
AT-021K
50
M12
20
AT-022K
70
M10
40
AT-023K
70
M12
40
AT-015K
AT-021K
AT-024K
95
M12
60
AT-025K
95
M14
60
AT-026K
95
M16
60
AT-027K
120
M14
60
AT-028K
120
M16
60
AT-029K
150
M14
90
AT-030K
150
M16
90
AT-031K
185
M16
110
AT-032K
240
M16
140
INTERNAL PROTECTION systemS
OVERVOLTAGES AND ITS DAMAGES

Overvoltages are an increase of voltage on the electric line, measure
between two conductors, which can produce damage on the installations
and the electric equipments.
There are two different types: transient and permanent.
Permanent or power frequency overvoltages are characterized by
relatively long duration (several cycles) There are usually caused by:
Defect connection of the neutral.

Power consumption lowered.
Transient overvoltages are very short duration increases in voltage

between two conductors or between a conductor and the ground. They
can be on account of atmospheric electrical discharges (lightning), by
switching or by electrical faults (contact with earth or short circuit).
Lightning
overvoltages
Commutation
surge
Occasional
overvoltages
Types of overvoltages
Although transient overvoltages have existed since the creation of

electrical networks, the need for protection is nowadays much greater.
This is due to advanced technology making electrical components ever
smaller and more sensitive to electromagnetic disturbances.
82
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Electronics COMPONENTS:
FROM valveS to nanotechnology
Electronics valves.
Large and resistant. The majority can withstand
overvoltages without suffering irreparable damages.
First transistors.
More sensitive but with a good insulation.
Integrated circuits.
Made up of a large quantity of transistors and work
with every low currents and voltajes.
SMD components.
Their small size, proximity of components and lines
which join them, makes them very susceptible
to overvoltages.
Caused damages
The evolution of electronic systems and components together with an

increase in their usage, has resulted in the last decade in a spectacular
increase of economic damages caused by overvoltages. This is primarily
because the voltage peak goes through smaller and more sensitive elements.
The effect of conducted or induced currents due to atmospheric discharges

either from distant strikes, lightning between clouds or by the switching
operation of heavy machines (which cause overvoltages similar to those
produced by lightning strikes), can cause devastating damages on electronic
equipment and electrical installations.
Atmospheric discharges produce voltage peaks at the signal, very high but
also with a very short duration. Currents associated with a direct lightning
strike can reach values over 100kA, thus even its secondary effects bring
currents that are able to cause important damages to the lines and equipment
connected to them.
Most electrical lines are equipped with security measures to avoid shortcircuits and electrical shocks to people. Almost every electric board contains
protectors such as automatic circuit breakers and RCCB. However, they
cannot avoid the consequences of transient overvoltages, since their
reaction is much slower than the voltage peak that appears.
A special example is that of UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply). These

elements assure the power supply of the equipments connected to it even
when there is a cut in the electricity supply. Most of these equipments also
have a voltage filter that enables a stable power supply within 15% variation.
However, they can suffer serious damages when subjected to transient
overvoltages, because they are sophisticated equipment with microprocessor
technology and very sensitive to overvoltages.
Surge Protective Devices complement the mentioned protections. They
do not activate with small deformations in the signal or network overloads.
However, they respond in nanoseconds to voltage peaks and they are able
to drive lightning current (main or secondary) to earth, safeguarding the
connected equipment.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
83
Consequences of overvoltages
The most typical transient overvoltages are owing to
the operation of powerful machines. However, the most
destructive are because of atmospheric discharges.
Surge effects range from simple brief work interruptions
to the total destruction of sensitive equipment.
Disturbance
Interruption of system operation, data loss and
corruption, unexplainable computer failures, etc
Degrading
Transient overvoltages degrade, without user notice,
electronic components and circuits, reducing equipment
life and increasing the possibility of failures.
Damages
Severe transient overvoltages can damage
components, circuit boards and can even burn
or destroy the equipment as well as producing
the start of a fire.
They mainly affect electronic, computer and
telecommunications systems.
They might cause explosion on classified zones.
All these effects imply the interruption in the
normal working condition of computers and
thus results in economic losses due to delays in
productivity.
More importantly, these effects can carry risks to
people that must be avoided at all cost according
to the Health and Safety Laws.
CAUSES OF OVERVOLTAGES AND

MECHANISMS OF PROPAGATION
Switching overvoltages
Depending on their nature,
there are two categories of surges:
Surges due
to lightning strikes
Thunderstorms are very common and dangerous. It is estimated that on our
planet, 2000 storms and 100 lightning strikes take place simultaneously on
earth every second. This represents 4000 storms and 9 million flashes every
day.
When lightning strikes, it causes a current impulse that can reach tens
of thousands of amperes. This discharge produces an overvoltage in
the electrical lines and can cause fires, damages to equipment and even
casualties.
84
INTERNAL PROTECTION
These surges are generated in electrical lines, mainly due to the following
two reasons:
Electrical switching of large machinery:
Electrical motors are very inductive loads whose connection and
disconnection can cause surges. There are other processes capable of
producing surges, like the turning on/off of a welding arch and the connection
and disconnection of power electronic devices.
Operation and fault in power supply network:
In the case of short circuit at any point in the network, the circuit breakers will
respond by opening and the following auto-reclosing in the case of it being
a temporary fault. Such faults can generate surges typical in the connection
of inductive loads.
Mechanisms of propagation
The prevailing mechanism of switching overvoltages is conduction, because it starts in the very power supply networks. It is in atmospheric discharges where
all kinds of different propagation methods can be observed.
Therefore, we can differentiate between the following methods:
Conducted overvoltages
Lightning can strike aerial lines directly. Surges then propagate and reach the
user, finally diverting to ground through the equipment, provoking failures.
A common mistake is to think that hitting discharges in power distribution
lines (Medium Voltage) do not reach those of Low Voltage because of the
galvanic insulation provided by the existing transformer. However, this is not
true due to the fact that the before mentioned insulation is effective for nominal
frequencies in the network, while for the wave forms associated with lightning,
the transformer produces little attenuation.
Induced overvoltages
The electromagnetic field produced by electric discharges induces transient
current in nearby conductors, entering then the structures and harming the
equipment.
Capacitive overvoltage
There always exists a capacitive coupling, also called stray capacity, between
every pair of conductors. Overvoltages due to capacitive coupling become
more important as the voltage waveform velocity increases.
Overvoltage due to voltage raises at the grounding

This mechanism is a special form of conducted overvoltages (described
before) but due to its elevated incidence, it deserves a special mention.
When lightning disperses in the earth, lightning current can raise the ground
voltage around the impact point several thousands of volts by the passing
current.
Any object on the affected ground will acquire the associated voltage during
that time, which can produce a dangerous voltage difference to other points
on the installation. Take special attention to buried metallic objects such as
piping and earth terminals.
Overvoltage
Conducted
Overvoltages
Induced
Overvoltages
Capacitive overvoltages
Up to tens of kV
Up to some kV between conductors which are not ground
Up to tens of kV between ground and conductor
Up to some kV between conductors which are not ground
Up to some kV between ground and conductor
Intensity
Long distance impact: up to 1kA, Close impacts:
up to some kA, Direct impacts: up to tens of k
Can reach some kA
Can reach tens of kA
Can reach some kA
The above table represents each mechanism, its transmission value typical for each corresponding overvoltage and its associated current.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
85
86
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Conductive and inductive

surges enter the building,
damaging electric and
electronic equipment and
can even cause fires and
personal injuries.
Causes of overvoltages
and mechanisms of propagation
Conducted
overvoltages due to
direct lightning strike
Discharges in building elements

(corners, chimneys, weather vanes)
which propagate through the
electrical installation of the building
Discharges on antennas that are
propagated through their cables
Conducted
overvoltages due to
indirect lightning discharge
Discharges on airlines and telephone

lines.
Discharges in wind generators
Inductions in aerial power supply and

telephone lines
Induced overvoltages
Inductions in power supply and
computer lines inside buildings
Direct discharges in objects near

buildings (trees, metal gates, lamp
posts).
Overvoltages
due to voltage
raises at the grounding
Direct discharges to ground.

Discharges near underground power
supply and data lines that connect to
equipment in different buildings
Switching in power supply
Switching
overvoltages
Switching in heavy machines.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
87
How do overvoltages enter the equipment?

Power supply, telephone, TV or data lines often cover long distances and
are connected to very sensitive equipment. This condition makes the line
especially receptive to overvoltages, which then will be transmitted by
conduction to the connected equipment.
It is convenient to pay special attention to aerial lines that connect sensitive
equipment even in protected environments, as it is probable that dangerous
voltages can be induced. It is also important to take into account that lightning
and power switching generate high magnitude electromagnetic fields thus
inducing currents in the conductors placed inside this field. Even lightning
strikes from cloud to cloud can cause damages in electrical installations.
Finally, lightning effects can enter through the earthing network, changing the
reference of voltage of all the equipment connected to it or to the electrical
power supply line itself. The most susceptible equipments in this case are
those that have the voltages of its elements referenced to two different
grounds.
In this case, it is recommended to link all the grounds, including those of the
lightning protection system in order to avoid overvoltages and larger flowing
currents.
In addition, when there are several buildings in the same complex, the risk will
usually increase due to connections.
In general, it is convenient to install surge protection

at any line entering or leaving a building that connects
or could connect in the future sensitive equipment.
OVERVOLTAGES RISK ASSESSMENT
World isoceraunic map
88
INTERNAL PROTECTION
In order to design an accurate Surge Protection

System, you will first need to know the overvoltage
risk in the area (L) and the probability of a surge
reaches equipment by a surge through the line (E).
The calculation of these two-risk indexes (L and E)
is based on the guidelines: ITC-BT-23 of RBT and
on the UNE 21186:1996 standard.
Risk in the area to be protected (L):

L = Ng * (1+BT+MT+U)
N g Lightning strikes density: lightning flashes per square (km2). Calculated using the local keraunic level Nk (Ng = 0,02 * Nk1,67), shown on the isoceraunic
maps
BT Index related to the length in meters of the low voltage aerial line, which provides the power supply to the installation.
BT = 0
BT = 0,25
BT = 0,5
BT = 0,75
BT = 1
Underground
1 a 150 m
150 a 300 m
300 a 500 m
> 500 m
MT
Parameter showing the location of the medium voltage line
MT = 0
MT = 1
Underground medium voltage line
Medium voltage aerial line
Parameter showing the line input position with regard to its environment
U=0
U = 0,5
U = 0,75
U=1
Input line close to trees or high(er)

structures
Input line surrounded by lower

structures
Isolated input line
Isolated input line

on a hill or mound
INTERNAL PROTECTION
89
Risk of connected equipment (E):

E = S+V+C
Sensitivity of the equipment according to the ITC-BT-23 of code RBT
S=1
S=2
S=3
S=4
Category IV. Equipment connected

to the origin of the installation.
Category III. Strong industrial

equipment.
Eg: Motors, Pumps, Compressors
Category II.
Less strong industrial equipment.
Eg: Electrical appliances, Lighting,
CNC
Category I. Electronically sensitive

equipment. Eg: computers, PLCs,
adjustable frequency drives
Economic cost of the equipment
V=1
V=2
V=3
Low cost (<1.500)
Medium cost (1.500 a 15.000 )
Expensive (>15.000)
C=1
C=2
C=3
No need for service continuity
Requirement of service continuity
Important economic consequences due to an

interruption of service
Continuity of service
With these two indexes, E and L, and the table, you can made a quick choice in order to determine the SPDs required for the power supply side protection of
the equipment. Please note that for a complete protection, you should also protect telephone and data lines.
L=1
L=2
L=3
L=4
E = 8, 9 10
ATCOVER (pag 160)
ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)

+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)

+ATCOVER* (pag 160)
E=67
ATCOVER (pag 160)
ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)

+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)

+ATSUB40* (pag 124)
E<5
ATCOVER (pag 160)
ATSUB65 (pag 124)
ATSHIELD (pag 120)
ATSHOCK (pag 112)
* Protector for distribution boards
90
INTERNAL PROTECTION
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEM

DESIGN GUIDE
The aim of a surge or an overvoltage protection

system is to assure the continuity of electrical power
supply and minimise to an acceptable level for
people and equipment any possible damages due to
incoming transient surges.
The most important feature of surge arresters is its
rapid response time.
Transient overvoltages could easily reach several kilovolts

in a few microseconds. During this raise time, while the
protector has not reacted, this increasing voltage reaches
the connected equipment. Generally, the response time
of the arresters varies between 20 and 100 nanoseconds.
Surge arresters can be installed in series or parallel,
but in all cases they must remain inactive under normal
conditions. Once the overvoltage starts, the protector
will start working, leading the lightning current to ground.
Momentary interruptions should not be made, that is to
say, the final user should not notice the SPD action.
Sustained interruptions are not allowed: when the
overvoltage has been absorbed, the protector should
return to its inactive state without affecting the normal
working of the line.
In those cases where the components of the protector have
suffered a bigger overvoltage than they can withstand, the
failure mode will be open circuit thus avoiding a line shortcircuit. Most of protectors are provided with a visual or
remote warning which activates when the protector should
be replaced.
No protector nowadays is able to both absorb high
currents and leave harmless residual voltage passes
through. Therefore a set of devices are required in order
to achieve a good balance between current and voltage,
minimising any further damages on the equipment. From
the user point of view, this is the most important fact: the
residual voltage should not represent a threat.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
91
Regulations
The regulations of series 61643 of the International Electrotechnical
Committee (IEC) define the requirements and implementation of surge
protectors. These regulations have already been adopted as European
standards (EN), and translated as Spanish standards (UNE). There are
other related regulations, being the most important one being the Lightning
Protection Systems Regulation including its electromagnetic effects.
Regulations for the installation of electrical boards should always be fulfilled.
Lets say that UL 1449 is a security regulation. It is not a regulation on the

working condition of the SPD, it does not test the current and voltage values
stated on the protector, however, it does test its safety.
On the other hand, IEC 61643 certifies both security and working conditions.
APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS, S.A. has tested all
its SPDs in official and independent laboratories
successfully achieving all values described
in their technical sheets and labels.
The tests carried out on the SPDs are principally based on regulation IEC
61643, although APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS products also comply
with the requirements of UL1449.
Tests carried out. Series IEC 61643

According to this regulation, SPDs can be classified into three types
depending on what they are used for. 1) If they are supposed to withstand
direct lightning strikes, 2) secondary effects or 3) attenuated overvoltages.
According to the class established, the manufacturer provides a piece of
information which characterises the device and determines the type of test
to be carried out.
Although there is no settled value defined by the regulations for each class,
any stated value on the label and on its technical datasheet must be tested
and proved on laboratories according regulations.
Classification according to type of impulse test:

Information to be provided by the manufacturer for each type of protection.
Type 1
Iimp (with wave

10/350s)
In (with wave 8/20s)
Type 2
Imax (with wave 8/20s)
Ignition voltage (with

wave 1.2/50s)
UOC Open circuit voltage

(with combined wave
1.2/50s;8/20s)
x
x
Type 3
Standard impulse current tests:

a) Direct lightning strike test, modelled on wave form 10/350s in order to
determine Iimp.
b) Secondary lightning effects test and switching elements, with wave
8/20s in order to determine Imax. Due to the different make up of the
wave form tested, the tests with Iimp have a much higher energy than the
tests with Imax and In.
Wave 10/350s
Wave 8/20s
I (kA)
t (s)
92
INTERNAL PROTECTION
During the tests, the SPDs are submitted to repeated current and voltage
impulses, measuring the residual voltage. The established Level of Protection
(U p) cannot be surpassed in any test. Residual voltage does not always
increase with the current value: some critical values may exist for currents
lower than the maximal. Therefore it is very important to apply stepped current
impulses, over and below the nominal current, in order to assure the highest
voltage the protector may let through. Thermal and mechanical tests are also
performed.
Impulse current waves applied to he

protectors against overvoltages in
order to check its characteristics. The
area of each curve in this graph shows
the specific energy applied.
Other applicable standards

There are other regulations to take into account when designing and installing SPDs. Furthermore, these protectors are part of the internal protection
described in the following lightning protection standard:
Standard UNE 21186 and NFC 17102, Protection of structures and of open areas against lightning using early streamer emission air terminals.
Standard IEC 62305 Lightning protection using conventional systems (meshed conductors and air terminals).
Other standards:
Typically, in every country there are codes that may be related to overvoltage protection, such as:
National Electric Code.
National Construction Code.
Its highly advisable to check carefully if there are surge protection requirements within national obligatory standards.
Other laws and codes may also apply to overvoltage protection. Typical cases are:
Requirements for protection of flammable and explosive areas
Work health and safety codes
Particular requirements for other high risk structures and areas, such as hospitals, campsites, dangerous industries, etc.
In National Electric Codes typical cases from REBT GUIDE-BT-23 are:

Total or partial low voltage supply lines when the installation includes air lines.
Risk of failure affecting human life. Ex: Security services, emergency centres, medical equipment and hospitals.
Risk of failure affecting animal life. Ex: Aqua farms,
Risk of failure affecting public services. Ex: Telecommunication systems, informatics centres.
Risk of failure affecting industrial or agricultural processes and operations which cannot be interrupted. Ex: Industries with ovens or general industrial
processes which are continuous.
Risk of failure affecting the structures and equipments from the local public establishments which have security services or non autonomous emergency
illuminating systems.
Installations on buildings with external protection systems against lightning such as: Lightning conductors, Franklin rods, Faraday cages, installed on
the same building in an area lower than 50 meters.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
93
SPD selection
To protect any equipment correctly, it is necessary to know in detail all its characteristics.
The most important parameters to take into account are:
A Where the area to be protected is located
B Maximum residual voltage allowed
C Additional parameters of the line
a-Zone of protection
Lightning protection standards, as IEC 62305, define Lightning Protection
Zones (LPZ) depending on the electromagnetic characteristics of each area
around and inside the structure to be protected. For each of these zones, the
damage that surges can cause is different, and therefore equipment should
be protected according to this risk.
Surge Protective Devices are installed in the transitions between zones.
A good coordination between them is very important: they should act in
coordinated stages and be able to withstand lightning currents letting residual
voltages that are harmless to the equipment.
Regulations describe three different types of SPD according to the area where
they are located:
Type 1 Protector:
Type 1 SPD should be tested with 10/350s lightning impulse wave, simulating
the effects of direct lightning discharges.
They have to be installed where lightning currents and electromagnetic effects
are unattenuated.
They have to be installed where lightning currents and electromagnetic effects

are already attenuated.
Type 3 Protector:
Type 3 SPD should be tested with combination impulse wave but with low
values, simulating much attenuated overvoltages. Normally they are installed
near the equipment and have low residual voltages.
One method of reducing electromagnetic fields is the shielding

of structures, rooms and/or equipment. In case of buildings, the
equipotential bonding of metallic objects achieves disturbance
reductions. If this interconnection is carried out during the construction
of the building, then later protection is more effective and less costly.
In any case, all the lines entering or leaving a zone should be protected
with the proper device in order to avoid surges.
Type 2 Protector:
Type 2 SPD should be tested with 8/20s current impulse wave, simulating
lightning secondary effects.
ZONE
CHARACTERISTICS
SURGES
LZP 0A
External zone, exposed to direct lightning strikes.
Full lightning current and

unattenuated electric field.
LZP 0 B
External zone but within the LPS protection area

and, therefore, protected against direct strikes.
Part of the lightning current and

unattenuated electric fields.
LZP 1
Internal zone, where surges are limited

by current spreading, up-stream SPDs
and sometimes by screening.
Low currents and attenuated electric fields.
LZP 2n
Internal zones with more limited surges

thanks to current spreading
screening and up-stream SPDs
Minimum currents and very

attenuated electric fields.
94
INTERNAL PROTECTION
LZP0
Example of the division by zones in an office building:

ELPS*
*External Lightning Protection System
LZP 0 A
LZP 0 B
LZP1
LZP2
SEPCR*
TYPE PROTECTOR 1
TYPE PROTECTOR 2
TYPE PROTECTOR 3
ZPR 1
LZP 3
LZP 2
B-PERMITTED RESIDUAL VOLTAGE

However, there are more robust equipments or with internal protections which
dont need especially low residual voltage, whilst other equipments can be
very sensitive hence demanding very low residual voltage. SPDs in this last
case must be installed near the equipment. In order to select an adequate
protector, the characteristics of each connected equipment should be taken
into account.
An important feature of SPDs is its residual voltage. If it is low,

the protected equipment will suffer less damage when surges
reach high levels, even if they are capable of supporting them.
6kV
Category 4 equipment
according to REBT ITC-BT-23
5kV
4kV
3kV
2kV
1kV
Residual voltage which should be

able to support the equipment
Residual voltage which the
protectors leave against overvoltages
Type 1
protector
ej. ATSHOCK
Type 2
protector
ej. ATSUB
Type 3
protector
ej. ATCOVER
Example of protection against overvoltages for power

supply lines taking into account the
INTERNAL PROTECTION
95
c-Additional parameters of the line

To finalise the details of the protection, it is convenient and in some cases,
essential to know the characteristics of the line to be protected, such as the
following:
Supply system TN, TT, IT (in power supply lines) to protect the adequate
lines.
Characteristics of the connections.
It is imperative that the protector doesnt affect the working condition
of the line and doesnt produce significant losses of signal.
Maximum working voltage, to make sure the SPD activates at an

acceptable voltage level to the user.
Type of voltage: alternate, continuous, impulse, etc.
Working current of the line, absolutely essential if an element is inserted
in series.
SPD SELECTION
1
Note the line characteristics in order to find out the maximum working voltage and current in continuous and/or alternate in each conductor.
Select the SPDs providing:
Uc > maximum working voltage of the line
Current that can reach the SPD
Select the SPD type and its maximum current

depending on the effects it should withstand:
Select the SPD residual voltage according to

the equipment to be protected. For example,
for power supply lines it is recommended:
Type of SPD
Direct lightning current:
Type 1
Lightning secondary effects:
Type 2
Attenuated surges:
Type 3
Equipment to be protected
Residual Voltage (1.2/50s)
Very robust equipment (large

motors, air conditioning, ):
< 4kV
Non-sensitive or internally protected equipment:

Very sensitive or non-protected equipment
against electromagnetic disturbances:
< 1,5kV
< 1kV
SPD COORDINATION
Once the requirements of the protection have been defined, it will probably
be the case that one commercial device does not meet the demanded
requirements of discharge intensity and residual voltage. For this reason, the
installation and coordination of several devices is required.
the toughest SPD has no time to activate, If the overvoltage is very large, the
SPD could be destroyed or damaged. Even if the surge would not harm the
SPD, there is no sense in installing a robust protector, with a huge current
withstanding capability, if it never acts.
In general, the higher the current withstanding capacity is, the higher the
residual voltage and therefore its level of protection reaches
For two SPDs to be correctly coordinated, the length of the cable between
them should be at least 10 meters. If this is not possible (for example, if both
were in the same electric board), a decoupling inductor should be installed
between them.
if Imax
- Up
Therefore, a proper protection requires coordinated SPDs, with several

protection stages acting sequentially and being able, on one side, of
withstanding all the lightning current and, on another side, of letting a residual
voltage harmless for the existing or future installed equipment.
If SPDs are connected to the same electric point, without any impedance
separating them, then the fastest one will withstand the whole surge while
96
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies complete cabinets where all

stages are already installed and coordinated by a decoupling inductor,
suitable for those installations where separation by cable is not
achievable.
Protection stages
usually a varistor. Varistors are variable resistances. Their impedance is
very high when voltage is normal, and it lowers in a non-linear way when
voltage increases. In general, they are faster than gas discharge tubes but
their disadvantage is that, while voltage is normal, their impedance is very
high but still produces current leakage.
Usually, the first protection is a spark gap. Spark gaps typically remain
completely open, with no flowing current, while signal is normal. Each one
has its characteristic breakdown voltage (although it varies slightly with the
wave form). When this voltage is surpassed, then the component becomes
short-circuited, driving all the current to ground. When the high level voltage
disappears, these components return to inactive status, that is, to be an open
circuit.
The third protection barrier is normally Transient Voltage Suppressor Diodes,

very fast elements, capable of letting very low residual voltages but unable to
withstand currents over several amperes.
The element forming the second protection, tighter than the first one, is
COORDINATION IMPEDANCE:
DECOUPLING CONDUCTOR OR MORE THAN 10
METERS OF CABLE
EQUIPMENT PROTECTED
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
PROTECTOR
kV
TYPE 3
PROTECTOR
PROTECTOR
12
600
600
600
10
500
500
500
400
400
400
300
300
300
200
200
200
100
100
100
20
40
60 s
Reduction of transient overvoltages by means of a stepped protection.
Many SPDs are formed by the combination of these elements or by several

of them coordinated in a single device. Decoupling elements are normally
resistances or inductors with very low impedances because, being in series
with the line, the current flows through them continuously. If impedances were
high, they would cause unnecessary losses and consumptions.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. Surge

Protective Devices have been tested not
only individually but also in coordination
with other protectors of different stages.
Normally the problem of electrical consumptions is worse in power supply

lines, where flowing current is of amperes. For data lines, the current flowing is
of miliamperes, hence the consumption is not important. However, the working
voltages of electronic components are usually very low thus a significative
voltage drop at the decoupling impedance must be avoided, since it could
cause disturbances in data transmissions.
For power supply lines, different combinations of ATSHOCK, ATSUB and
ATCOVER have been tested, using ATLINK devices as decoupling inductors,
verifying their coordination and proper working even with lightning impulse
waves (100kA, 10/350s).
Concerning SPDs for telephone, data lines, etc., our protectors internally
coordinate several protection stages.
ATBARRIER, Combined protectors
INTERNAL PROTECTION
97
POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS

Supply systems are characterized by
their connections, on one side, with
the distribution or supply grounding
network and, on the other side, the
receiver installation ground.
Power supply networks are built following different wiring systems, defined in Low Voltage codes. It
is necessary to know this data of the line to be protected in order to determine the surge protection
installation. Systems are named using a letter code indicating the situation of the supply with
respect to the earthing (T indicates direct connection, I means isolation, N connection to neutral).
The main supply systems are the following:
TN SYSTEM
Line
protections
3xATLINK (3)
TN-C system
L1
TN systems have one point of the supply, generally the neutral, directly connected to earth. The
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is connected to that point by protective conductors.
L2
L3
Fuses (2)
3xATSHOCK L
There are several TN distribution systems depending on the relative arrangement of the neutral
conductor and the protective earth (PE) conductor.
3xATSUB
CPN
Line
protections
TN-S system
4xATLINK (3)
L1
L2
L3
When the protective earth (PE) and the neutral are combined in the same conductor along the whole
system (TN-C systems) then surge protection is complete just by installing SPDs between each phase
and the mentioned common neutral/earth conductor. However, if neutral and earth are two different
conductors (TN-S systems), then SPDs should be installed between phase or neutral and earth.
Fuses (2)
3xATSUB
3xATSHOCK L
N
ATSHOCK
N
3xATSUB (1)
1xATSUB N
Line
protections
4xATLINK (3)
TT system
TT SYSTEM
TT Systems have one point of the supply, generally the neutral, directly connected to earth. The
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is connected to a separate ground.
L1
L2
In order to protect these systems against transient overvoltages, it is necessary to place at least some
SPDs between each phase and neutral, and between neutral and ground.
L3
Fuses (2)
3xATSHOCK L
3xATSUB
N
ATSHOCK N
IT SYSTEM
1xATSUB N
(4)
Line
protections
3xATLINK (3)
L1
L2
IT System
IT Systems have no direct connection between one point of the supply and the ground, but the
exposed-conductive-part of receivers installations is directly connected to ground.
L3
Fuses (2)
ATSHOCK L
ATSHOCK N
3xATSUB
In this type of systems, the neutral is not recommended to be distributed. However, surge protection
needs a common point where the earth terminals of the SPDs must be connected, and this common
point will be connected to earth through a SPD for neutral (ATSHOCK-N, ATSUB-N).
ATSUB N
Notes
(1)
The three ATSUB that are installed between phases and neutral at TN-S systems are recommendable, although the lines are also protected
without them.
Specified fuses for each SPD should be used in cases where the same or lower protection is not provided in the upstream power supply.
ATLINK devices are not necessary if there are at least 10 meters cable between the protectors.
For an efficient protection, it is convenient that all the earthing systems of the structure are bonded together.
(2)
(3)
(4)
Other combinations
All ATSUB, including ATSUB N, can be substituted by a single ATCOVER400T.

ATSHOCK can be substituted by ATSHIELD or ATSUB60, although then the withstood current will be lower.
If only the first stage protection is installed, then the residual voltage would be too high, possibly damaging the equipment.
Single protection (ATSUB or ATCOVER) can be installed if lightning currents reaching the installation are not expected to be higher than
those the SPD can withstand, and also if no transients are expected to be generated indoor.
Further protection stages may be installed, where the surge will arrive more attenuated. They should be able to reduce transient overvoltages
to very low levels (for example, ATCOVER series).
98
INTERNAL PROTECTION
TECHNICAL GLOSSARY
10/350s current impulse
Current impulse, 10s of front time and 350s to half-time value. Thus the direct
effects of the lightning strike are simulated.
8/20s current impulse
Current impulse, 8s of front time and 20s to half-time value. Thus the
secondary effects of the lightning strike are simulated.
1,2/50 voltage impulse
A voltage impulse with a virtual front time (from 10% to 90% of the peak value) of
1,2s and a time to half-value of 50s.
Backup overcurrent protection
An overcurrent device (fuse or circuit breaker), which is a part of the electrical
installation, located up-stream the SPD to avoid overheating and destruction if
SPD is not able to interrupt the sustained short-circuit current.
Combination type SPD
An SPD that incorporates both voltage switching type components and voltage
limiting type components. May exhibit voltage switching behaviour, voltage
limiting behaviour or a combination of both depending on the characteristics of
the applied voltage.
Follow current If
Current supplied by the electrical power system and flowing through the SPD
after a discharge current impulse; it is expressed in kARMS.
Follow up current extinguishing capability
When Spark Gaps or Gas Discharge Tubes ignite, there is a dielectric breakdown,
an ignition arc and the resulting short circuit between the two protected
conductors. When working voltage conditions return, the referred short circuit
and the arc must disappear. The follow up current extinguishing capability refers
to the current that the SPD is capable of extinguishing by itself in order to come
back to working isolation conditions.
Impulse current (Iimp) for type 1
Maximum peak value of a 10/350s current wave with a determined charge and
energy, applied to the protector which diverts it to ground safely.
Insertion loss
At a given frequency, the insertion loss of a connected SPD is defined as the ratio
of voltages appearing across the mains immediately beyond the point of insertion
before and after the insertion of the SPD. This result is expressed in decibels (dB).
Level of protection (Up)
Parameter that characterises the performance of the SPD in limiting the voltage
across its terminals and that is chosen from a chart of values. This value, in volts,
should not be surpassed by any of the residual voltage values measured during
the tests, including current impulses and 1,2/50s voltage tests.
Maximum continuous operating voltage (Uc)
Maximum DC or rms voltage that can be continuously applied to the SPD.
Maximum discharge current (Imax) for type 2 test
Maximum peak value with wave 8/20s which has been applied to the protector,
which has been diverted in a safe way to ground.
Methods of protection
An SPD can be connected Line to Ground (common), Line to Neutral (differential),
or a combination of them all. These paths are referred as methods of protection.
Nominal working current (IL)
RMS value of the flowing current in a line under working conditions in order to
have a proper SPD working.
Nominal discharge current (In) (8/20)

Peak value of a 8/20 s current wave that the SPD can withstand several times.
Nominal voltage (Un)
It is the DC or rms AC voltage of the line under normal conditions so that the SPD
works correctly.
Response time (tr)
Parameter that characterizes the rapidity of the SPD activation. It can vary with
different slopes of the applied waveshape, although in general the response time
for the varistor is considered to be 25ns, while spark gap is 100ns.
Sparkover voltage of a voltage switching SPD
Maximum voltage value before disruptive discharge between the electrodes of
the gap of a SPD (empty space between terminals).
SPD disconnector
A device which will disconnect the SPD from the system in the event of failure. It
is used to avoid a sustained fault in the system and to give a visible indication of
the protectors fault. Some SPDs are fitted with floating changeover contact for
remote signalling.
Specific energy W/R for Type 1 Test
The energy dissipated by the impulse current Iimp in a unit resistance.
This is equal to the power integral between the equivalent resistance during the
discharge. Expressed in kJ/ or in kA2s.

Surge Protective Device (SPD)

A device intended to limit transient overvoltages and divert surge currents. It
contains at least one nonlinear component.
There are one-port SPDs which are connected in parallel or two-port SPDs which
are connected in series.
Voltage with combination wave (Uo.c.) for Type 3
The combined wave is produced in a generator which applies a voltage impulse
of 1,5/20s in an open circuit and a voltage impulse of 8/20s in short-circuit
voltage. The parameters of voltage, current and wave shape produced are
determined by the generator and the SPD impedance.
Thermal stability
An SPD is thermally stable if after the operating duty test, where it is connected
to maximum continuous operating voltage and at specified ambient temperature
conditions, the temperature begins to decrease with time. It is monitored during
30 minutes, the active power dissipation must show constant decline for the last
15 minutes.
Voltage limiting type SPD
An SPD that has high impedance when no surge is present, but will continuously
reduce it with increased surge current and voltage; typical examples of
components used as nonlinear devices are varistors and suppressor diodes.
Voltage switching type SPD
An SPD that has high impedance when no surge is present, but can have a
sudden change in impedance to a low value in response to a voltage surge in the
line it protects. Typical examples are spark gaps, gas tubes, thyristors and triacs.
Working temperature ()
Temperature range where the SPD can be used.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
99
PRACTICAL EXAMPLES OF OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION

INDUSTRIAL INSTALLATIONS
2
2
7
2
7
6
6
OBJECT: Industrial
premises, Industrial
complexes, Hospitals,
Public buildings
power line
telephone line
data line
computer line
coaxial line
Power supply
TYPE 1
(direct lightning effects)
Data and Telecommunication

ATSHOCK (page 112)
Are there more than 10 m separation of cable?

YES
NO
Coordination inductor
ATLINK (page 166)
TYPE 2 (attenuated lightning effects)

ATSHIELD (page 120) | ATSUB (page 148) | ATCOVER (page 160)
TYPE 3 (attenuated electromagnetics effects)

ATSOCKET (page 207) | ATPLUG (page 209)
100
INTERNAL PROTECTION
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATLINE (page 222)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
Domestic installations
4
5
1
3
4
5
2
power line
telephone line
coaxial line
OBJECT: House
Power supply
TYPE 1 & 2
(direct or attenuated lightning effects)
TYPE 3
(attenuated electromagnetic effects)
ATSHIELD (page 120)

ATSUB (page 148)
ATCOVER (page 160)
ATSOCKET (page 207)

ATPLUG (page 209)
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
INTERNAL PROTECTION
101
Office enviroment
6
2
3
6
1
6
6
6
3
3
3
power line
telephone line
computer line
coaxial line
OBJECT: Office
environment
Power supply
TYPE 1
(direct lightning effects)

ATSHOCK (page 112)
Are there more than 10 m separation of cable?

YES
No
Coordination inductor
ATLINK (page 166)
TYPE 2 (attenuated lightning effects)

ATSHIELD (page 120) | ATSUB (page 148) | ATCOVER (page 160)
TYPE 3 (attenuated electromagnetics effects)

ATSOCKET (page 207) | ATPLUG (page 209) | ATFILTER (page 205)
102
INTERNAL PROTECTION
TYPE 2 & 3
Coordinated
ATFONO (page 214)
ATFREQ (page 237)
ATLAN (page 225)
PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS
ATSUB
(PAGE148)
ATSHOCK
(PAGE112)
TRANSFORMATION CENTER
CA
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS
CC
INVERSOR
ATPV
(PAGE192)
ATCOVER
(PAGE160)
DISTRIBUTION SWITCHBOARD
WIND TURBINES
ATSHOCK
(PAGE 112)
ATSHIELD
(PAGE 120)
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
ATCOVER
(PAGE 160)
TELECOMMUNICATION TOWERS
ANTENNAS
ATFREQ
(PAGE 237)
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
ATSHIELD
(PAGE 120)
ATCOVER
(PAGE 160)
SECONDARY
ANTENNA
AND BEACON
SWITCHBOARD
BEACONS
ATVOLT
(PAGE196)
INTERNAL PROTECTION
103
ADVANTAGES ON DESIGN
Easy connection for Modular

Wiring System.
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEMS

FOR POWER LINES
Double terminal to facilitate the connection.
Round corners near the

terminal to help inserting the
cables.
The bases and the modules

have polarity to not allow the
mounting of the modules
upside down.
The module has its

own references for
exchanges.
The product label is on the

base on the front and the back.
It is not allowed the exchange between line and

neutral modules trough a polarizer.
104
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Enhance of the DIN rail fixing, since it allows

installing and uninstalling with one hand only,
because of it has a piece of coupling which stays
auto-fix on the equipment, allowing the user to
disengage them one by one.
It incorporates an inclination
and a rounded shape that
allows its installation in a DIN
rail in small spaces.
Their capacity has been

duplic ated allowing the
connection of two pairs of lines.
ADVANTAGES ON DESIGN
SURGE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
FOR DC POWER SUPPLY,
TELEPHONE AND DATA LINES
The sizes of these protectors have been reduced to

more than a half.
The bases and the modules have polarity
to not allow the mounting of the modules
upside down.
All these type of protectors

have modules to allow their
easy substitution. When
substituting the module the line
is not interrupted.
The module has its own

reference for exchanges.
It incorporates an inclination
and a rounded shape to allow
its installation in a DIN rail in
small spaces.
The earthing is implemented

trough a metallic sheet opposite
to the fixing from the DIN rail.
It has a radiofrequency receiver in order to perform the maintenance

just with one emission equipment. When the protector is functioning
the LED has a green flicker. If the module is damaged the LED does
not flick.
The product label is on the base at the back.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
105
PROTECTION OF
POWER SUPPLY LINES
PROTECTION OF POWER SUPPLY LINES

Power supply lines enter the structures from outdoor and distribute the
current to all the electrical and electronical equipment, ranging from robust
motors to most sensitive devices. Mains power supplies often suffer small
oscillations, harmonics, sudden increases and even severer disturbances
such as short circuits or derivations to ground. Devices for solving these kind
of problems and safeguarding the equipment are available in the market
(circuit breakers, residual current circuit breakers, fuses, etc), however the
response time of these devices is too slow and do not react properly against
transient overvoltages.
Within power supply surge suppression, Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas,

S.A. supplies several SPD series depending on the intensity of the
expected discharge current in the area to be protected and
on the sensitivity of the protected equipment.
Surge Protective Devices for power supply lines complement the above
mentioned devices, since they only protect against transient overvoltages
caused by lightning discharges and power switching. In general, they are to
be installed in parallel with the line in order to avoid unnecessary losses and
consumptions although some elements, such as decoupling inductors must
be installed in series. When a SPD has any element in series with the line then
its maximum continuous working current must be clearly specified, indicating
the maximum current that can flow through it continuously.
When different protection stages are used,

it is essential that SPDs are well coordinated
when a surge occurs. Surge protection series
for power supply lines are the following:
ATSHOCK SERIES
Can withstand direct lightning
strikes up to 50kA waveshape,
10/350s. Protector type 1.
ATSHIELD SERIES
They combine very robust elements
with clamping components in order to
achieve a large absorption capacity of the
direct lightning strike together with a low
residual voltage. Protector type 1 + 2.
ATSUB SERIES
Can withstand tens of kiloamperes and
reduce the overvoltage significantly
to levels that are not harmful to the
equipment. Protectors type 2 and 3.
108
INTERNAL PROTECTION
PROTECTION OF POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATCOVER SERIES
Robust and very complete, protects
all phases quickly and efficiently,
in both common and differential
modes, leaving a low residual
voltage. Protectors type 1 + 2 + 3.
ATLINK SERIES
For the coordination of protection stages.
ATCOMPACT SERIES
Cabinet for multipolar protection
made up of single-polar elements.
ATBARRIER SERIES
Coordinated protection cabinet.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
109
ATSHOCK Series
Can withstand direct lightning currents up to 50kA, waveshape 10/350s,
leaving a residual voltage of a few kilovolts. They consist of encapsulated
spark gaps, thus no plasma arcs are produced outside the casing. They are
installed in points likely to directly receive large lightning discharges.
They should always be used in coordination with ATSUB and/or ATCOVER
SPD series as in many cases their residual voltage all alone is still harmful
to the connected equipment. They are single-pole protectors (protect only
one phase or the neutral depending on the earth) and can be installed in all
types of supply systems. There are different versions available depending
on the electrical supply.
ATSHIELD Series
Protectors which bring together both, the quick response time of the
zinc-oxide varistors together with the shunt capacity of spark gaps. They
are designed and tested as a Type 1 protector, meaning that they can
withstand tens of kiloamperes of direct atmospheric discharge intensity
(wave 10/350s), leaving a non harmful amount of residual voltage to the
connected equipment, equivalent to Type 2 protectors. They have pluggable
modules to facilitate its substitution. They have a bright warning light
to detect any possible overvoltage. They are to be installed in lines with
or without neutral, and they are available in three-phase or single-phase
versions, for different voltage tension.
ATSUB Series
Made up of zinc oxide varistors and have a visual alarm to alert whenever
the SPD is out of service. They are single-pole SPDs (they protect one
phase or neutral) and can be installed in all types of supply systems.
ATSUB protectors can withstand tens of kiloamperes for an 8/20s
(waveform simulating lightning secondary effects) and they reduce surges
to harmless levels for the protected equipment.
These characteristics, together with its small size and low cost, make them
the most suitable SPDs for installation in secondary boards and close to the
equipment. They can be combined with other ATSUB, ATSHOCK (which
would receive the main lightning current) and with ATCOVER protectors,
which leave a lower residual voltage. In any case, there must be 10 meters
of cable or ATLINK devices for a proper coordination between protection
stages.
There are also versions with pluggable modules (ATSUB-P) for an easy
substitution in case of repeated overvoltages and versions with remote
warning ( ATSUB-R, ATSUB-PR).
110
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATCOVER Series
ATCOVER SPD series combine in a single device, protection in common
mode (to earth) and differential mode (between lines). They can withstand
currents up to 30kA 8/20s, leaving very low residual voltages, completely
harmless to the connected equipment. They have an internal combination of
varistors and gas discharge tubes that avoid current leakage while the line is
working under normal conditions.
They are provided with a visual alarm and floating changeover contact output
for remote control thus allowing the monitoring of its proper working. They
should be installed at supply distribution systems with neutral. Three phase
and single-phase versions are available for different network voltages.
They can be installed in combination with other SPDs from ATSHOCK and
ATSUB Series, always linked by at least 10 meters of cable or decoupling
inductor as ATLINK.
ATLINK Series
ATLINK decoupling inductors are installed
in series with the line thus it shall always be
checked that the current flowing through it is not
higher than the installed ATLINK rated current.
It allows coordinating the protection of different
types of devices.
ATCOMPACT Series
ATBARRIER Series
These series consist in cabinets with different combinations of the preceding

SPDs, already wired and ready for installation. It is practical for installations
where the room available in distribution boards is not big enough.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
111
AT83 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSHOCK
AT-8350 ATSHOCK L: line-ground protection. Uc = 255V
AT-8351 ATSHOCK L-130: line-ground protection. Uc = 145V
AT-8352 ATSHOCK L-400: line-ground protection. Uc = 440V
AT-8399 ATSHOCK N: neutral-ground protection
Installation
The highest protection against transient overvoltages for

power supply lines at the point they enter the building.
ATSHOCK series provide protection even against direct
lightning strikes. Tested and certified with lightning
impulse current, 50kA, 10/350s wave.
Coarse protection according to scaled protection recommended in Low

Voltage Regulation (REBT).
Type 1 Protector according to EN 61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. For
equipment of categories III and IV according to REBT.
Encapsulated, non-exhausting creepage discharge spark gap.
Suitable for TT, TN-C and TN-S systems.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER.
Optimum protection level.
Quick response
Robust connectors, suitable for all type of connection.
Single-pole protection. Withstands direct lightning strike current
(10/350s wave), over 50kA.
Fork connection with fork terminal included for 16mm2 cable.
High energy diverting capability.
Limits supply following currents.
AT83 Series SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (shown in the
table).
Earth connection is a must. Earthing in all the

installation must be bonded either directly or by a spark
gap and resistance should be lower than 10. If the
indications of this datasheet are not fulfilled during the
use or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured
by this device could be endangered.
112
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSHOCK Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to Phase and Ground (ATSHOCK L) or to Neutral
and Ground (ATSHOCK N). One ATSHOCK L is needed for each line.
The power should be disconnected during the installation of the SPD.
ATSHOCK can be installed in combination with ATSUB or ATCOVER. In either
case, both must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible,
by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchgears, where the line enters the
building and where direct lightning currents could penetrate.
AT83 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHOCK L
ATSHOCK L-130
ATSHOCK L-400
ATSHOCK N
AT-8350
AT-8351
AT-8352
AT-8399
440VAC
Protection categories according to REBT:
III and IV
Type of tests according to EN 61643-11:
Type 1
Maximum continuous operating voltage:
Uc
255VAC
145VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Impulse current (10/350s wave):
Iimp
50kA
100kA
Specific energy:
W/R
625kJ/
2,5MJ/
Nominal discharge current (8/20s wave):
In
50kA
Protection level for 1,2/50s wave:
Up
< 4 kV
Follow current
extinguishing capability:
If
50 kAeff
100 Aeff
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Backup fuse(1):
160A gL/gG
Maximum short-circuit current:
50kA (for maximum fuse)

-40C to +70C
Working temperature:
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Parallel (one port)

36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
Enclosure protection:
Autoextinguish enclosure:
IP20
V-0 Type according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)
Connections L/N/G:
Section 16mm
Certificated tests according to: IEC 61643-1, EN 61643-11

Complies with requirements of: UL 1449
Relevant standards: UNE 21186, NFC 17102, IEC 62305
(1) Needed in cases where there is higher nominal current installed upstream from the protector.
Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
113
AT83 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTION FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSHOCK 30
AT-8310 ATSHOCK L30: line-ground protection. Uc = 255V
AT-8311 ATSHOCK L30-130: line-ground protection. Uc = 145V
AT-8312 ATSHOCK L30-400: line-ground protection. Uc = 440V
AT-8398 ATSHOCK N60: neutral-ground protection.
Installation
The highest protection against transient overvoltages for

power supply lines at the point they enter the building.
ATSHOCK series provide protection even against direct
lightning strikes. Tested and certified with lightning
impulse current, 30kA, 10/350s wave.
Coarse protection according to scaled protection recommended in

Low Voltage Regulation (REBT).
Type 1 Protector according to EN 61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. For
equipment of categories III and IV according to REBT.
Encapsulated, non-exhausting creepage discharge spark gap.
Double connection in order to facilitate wiring.
Possibility of connection to a M5 fork terminal.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER.
Quick response.
Single-pole protection. Withstands direct lightning strike current
(10/350s wave) of 30kA.
High energy diverting capability.
Limits supply following currents.
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (shown in the
table).

use or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured by
this device could be endangered.
114
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSHOCK 30 Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with

the Low Voltage supply line, connected to Phase and Ground (ATSHOCK
L30) or to Neutral and Ground (ATSHOCK N60). One ATSHOCK L30 is
needed for each line.
It can be installed in combination with ATSUB or ATCOVER. In either case,
both must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible,
by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchgears, where the line
enters the building and where direct lightning currents could penetrate.
AT83 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHOCK L30
ATSHOCK
L30-130
ATSHOCK
L30-400
ATSHOCK N60
AT-8310
AT-8311
AT-8312
AT-8398
440VAC
III and IV
Type 1
Uc
255VAC
145VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Iimp
30kA
60kA
Specific energy:
W/R
224kJ/
900kJ/
In
40kA
Up
< 3 kV
Follow current extinguishing capability:
If
50 kAeff
100 Aeff
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Backup fuse
160A gL/gG
(1):

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Parallel (one port)

36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
Connections L/N/GND:
IP20
Min/Max section multi-stranded: 4 / 35 mm (11/2 AWG)
Min/Max section single-stranded: 1 / 35 mm (17/2 AWG)

Relevant standards: UNE21186, UNE-EN 62305
Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
115
AT86 Series
COMBINED TECHNOLOGY
AGAINST DIRECT LIGHTNING STRIKES
ATSHIELD T
AT-8603 ATSHIELD 400T:
protection of both line and neutral to ground for 400Vac three phase lines
AT-8604 ATSHIELD 230T:
protection of both line and neutral to ground for 230Vac three phase lines
Installation
Efficient and compact protection against transient

overvoltages for TT and TNS power supplies systems,
using an internal combination of spark gaps electronically
activated.
ATSHIELD T Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the

Low Voltage three phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other
protectors that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary
that they are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
Their installation is recommended in main switchboards, where the line enters
the building or where big overvoltages can take place.
Their installation is recommended in places where direct lightning strikes can
occur after the main board and when lines are connected to very sensitive
equipment that cannot withstand big overvoltages.
This element is internally connected in such a way that no element in series

with the line is needed for the correct coordination of the protection.
This protector combines the best qualities of the actual overvoltages
protection technologies: the passing residual voltage of the varistors
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the
spark gaps.
Tested and certified as Type 1 and 2 according to regulations EN 6164311 and the GUIDE-BT-23 of REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSUB and ATCOVER series.
Short response time.
Dont produce deflagration.
Multi-pole protection.
Their activation causes no interruption in power supply.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm for each phase.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution.
AT86 Series SPDs have been tested in official and independent
laboratories, obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards
(shown in the table).

116
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT86 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHIELD 400T
ATSHIELD 230T
AT-8603
AT-8604
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage:
Un
400VAC (L-L) 230VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Iimp
30kA
Specific energy:
W/R
224kJ/
In
40kA
Maximum discharge current (8/20s wave):
Imax
65kA
Up
< 1500V
If
50 kAeff
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
144 x 90 x 80mm (8 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
Insulation resistance:
> 1014

Accessories
Dimensions
AT-8611 ATSHIELD L Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 230V

AT-8612 ATSHIELD L-130 Mod.: Iimp 30kA. Un 130V
AT-8613 ATSHIELD N Mod.: Iimp 30kA
INTERNAL PROTECTION
117
AT86 Series
COMBINED TECHNOLOGY
ATSHIELD M
AT-8607 ATSHIELD 230M:
protection of both line and neutral to ground for 230Vac single phase lines
AT-8608 ATSHIELD 130M:
protection of both line and neutral to ground for 130Vac single phase lines
Installation
Efficient and compact protection against transient

overvoltages for power supplies systems, using an internal
combination of spark gaps electronically activated.
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the spark
gaps.
Bipolar protection.
Compact protection.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution

118
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSHIELD M Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the

Low Voltage single-phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other
protectors that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary
that they are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
AT86 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHIELD 230M
ATSHIELD 130M
AT-8607
AT-8608
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage:
Un
230VAC
130VAC
Uc
255VAC
145VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Iimp
30kA
Specific energy:
W/R
224kJ/
In
40kA
Imax
65kA
Protection level:
Up
< 1500V
If
50 kAeff
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Complies with requirements of: UNE-EN 61643-11
Relevant standards: UL 1449
Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
119
AT86 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTOR OF COMBINED TECHNOLOGY

ATSHIELD
AT-8601 ATSHIELD L: protection line-earth
AT-8602 ATSHIELD N: protection neutron-ground
Installation
Efficient and modular protection against transient

overvoltages, using an internal combination of spark gaps
electronically activated.
The placement of 3 ATSHIELD L allows the protection of TNC and IT threephases lines power supplies.
together with the capacity of lightning current absorption of the spark
gaps.
Single-pole protection.
Compact protection.

120
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSHIELD Surge Protective Devices must be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage three phase power supply line provided with a neutral.
They can be installed as single protection or in combination with other protectors
that leave less residual tension voltage, in which case is necessary that they are
separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by a decoupling
inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination between them.
AT86 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSHIELD L
ATSHIELD N
AT-8601
AT-8602
I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according EN 61643-11:
Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Iimp
30kA
Specific energy:
W/R
224kJ/
In
40kA
Imax
65kA
Protection level:
Up
If
Response time:
tr
Backup fuse :
<1500V
50 kAeff
100 Aeff
< 100ns
125A gL/gG
(1)

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
121
AT82 Series
SINGLE-POLE PROTECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSUB 140
AT-8214 ATSUB 140-230:
Line protection. Max current of 140kA at Un=230Vac
AT-8215 ATSUB 140-130:
Line protection. Max current of 140kA at Un=130Vac
AT-8218 ATSUB 140-N:
Neutral protection. Max current of 40kA
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages, using

Metal Oxide Varistors, for Power Supply lines with or without
neutral. Medium protection according to scaled protection
recommended in Low Voltage Regulation (REBT ITC23).
ATSUB 140 230

Max. discharge
current in kA
Voltage
line-ground
Installation
Tested and Certified as Type 1 and 2 protectors according to EN 61643-11
and GUIA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for equipment of categories I, II, III
and IV according to ITC-BT-23 form REBT.
Containing Zinc Oxide Varistors, able to withstand very high currents.
Do not cause at any moment any interruption in the supply lines.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm.
obtaining their characteristics according to relevant standards (related in the
table).
There exists the possibility of selecting a protector for the working voltage in
each particular case. In the technical datasheet the 230V and 130V versions
of nominal voltage are included as common examples.

122
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSUB Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to the line (or neutral) to be protected and
ground.
Their installation is recommended in places where important overvoltages
can occur after the main switchboard and when these lines are not connected
to very sensitive equipment.
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB 140-230
ATSUB 140-130
ATSUB 140-N
AT-8214
AT-8215
AT-8218
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal Voltage:
Un
230VAC
130VAC
Uc
255VAC
145VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Iimp
30kA
In
40kA
Maximmum current (8/20s wave):
Imax
140kA
Up
Response time:
tr
900V
500V
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Parallel (one port)

72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN Rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
900V


Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
123
AT82 Series
COMPACT PROTECTION FOR

TT THREE-PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSUB-4P TT
AT-8282 ATSUB-4P 15 TT: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8283 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB 4P - 40 400 TT
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for

electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes. Medium protection
according to coordinated stages protection recommended in
Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
Its provided with removable cartridges that allows its replacement in case of
fault thus without changing the base.
Tested and certified as Type 1 , 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 6164311 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to ITC-BT-23.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD and
ATCOVER series.
Made up of zinc oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes able to withstand
very high currents.
Compact protection with removable cartridges that allows its replacement
in case of breakage.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning and remote alarm.
When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as common
examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line voltage of
690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using voltages
common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G)
124
INTERNAL PROTECTION
They are installed in parallel to the Low Voltage line, with connections to the
line to be protected to either the neutral and/or ground.
When ATSUB are installed as middle protection, they must be separated by
at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by a decoupling inductor
ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination between them.
can occur and when lines are connected to very sensitive equipment that
cannot withstand big overvoltages.

indications of this datasheet are not fulfilled during the use
or installation of the SPDs, the protection assured by this
device could be endangered.
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-4P 15 TT
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Maximum working voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Nominal discharge current (wave 8/20s):
Protection level at In (8/20s wave):
Protection level (1,2/50s):
Protection level for 5kA 8/20s:
Combined wave tension:
AT-8282
ATSUB-4P 40 TT
ATSUB-4P 65 TT
AT-8285
AT-8287
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Un
Uc
In
Imax
Up(In)
Up
Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
5kA
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
6kV
Type 2
400VAC (L-L) / 230VAC (L-N, L-GND)
50 - 60Hz
20kA
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
30kA
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Voltage-free contact for the remote control
Connection:
Contact output:
Working voltage:
Maximum current:
Certificated tests according to: EN 61643-11
Maximum section single-stranded / multi-stranded: 1,5mm

Commutated
250VAC (Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
2A (Maximum current of the alarm supply)
Accessories
Dimensions
AT-8248 ATSUB Mod. 40: Imax 40kA

AT-8205 ATSUB Mod. N: neutral-earth
INTERNAL PROTECTION
125
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT
ATSUB-4P 40-120 TT
ATSUB-4P 65-120 TT
AT-8283
AT-8286
AT-8289
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Un
Uc
5kA
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
In
Imax
Up(In)
Up
Iimp
Uo.c.
6kV
Type 2
50 - 60Hz
20kA
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connection:
Contact output:
Working voltage:
Maximum current:
Certificated tests according to: EN 61643-11

Commutated
Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
technical department.

126
INTERNAL PROTECTION
30kA
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
AT-8296 ATSUB Mod. 40-120: Imax 40kA / Un 120V

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TT
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
AT-8281
Connection:
Contact output:
Working voltage:
Maximum current:
AT-8284
I, II, III, IV
Un
Uc
In
Imax
Up(In)
Up
Uo.c.
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
50 - 60Hz
5kA
20kA
15kA
40kA
2100V
2300V
1800V
1800V
1900V
2000V
6kV
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
ATSUB-4P 40-400 TT
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Commutated
Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
127
AT82 Series

TT SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSUB-2P TT
ATSUB 2P - 40 400 TT
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23).
Tested and certified as Type 1, 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 6164311 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to ITC-BT-23.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
AT82P Series SPDs have been tested in official and independent
each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as common
examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line voltage of
690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using voltages
common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G).
128
INTERNAL PROTECTION
They are installed in parallel with the low voltage line, with connections to the
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground.
can occur and when lines are connected to very sensitive equipment that can
not withstand big overvoltages.

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-2P 15 TT
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
AT-8232
ATSUB-2P 40 TT
ATSUB-2P 65 TT
AT-8235
AT-8238
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
230VAC
255VAC
50 - 60Hz
Un
Uc
In
5kA
20kA
30kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
6kV
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
2
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
129
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TT
ATSUB-2P 40-120 TT
ATSUB-2P 65-120 TT
AT-8234
AT-8237
AT-8280
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
120VAC
140VAC
50 - 60Hz
20kA
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
Un
Uc
5kA
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
In
Imax
Up(In)
Up
30kA
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
6kV
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
2
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.

130
INTERNAL PROTECTION

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TT
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
ATSUB-2P 40-400 TT
AT-8233
AT-8236
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
400VAC
460VAC
50 - 60Hz
Un
Uc
In
5kA
20kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
2100V
1800V
1900V
6kV
40kA
2300V
1800V
2000V
-
Uo.c.
tr
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
2
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
131
AT80 Series

TNS THREE-PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSUB-4P TNS
AT-8000 ATSUB-4P 15 TNS: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8003 ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
AT-8004 ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS: max discharge current of 40kA.120V
ATSUB 4P - 40 400 TNS

Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

electrical supply lines with neutral type TNS using a metal
oxide varistors. Medium protection according to coordinated
stages protection recommended in Regulation of Low
Voltages (REBT ITC23).
Tested and certified as Type 1, 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 6164311, and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
equipment according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
(shown in the table)
There exists the possibility of selecting a protector for the working voltage
in each particular case. In the technical datasheet, we have included as
common examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (Line-to-Line
voltage of 690V and Line-to-Ground voltage of 400V) and equipments using
voltages common in the American continent (230V L-L and 120V L-G)
132
INTERNAL PROTECTION
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground. The power should be
disconnected during the installation of the SPD.

AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
ATSUB-4P 15 TNS
ATSUB-4P 40 TNS
ATSUB-4P 65 TNS
AT-8000
AT-8001
AT-8002
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Un
Uc
Type 2
400VAC (L-L) / 230VAC (L-GND)
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
6kV
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
133
AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS
ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS
ATSUB-4P 65-120 TNS
AT-8003
AT-8004
AT-8005
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Un
Uc
In
Imax
Up(In)
Up
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
Type 2
50 - 60Hz
5kA
20kA
30kA
15kA
40kA
65kA
1200V
1400V
1600V
700V
700V
900V
900V
1000V
1100V
15kA
6kV
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
134
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TNS
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
ATSUB-4P 40-400 TNS
AT-8006
AT-8007
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
50 - 60Hz
Un
Uc
In
5kA
20kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
2100V
1800V
1900V
6kV
40kA
2300V
1800V
2000V
-
Uo.c.
tr
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
135
AT80 Series

TN SINGLE PHASE POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSUB-2P TN
AT-8010 ATSUB-2P 15 TN: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8012 ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
AT-8013 ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN: max discharge current of 40kA.120V
ATSUB 2P - 40 400 TN
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

electrical supply lines with or without neutral, using a metal
oxide varistors. Medium protection according to coordinated
stages protection recommended in Regulation of Low
Voltages (RBT ITC23).
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
common examples the optimal SPDs for wind generators (voltage of 400V)
and equipments using voltages common in the American continent
(voltage 120V).
136
INTERNAL PROTECTION
phase that is to be protected to neutral and/or ground. The power should be
disconnected during the installation of the SPD.

AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-2P 15 TN
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
AT-8010
ATSUB-2P 40 TN
ATSUB-2P 65 TN
AT-8009
AT-8011
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
230VAC
255VAC
50 - 60Hz
Un
Uc
In
5kA
20kA
30kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
6kV
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
137
AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN
ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN
ATSUB-2P 65-120 TN
AT-8012
AT-8013
AT-8014
II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
120VAC
140VAC
50 - 60Hz
20kA
40kA
1400V
700V
1000V
Un
Uc
Imax
Up(In)
Up
5kA
15kA
1200V
700V
900V
Iimp
Uo.c.
tr
6kV
In
30kA
65kA
1600V
900V
1100V
15kA
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
138
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT80 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TN
Reference
Nominal voltage:
Nominal frequency:
ATSUB-2P 40-400 TN
AT-8015
AT-8016
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
400VAC
460VAC
50 - 60Hz
Un
Uc
In
5kA
20kA

Response time:
Backup fuse(1):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Imax
Up(In)
Up
15kA
2100V
1800V
1900V
6kV
40kA
2300V
1800V
2000V
-
Uo.c.
tr
< 25ns
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)
4
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
DIN rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
139
AT82 Series
ATSUB-P
AT-8222 ATSUB-P 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8202 ATSUB-P N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8290 ATSUB-P 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB-P 40 - 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

electrical supply lines with or without neutral using a metal
oxide varistors and gas discharge tubes. It allows protection
of three-phase lines type TT, TNS, TNC and IT. Medium
protection according to coordinated stages protection
recommended in Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Single-pole protection with pluggable modules.
Small size modular protection
(Voltage 120V)
140
INTERNAL PROTECTION
They are installed in parallel with the low voltage line, with connections to
the phase that is to be protected and to ground. As an example we show the 3
ATSUB-P connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-P 15
ATSUB-P 40
ATSUB-P 65
ATSUB-P N
AT-8222
AT-8242
AT-8262
AT-8202
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
Reference
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Accessories
Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
141
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-P 15-120
ATSUB-P 40-120
ATSUB-P 65-120
ATSUB-P N
AT-8290
AT-8291
AT-8292
AT-8202
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
120VAC
Uc
140VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.

142
INTERNAL PROTECTION

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-P 15-400
ATSUB-P 40-400
ATSUB-P N
AT-8226
AT-8246
AT-8202
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
400VAC
Uc
460VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
40kA
Up(In)
2100V
2300V
2100V

Up

Response time:
Uo.c.
1800V
1800V
1800V
1900V
2000V
1900V
6kV
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
143
AT82 Series
ATSUB-PR
AT-8223 ATSUB-PR 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8203 ATSUB-PR N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8293 ATSUB-PR 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB-PR 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Single-pole protection with pluggable modules
Small size modular protection
(Voltage 120V)
144
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSUB-PR connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-PR 15
ATSUB-PR 40
ATSUB-PR 65
AT-8223
AT-8243
AT-8263
AT-8203
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
Reference
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB-PR N
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories

Dimensions

INTERNAL PROTECTION
145
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-PR 15-120
ATSUB-PR 40-120
ATSUB-PR 65-120
AT-8293
AT-8294
AT-8295
AT-8203
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
Reference
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB-PR N
Nominal voltage:
Un
120VAC
Uc
140VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.

146
INTERNAL PROTECTION

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-PR 15-400
ATSUB-PR 40-400
ATSUB-PR N
AT-8227
AT-8247
AT-8203
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
II, III, IV
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
400VAC
Uc
460VAC
Nominal frequency:
Type 2
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
40kA
Up(In)
2100V
2300V
2100V
Up
1800V
1800V
1800V
1900V
2000V
1900V

Uo.c.
Response time:
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection::
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Accessories
For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
147
AT82 Series
ATSUB
AT-8220 ATSUB 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8201 ATSUB N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8230 ATSUB 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
It is possible to fix the modules through rivets in order to obtain blocks of
2, 3 or 4 elements.
Small size modular protection.
(Voltage 120V)
148
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSUB connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB 15
ATSUB 40
ATSUB 65
ATSUB N
AT-8220
AT-8240
AT-8260
AT-8201
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
< 25ns
tr
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Parallel (one port)

18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014


Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
149
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB 15-120
ATSUB 40-120
ATSUB 65-120
ATSUB N
AT-8230
AT-8250
AT-8270
AT-8201
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
120VAC
Uc
140VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V
Up
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014


For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
150
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB 15-400
ATSUB 40-400
ATSUB 65-400
AT-8224
AT-8244
AT-8264
AT-8201
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB N
Nominal voltage:
Un
400VAC
Uc
460VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
2100V
2300V
2500V
2100V
1800V
1800V
1900V
1800V
1900V
2000V
2100V
1900V
15kA

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014


For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
151
AT82 Series
ATSUB-R
AT-8221 ATSUB-R 15: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
AT-8204 ATSUB-R N: for neutral-ground protection
AT-8299 ATSUB-R 15-120: max discharge current of 15kA. 120V
ATSUB-R 65 400
Max discharge
current in kA
Line-ground
voltage
Installation

ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
It is possible to fix the modules through riverts in order to obtain blocks of
2, 3 or 4 elements.
(Voltage 120V)
152
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATSUB-R connections in a three-phase power supply line TNC.

AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATSUB-R 15
ATSUB-R 40
ATSUB-R 65
AT-8221
AT-8241
AT-8261
AT-8204
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB-R N
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
250V (Maximum working voltage of the alarm supply)
Maximum current:

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
153
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-R 15-120
ATSUB-R 40-120
ATSUB-R 65-120
AT-8299
AT-8208
AT-8209
AT-8204
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
Reference
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB-R N
Nominal voltage:
Un
120VAC
Uc
140VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
1200V
1400V
1600V
1400V

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
700V
700V
900V
700V
900V
1000V
1100V
1000V
15kA
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
154
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-R 15-400
ATSUB-R 40-400
ATSUB-R 65-400
AT-8225
AT-8245
AT-8265
AT-8204
II, III, IV
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Type 2
Reference
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Type 2
ATSUB-R N
Nominal voltage:
Un
400VAC
Uc
460VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
20kA
30kA
20kA
Imax
15kA
40kA
65kA
40kA
Up(In)
2100V
2300V
2500V
2100V
1800V
1800V
1900V
1800V
1900V
2000V
2100V
1900V
15kA

Up

Iimp
Uo.c.
Response time:
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

For other voltages,

ask Aplicaciones
Tecnologicas, S.A.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
155
AT82 Series
SINGLE-PHASE COMPACT PROTECTION FOR HOME ENVIRONMENT
ATSUB-D T
AT-8217 ATSUB-D T: max discharge current of 15kA. 230V
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for singleline electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23). Specially prepared
to be installed in homes according to ITC-25 from REBT.
Tested and certified as Type 2 and 3 according to regulations EN 6164311 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning alarm.

156
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Their installation is recommended for the homes main switchboard according
to the article 16.3 from REBT.
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-D T
Reference
AT-8217
I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according to IEC61643-11, EN61643-11:
Type 2 + 3
Nominal Voltage:
Un
Uc
400VAC (L-N, L-GND)
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
4kA
Imax
15kA
Up(In)
1500V

Protection level (1,2/50s wave):
Up
1100V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA:
Uo.c.
1500V
tr
< 25ns
Response time
Backup fuse :
80A gL/gG
(1)

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)

DIN Rail
Fixing:
Polyamide
Enclosure material:
IP20
> 1014

Min/Max section single-stranded: 1 / 35 mm (17/2 AWG

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
157
AT82 Series
SINGLE-PHASE COMPACT PROTECTION FOR HOME ENVIRONMENT
ATSUB-D M
AT-8216 ATSUB-D M: max discharge current of 15kA. Un 230V
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for singleline electrical supply lines with neutral type TT, using a metal
Regulation of Low Voltages (RBT ITC23). Specially prepared
to be installed in homes according to ITC-25 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
very high currents.
Compact protection.
Thermodynamic control device, mechanical warning alarm. When the
warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.

158
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Their installation is recommended for the homes main switchboard according
to the article 16.3 from REBT.
AT82 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSUB-D M
Reference
AT-8216
I, II, III, IV
Type of tests according to IEC61643-11, EN61643-11:
Tipo 2 + 3
Nominal Voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
400VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
4kA
Imax
15kA
Up(In)
1500V

Up
1100V
Uo.c.
1500V
tr
< 25ns
Response time
Backup fuse :
80A gL/gG
(1)

-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)

DIN Rail
Fixing:
Polyamide
Enclosure material:
IP20
> 1014


Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
159
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR TT AND TNS THREE-PHASE POWER

SUPPLY LINES IN COMMON AND DIFFERENTIAL MODE
ATCOVER T
AT-8133 ATCOVER 400T: three-phase, 400Vac line
AT-8132 ATCOVER 230T: three-phase, 230Vac line
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for TT and

TNS electrical supply lines in only one device. Medium and
low internal coordination protection stages, recommended in
Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
Discharge takes place in an internal encapsulated element, with no
external flash.
It remains inactive in normal conditions, without affecting the normal
working of the line and without leakage.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD and ATSUB
series.
Both common and differential protection for the three lines and neutral.
No interruptions in power supply, thus avoiding data loss and other
inconvenients for the user.
Low residual voltage.
Double warning of no protection trough a lightning indicator of failure
and a green light indicating good operation.
With remote control alarm.
ATCOVER SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

160
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATCOVER Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the Low
Voltage supply line, connected to line/s, neutral and ground.
When connecting the protector, the green light must turn on indicating its
good operation. If the failure warning turns on, or the green pilot turns of its
imperative to replace the protector.
ATCOVERs can be installed as single protection or in combination with
other protectors that withstand higher discharge currents. In this case, it is
necessary that both are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is
not possible, by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct
coordination between them.
Their installation is recommended in:
Secondary boards supplying sensitive systems. (Electronics,
informatics
Power supply of important equipment such as UPSs, PLCs, etc.
AT81 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCOVER 400T
ATCOVER 230T
AT-8133
AT-8132
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
10kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
Up
700V
Up(In)
900V
Uo.c.
500V
700V
6kV
700V

Response time:
6kA
450V
< 25ns
tr
125A gL/gG
Backup fuse(1):
-40C to +70C
Indoor
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
144 x 90 x 80mm (8 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014


Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
161
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR TNC AND IT THREE-PHASE POWER

ATCOVER T
AT-8153 ATCOVER TNC 400T: three-phase without neutral, 400Vac line
AT-8152 ATCOVER TNC 230T: three-phase without neutral, 230Vac line
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for TT and

IT electrical supply lines in only one device. Medium and
low internal coordination protection stages, recommended
in Regulation of Low Voltages (REBT ITC23).
external flash.
series.
table).

162
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Secondary boards supplying sensitive systems. (electronics,
informatics)
AT81 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCOVER TNC 400T
ATCOVER TNC 230T
AT-8153
AT-8152
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
10kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
Up
700V
500V
Up(In)
900V
700V
Uo.c.

Response time:
6kA
6kV
700V
450V
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
144 x 90 x 80mm (8 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
163
AT81 Series
COMPACT PROTECTOR FOR SINGLE-PHASE POWER

ATCOVER M
AT-8112 ATCOVER 230M: single-phase, 230Vac line
AT-8111 ATCOVER 130M: single-phase, 130 Vac line
Installation
Efficient protection against transient overvoltages for singlephase electrical supply lines neutral in only one device.
Medium and low internal coordination protection stages,
external flash.
series.
Both common and differential protection for the phase and neutral lines
table).

164
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Secondary boards supplying sensitive systems. (electronics,
informatics)
AT81 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCOVER 230M
ATCOVER 130M
AT-8112
AT-8111
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
130VAC
Uc
255VAC
145VAC
50 - 60Hz
Nominal frequency:
In
10kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
Up
700V
500V
Up(In)
900V
700V
Uo.c.

Response time:
6kA
6kV
700V
450V
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connection:
Contact output:
Commutated
Working voltage:
Maximum current:

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
165
AT84 Series
DECOUPLING INDUCTOR FOR

SPD POWER SUPPLY COORDINATION
ATLINK
AT-8435 ATLINK 35: lines with I N 35A
AT-8463 ATLINK 63: lines with I N 63A
Installation
A proper protection against transient overvoltages needs a

good coordination between SPDs. ATLINK inductors provide
decoupling between SPDs when they are connected
in parallel at a same line. Thus, each one acts at the right
moment, achieving the double objective: withstanding
the lightning current and reducing the overvoltage to an
acceptable level for the connected equipment.
One ATLINK is needed for each line and another for neutral. For their selection
the line working current must be taken into account, since this current
will flow continuously through the device.
Its coordination capability has been tested and certified using lightning wave
10/350s according to EN 61643-11.
Allows the installation of SPDs of different classes in the same place,
since the inductor substitutes the necessary length of cable for SPD
coordination.
Robust connectors, suitable for all kind of connections.
ATLINK devices have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
verifying their working for a proper SPD coordination.
166
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATLINK inductors are to be installed in series with the LV power supply line,
that is, cutting the line and connecting the obtained cable ends to the input
and output connectors of the ATLINK. One ATLINK is needed for each line and
another one for the neutral. There is no ground connection.
Coordinates mainly ATSHOCK and ATSHIELD with ATSUB and/or ATCOVER
surge protective devices when they cannot be separated by a cable at least
10 meters long.
AT84 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATLINK 35
ATLINK 63
AT-8435
AT-8463
I, II, III, IV
35A
63A
Maximum working current:
IL
Nominal Voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
Maximmum current (8/20s wave):
Imax
100 kA
Impulse coordinated current (10/350s wave):
Iimp
100 kA
Inductancia:
15H
Resistance:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
3m
Indoor
Series (two ports)
-40C to +70C
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
DIN Rail
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections L/N/G:


Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
167
ATCOMPACT Series
Multi-pole power supply protection

box including protective fuses
ATCOMPACT
ATCOMPACT protection boxes are made of several kind of

SPD aiming the protection of all lines out from single-phase
SPD, including the protective fuses against short circuits.
ATCOMPACT Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel with the
supply line, without altering at all its way of working under normal conditions.
Combinations can be made for protection either in common mode (ground
referred) or differential (between line/s and neutral).
Compact box, easy to install and with the same advantages as Aplicaciones
Tecnolgicas SPDs give: robust, quick, reliable and tested according current
standards (EN 61643-11) in official independent laboratories.
Installation
ATCOMPACT boxes are to be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage
supply line, connected to line, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers
must be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation
for working security.
When this ATCOMPACT is installed as middle protection, other protectors
must be separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not possible, by
decoupling inductors ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct coordination
between them.
AT-8131 ATCOMPACT M2 30kA:

Protection for single phase lines with ATCOVER 230M
AT-8130 ATCOMPACT T2 30kA:
Protection for three phase lines with ATCOVER 400T
Protection for single phase lines with ATSUB-2P 15
Protection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 15
Protection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 40
AT-8119 ATCOMPACT M2 65kA
rotection for three phase lines with ATSUB-4P 65
Protection for single phase lines with ATSHIELD 230M
Protection for three phase lines with ATSHIELD 400T
Protection for single phase lines with ATSHOCK
Protection for three phase lines with ATSHOCK
General nomenclature
ATCOMPACT T2 15kA
T1: Three-phase protection type 1
T2: Three-phase protection type 2
M1: Single-phase protection type 1
M2: Single-phase protection type 2
Max. discharge
current for pole

168
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M2 30kA
Reference
AT-8131
I, II, III, IV
Tipo 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
10kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
6kA
Up
700V
Up(In)
900V
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns

Response time:
700V
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
200 x 195 x 112 mm
Wall or vertical support
Autoextinguishing, isolating
IP65 according to IEC 60.529
Double (Class II)
650C according to IEC 695-2-1
IK09 according to EN 50.102
Maximum section 25 mm

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
169
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T2 30kA
Reference
AT-8130
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
400VAC (L-L) 230VAC (L-GND)
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
10kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
6kA
Up
700V
Up(In)
900V
Uo.c.
6kV

Response time:
700V
tr
< 25ns
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
280 x 448 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
170
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M2 15kA
Reference
AT-8117
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
5kA
Imax
15kA
Up
700V
Up(In)
1200V
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Response time:
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
200 x 159 x 112 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
171
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T2 15kA
Reference
AT-8122
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
In
50 60Hz
Imax
5kA
Iimp
15kA
Up
700V
Up(In)
1200V
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Nominal frequency:
Response time:
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
200 x 267 x 112 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
172
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M2 40kA
Reference
AT-8139
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
20kA
Imax
40kA
Up
700V

Response time:
Included fuse:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Up(In)
1400V
tr
< 25ns
50A gG
100kA
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
280 x 159 x 112 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
173
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T2 40kA
Reference
AT-8140
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
20kA
Imax
40kA
Up
700V

Response time:
Included fuse:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Up(In)
1400V
tr
< 25ns
50A gG
100kA
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
200 x 267 x 112 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
174
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M2 65kA
Reference
AT-8119
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
30kA
Imax
65kA
Iimp
15kA

Response time:
Up
900V
Up(In)
1600V
tr
< 25ns
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
280 x 159 x 112 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
175
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T2 65kA
Reference
AT-8120
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
30kA
Imax
65kA
Iimp
15kA

Response time:
Up
900V
Up(In)
1600V
tr
< 25ns
Included fuse:
50A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
200 x 267 x 112 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
176
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M1 30kA
Reference
AT-8161
I, II, III, IV
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
40kA
Imax
65kA
Iimp
30kA
Up
1500V
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Included fuse:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
80A gG
100kA
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
200 x 195 x 112 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
177
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T1 30kA
Reference
AT-8160
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
40kA
Imax
65kA
Iimp
30kA
Up
1500V
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Included fuse:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
80A gG
100kA
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
280 x 448 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
178
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT M1 50kA
Reference
AT-8149
III, IV
Type 1
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
4000V
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Included fuse:
80A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
2
200 x 195 x 112 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
179
ATCOMPACT Series
Technical Datasheet
ATCOMPACT T1 50kA
Reference
AT-8150
III, IV
Type 1
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
4000V
Response time:
tr
< 100ns
Included fuse:
80A gG
100kA
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Parallel (one port)
4
280 x 448 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
180
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATBARRIER Series
Full coordinated protection cabinets

for power supply lines
ATBARRIER
AT-8114 ATBARRIER MFF:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATCOVER
AT-8125 ATBARRIER MF:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB15
AT-8118 ATBARRIER MM:
Coordinated protection for single-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB40
AT-8134 ATBARRIER TFF:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATCOVER
AT-8141 ATBARRIER TF:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB15
AT-8121 ATBARRIER TM:
Coordinated protection for three-phase lines with ATSHOCK + ATSUB40
General nomenclature
A proper surge protection is only achieved if all the stages are

well coordinated. Otherwise the most robust protection will
not act, possibly causing the destruction of the most sensitive
protectors and even the equipment that they should protect.
ATBARRIER T F
T: for Three-Phase supply
M: for Single-Phase supply
M: medium residual voltage (with ATSUB 40)
F: low residual voltage (with ATSUB 15)
FF:very low residual voltage (with ATCOVER)
Installation
ATBARRIER boxes are to be installed in series with the Low Voltage line,
connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must
be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security.
Their installation is recommended where direct lightning currents could
penetrate and very sensitive equipment is connected, without distance
enough for SPDs coordination.
For the working of all the protections, they must be separated by at least
10 meters cable. If this were not possible, a decoupling inductor should be
installed between the protection stages. ATBARRIER boxes contain all the
necessary elements for a coordinated protection.
ATBARRIER boxes are to be installed in series with the Low Voltage line,
connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must
be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security. If this protection does not exist, fuses must be installed in
series with the box.
Compact box, easy to install and with the same advantages as Aplicaciones
Tecnolgicas SPDs give: robust, quick, reliable and tested according current
standards (EN 61643-11) in official independent laboratories.
The working current of the line must be lower than 63A.

INTERNAL PROTECTION
181
ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER MFF
Reference
AT-8114
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
900V
Uo.c.
6kV

Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
700V
tr
< 25ns
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
2
460 x 340 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
182
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER MF
Reference
AT-8125
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
1200V
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
2
280 x 448 x 160 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
183
ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER MM
Reference
AT-8118
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
1400V
Response time:
tr
< 25ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
2
280 x 448 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
184
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER TFF
Reference
AT-8134
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
900V
Uo.c.
6kV

Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
700V
tr
< 25ns
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
4
610 x 448 x 160 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
185
ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER TF
Reference
AT-8141
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2 + 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
1200V
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of polos:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
4
460 x 448 x 160 mm
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:

Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Dimensions
186
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATBARRIER Series
Technical Datasheet
ATBARRIER TM
Reference
AT-8121
I, II, III, IV
Type 1 + 2
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
IL
63A
In
50kA
Iimp
50kA
Up
1400V
Response time:
tr
< 25ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of polos:
Dimensions:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Enclosure:
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
-40C to +70C
Outdoor
Series (two ports)
4
460 x 448 x 160 mm
Double (Class II)

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
187
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL
EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY

The above explained supply SPD series are focused on AC power supply
systems for different voltages. However, there are many apparatus which
are supplied by especial generators, such as batteries or solar cells, with
different types of voltages (continuous, pulses,) and a wide range of different
characteristics in current, frequency, number of wires, etc.
The variety of this equipment, together with the fact that they are in constant
evolution makes a constant study of new solutions obligatory for each case.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. holds a Technical Department, expert in
surge protection that designs new protectors or adapts the existing ones to the
equipment and systems to be protected.
ATPV SERIES
Protection box for photovoltaic installations.
ATVOLT SERIES
Coordinated protection for DC supply lines.
ATVOLT P SERIES
Surge protection for DC supply lines.
ATCOMBO SERIES
Protection box provided with sockets.
190
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATPV series
ATPVs protection box are designed for each customer installation
individually, in order to provide maximum protection to the photovoltaic
cells and all their integrated elements, such as typically the frequency
converter.
ATPV SPDs are made with common protectors such as spark gaps,
zinc oxide varistors, together with other protectors, suitable for each
specific voltage of the installation to be protected.
Both are connected in series or parallel. The normal working of the
line is not affected.
ATVOLT SPDs have got plenty of uses for this kind of equipment
thanks to the flexibility of their design and connectors. Each SPD
protects a pair of wires. Several protection stages are internally
coordinated. ATVOLT Series contains a wide range of voltages. They
are mainly used for DC supply lines of tens of volts.
They are installed in series with the line and they are able to withstand
continuously currents ranging up to several amperes without
significant line losses or consumption.
ALVOLT SPDs withstand lightning secondary effects and
power switching surges. They react to voltage impulses in a few
nanoseconds, thus achieving a very low residual voltage, protecting
even highly sensitive equipment.
ATVOLT P SPDs allows the protection of the same equipments as

ATVOLT series but since these are installed in parallel, they have the
characteristic of having no limitation for current consumption. Each
SPD protects a pair of wires. Several protection stages are internally
coordinated. ATVOLT P Series contains a wide range of voltages.
They are mainly used for DC supply lines of tens of volts.
They are installed in series with the line and they are able to withstand
continuously currents ranging up to several amperes without
significant line losses or consumption.
ALVOLT P SPDs withstand lightning secondary effects and
power switching surges. They react to voltage impulses in a few
nanoseconds, thus achieving a very low residual voltage, protecting
even highly sensitive equipment.
ATVOLT series
ATVOLT P series
ATCOMBO series
ATCOMBO SPDs gather in a single, small size box a power supply
SPD such as ATVOLT or ATCOVER together with a Schuko socket in
order to facilitate connections.
They are especially recommended for telecommunication stations
or similar installations, where the use of moving equipment is very
common and weather conditions may be severe.
SPDs and accessories are supplied in a close, robust box, easy to
open when equipment should be connected and with all the internal
connections already done.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
191
AT89 Series
SPD FOR PHOTOVOLTAIC INSTALLATIONS
ATPV
AT-8901 ATPV:
prepared for overvoltages induced in photovoltaic installations.
Installation
Photovoltaic installations are prone to lightning strikes due to

their location in open areas.
Efficient protection of the photovoltaic installations and every element
integrated on the installation, such as the DC-AC converter.
Tested and certified as Type 2 according to regulations EN 61643-11 and
GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT.
ATCOVER series.
Made up of zinc oxide varistors fitted to the specific voltage of the
electrical installation to be protected. They are able to protect Inverters
with voltage up 1000VDC.
Single pole protection with removable cartridges.
Thermodynamic control device and light alarm and mechanical remote
warning. When the warning light is green the enclosure is in good shape.
If not, replace.
They are installed in parallel with the line, without affecting its working in
normal conditions.
ATPV series is provided with removable cartridges that allows its replacement
in case of fault thus without changing the base.

192
INTERNAL PROTECTION
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line, connected
to line/s, positive, negative and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers must be
present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation for
working security. The installations must be done with out line voltage
AT89 Series
ATSUB
(PAG.148)
ATSHOCK
(PAG.148)
MAIN
SWITCHBOARD
PHOTOVOLTAIC CELLS
INVERSOR
ATCOVER
(PAG.160)
ATPV
(PAG.192)
Electrical installation should be protected as follows:

An ATPV protector should be installed on the continuous part of the inverter.
A medium protection based in the ATSUB series must be placed in order to protect the main switchboards from the installation process.
If generated power is used for local needs, it is recommended top lace a tight protector ATCOVER in the distribution board in order to avoid high
residual voltages.
If generated power is to export to the electrical network through an owned transformation centre, ATSHOCK should be placed in order to avoid
transient overvoltages in the line.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
193
AT89 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATPV
Reference
AT-8901
Type 2
Nominal voltage:
Uc
1000VDC
In
20kA
Imax
40kA
Up(In)
4kV

Protection level 5kA; 8//20s wave:
Response time:
3,5kV
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse(1):
125A gL/gG
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
54 x 90 x 80mm (3 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014


Accessories
AT-8906 ATPV Mod.: Imax 40kA / Uc 500VDC
194
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Dimensions
AT89 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATPV3
Reference
AT-8905
Nominal voltage:
Uc
950VDC
In
20kA
Imax
40kA
Protection level at In 8/20s wave:
Up
2600V
Response time:
tr
< 25ns
Backup fuse :
125A gL/gG
(1)
Working Temperature:
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Dimensions:
18 x 90 x 80mm (1 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014

Connections L/N/G:
Relevant standards: UNE21186, NFC17102, IEC62305
(1) Needed in cases where there is no equal or less nominal current installed upstream from the protector.
installation
Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
195
AT85 Series
COORDINATED DC POWER SUPPLY SPD
ATVOLT
AT-8505: ATVOLT 5: 5VDC lines
AT-3501: RF SPD TESTER:
Radiofrequency SPD tester.
Efficient protection for DC supply lines in modules

containing coordinated protection for one pair of lines.

GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipment
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Recommended protection in both common and differential mode.
Pluggable modules for its easier substitution in case of failure without the
need of disconnecting the wiring. When substituting the module the line
suffers no interruptions.
It has a radiofrequency receptor in order to do the maintenance only with
issuer equipment. When the RF SPD Tester is applied and the protector is
working, the LED flickers green. If the cartridge is damage the LED does
not flick.
Earthing implemented through a metallic sheet opposite to the fixing DIN
rail.
Wide variety of SPDs for different working voltages.
Low residual voltage for all working voltages.
Very fast response.
Mechanic connection for conductors through screws, which allows
absorbing a highest amount of overvoltage
ATVOLT SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

196
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Installation
ATVOLT Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in series with the DC
supply line, cutting the cables and connecting the positive and negative
terminals to the corresponding connectors. It is very important to pay especial
attention to these connections since a wrong connection can cause shortcircuits at the equipment supply.
On another side, it is essential to connect correctly the input and output
terminals. Otherwise the SPD components will not work properly.
The lower terminal must be connected to the Earth Termination System,
where the surge associated current must be derived.
ATVOLT SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment as
possible.
AT85 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATVOLT 5
ATVOLT 12
ATVOLT 15
ATVOLT 24
ATVOLT 30
AT-8505
AT-8512
AT-8515
AT-8524
AT-8530
I, II, III, IV
Type 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
5VDC
12VDC
15VDC
24VDC
30VDC
Uc
7VDC
15VDC
18VDC
31VDC
37VDC
IL
3A
In
5kA
Uo.c.
10kV
Up
9V
18V
20V
35V
40V
Up(In)
13V
25V
25V
40V
45V

Response time:
tr
< 10ns
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Series (two ports)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:
Maximum Section: 4mm

Accessories
Dimensions
AT-8506: ATVOLT 5 Mod.: 5VDC lines

INTERNAL PROTECTION
197
AT85 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATVOLT 48
ATVOLT 60
ATVOLT 80
ATVOLT 110
AT-8548
AT-8560
AT-8580
AT-8510
I, II, III, IV
Type 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
48VDC
60VDC
80VDC
110VDC
Uc
65VDC
72VDC
96VDC
132VDC
IL
3A
In
5kA
Uo.c.
10kV
Up
70V
90V
120V
160V
Up(In)
75V
100V
135V
180V

Response time:
tr
< 10ns
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Indoor
Series (two ports)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
2
13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:

Maximum Section: 4mm

Accessories

198
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Dimensions
AT85 Series
DC Power Supply SPD
ATVOLT P
AT-8590: ATVOLT P5: 5VDC lines
Installation
ATVOLT P Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in parallel connected
to positive and negative line.
ATVOLT P can be installed as single protection or in combination with
necessary that both are separated by at least 10 meter cable or, if this is not
possible, by a decoupling inductor ATLINK, in order to achieve a correct
The lower terminal must be connected to the Earth Termination System,
where the surge associated current must be derived.
ATVOLT P SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment
as possible.
Efficient protection for DC supply lines in modules

containing medium protection for one pair of lines.
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT
Recommended protection in both common and differential mode.
external flash.
Mechanic connection for conductors through screws, which allows
absorbing a highest amount of voltage.
Possibility of connection to a M5 fork terminal
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK and ATCOVER.
Quick response
ATVOLT P SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
199
AT85 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATVOLT P5
ATVOLT P12
ATVOLT P24
ATVOLT P48
AT-8590
AT-8514
AT-8526
AT-8549
I, II, III, IV
Type 2+3
Nominal voltage:
Un
5VDC
12VDC
24VDC
48VDC
Uc
7VDC
15VDC
31VDC
65VDC
In
10kA
Imax
20kA
Uo.c.
6kV
Up(In)
630V
730V
Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
tr
500V
570V
< 25ns
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Parallel (one port)

2
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:
Dimensions
200
INTERNAL PROTECTION

ATCOMBO Series
PROTECTION BOX
PROVIDED WITH SOCKETS
ATCOMBO
AT-8113 ATCOMBO 230: 230VAC lines
AT-8115 ATCOMBO 130: 130VAC lines
AT-9320 ATCOMBO 12: 12VDC lines

Radiofrequency SPD tester
Installation
ATCOMBO boxes are to be installed in parallel or in series with the Low
Voltage line, depending on the different protectors they can use: ATCOVER or
ATVOLT , connected to line/s, neutral and ground. Fuses or circuit breakers
must be present upstream. They will be disconnected during the installation
for working security.
Their installation is recommended where direct lightning currents could
penetrate and very sensitive equipment is connected, without distance
enough for SPDs coordination. Especial care should be taken when there
is an ATCOMBO box which contents ATVOLT enclosed, since the proper
polarity must always be kept.
ATCOMBO series are power supply protection boxes with

specific Schucko sockets to facilitate equipment connection.
Containing the SPDs with a lower residual voltage (ATCOVER, ATVOLT).

Compact box, fully wired and easy to install. Fire resistant, robust,
sealable.
external flash.
series.
not flick.
Wide variety of SPD for different working voltages.
Conductor connection through screws, which allows absorbing a higher
sustention.
The SPDs contained in ATCOMBO and their coordination have been tested
in official, independent laboratories, obtaining their characteristics
according to relevant standards (related in the table

INTERNAL PROTECTION
201
ATCOMBO Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATCOMBO230
ATCOMBO130
ATCOMBO12
ATCOMBO24
ATCOMBO48
AT-8113
AT-8115
AT-9320
AT-9325
AT-9326
I, II, III, IV
1+2+3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC (50Hz)
130VAC (50Hz)
12VDC
24VDC
48VDC
Uc
255VAC (50Hz)
145VAC (50Hz)
15VDC
31VDC
65VDC
IL
3A
In
10kA
5kA
Imax
30kA
Iimp
6kA
Uo.c.
Up
600V
500V
18V
35V
70V
Protection level at In (8/20s)
Up(In)
900V
700V
25V
40V
75V
Residual voltage with combination wave 6kV/3kA (L-N, L-G):
Uo.c.
6kV
tr
< 25ns
Response time:
10kV
10kV
< 10ns
-40C to +70C
Dimensions:
200 x 267 x 112mm
280 x 159 x 112mm
SPD location:
Outdoor
Type of connection:
Parallel (one port)
Series (two ports)
Number of poles:
Fixing:
Enclosure material:
Isolating:
Double (Class II)
Fire resistance:
Impact protection:
Connections:

Maximum section 25mm

Relevant standards: UNE 21186, NFC 17102, IEC61024-1, IEC61312-3
Accessories

202
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Dimensions
Maximum section 4mm
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION

OF AREAS WITH LOW
OVERVOLTAGES
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION OF

AREAS WITH LOW OVERVOLTAGES
This protection is specially aimed for working in coordination with the power
supply protection already seen in previous sections. Usually, one talks about
tight protection compared to that seen in other sections, called coarse or
medium.
This is focused to protect equipments more sensitive to overvoltages
(computer systems, measures, electronics, etc.) and final customer
equipments.
Its more flexible since it allows protection at both installation level (distribution
board) and working place or particular equipment.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas SPDs attain coordinated protection of the
complete electric installation from the mains to the very final customer
equipment, leaving protection levels of the same order as its maximum
working voltage.
ATFILTER SERIES
SPD provided with a filter for high
frequency disturbances.
ATSOCKET SERIES
SPDs for indoors power supply installation.
ATPLUG SERIES
SPDs for already installed
power supply sockets.
204
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT94 Series
SURGE PROTECTOR PROVIDED WITH A FILTER

AGAINST HIGH FREQUENCY DISTURBANCES
ATFILTER
AT-9402 ATFILTER 16: IL lines 16A
Installation
ATFILTER devices are to be installed in series with the power supply line,
that is, cutting the line and connecting the obtained cable ends to the input
and output connectors. Please pay attention to these connections since if
terminals are wrongly wired, a short circuit may happen.
On the other hand, its of capital importance a right wiring of input/output
terminals. If not, protector components wont act properly.
Linking the earth terminal to ground is a must.
The power should be disconnected during the installation of the SPD. The
protector is ready to be fitted on the DIN rail of the distribution board, the
closest to the equipment to be protected against overvoltages and screened
against electromagnetic noise.
ATFILTER device has been conceived with the purpose of

providing a highly efficient protection to electronic equipments
against overvoltages and high frequency disturbances.
This is achieved by mean of placing gas discharge tubes and suppressor
diodes beside a high quality low-pass frequency filter, what implies a full
protection against pulses of high amplitude and/or frequency.
Every electric disturbance above 100Hz will be attenuated.
Tight protection according to scaled protection recommended in Low Voltage
Regulation (REBT ITC23).
Type 2 and 3 protector according EN 61643-11 and GUIDE BT-23 from REBT
standards. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipment according to
ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
There are several models depending on the nominal current of the line to be
protected (IL).
The proper working of the ATFILTER equipments has been certified by official
independent laboratories, verifying the proper coordination between SPDs.
Bode diagram of electromagnetic noise

Asymmetric attenuation

INTERNAL PROTECTION
205
AT94 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATFILTER 16
ATFILTER 32
ATFILTER 50
AT-9402
AT-9403
AT-9401
I, II, III, IV
Type 2 + 3
IL
Nominal voltage:
Un
Uc
Nominal frequency:
16A
32A
230VAC
255VAC
50 - 60Hz
In
5kA
Imax
10kA
Uo.c.
6kV
< 2mH
Inductance:
Min. 80dB a 4MHz

Min.40dB with the range from 0.15 to 30 MHz
Attenuation between 0.15 and 30MHz:

Up(In)

Response time:
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
50A
800V
600V
tr
<25ns
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Series (two ports)
2
144 x 90 x 80mm (8 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Dimensions
206
INTERNAL PROTECTION

AT95 Series
INDOORS PROTECTOR FOR POWER SUPPLY LINES
ATSOCKET
AT-9501 ATSOCKET: Single phase protection
Installation
To be installed in parallel with the power supply line, with connections to phase
to be protected, neutral and ground.
Its use is recommended in systems where overvoltage sensitive equipments
are installed (computers, printers, servers, etc.) and always coordinated with
protector type 1 or 2.
This SPD is designed for its connection inside the

cable channels that feed the sockets.
Its small size allows its fitting close to the voltage sockets that will be used
by customers.
It contains an efficient protection against transient overvoltages, for singlephase power supply lines.
Tested and certified as Type 3 according to regulations UNe-EN61643-11 and
according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD, ATSUB
and ATCOVER.
Made of supressor diodes.
Small response time.
external flash.
Thermic control device and visual warning.
AT95 have been tested in official, independent laboratories, obtaining
their characteristics according to relevant standards (related in the table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
207
AT95 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATSOCKET
Reference
AT-9501
I, II, III, IV
Type 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 60Hz
In
3kA
Uo.c.
6kV
Up(In)
800V
tr
< 10ns
Response time:
-40C to +70C
Dimensions:
40 x 40 x 10mm
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Parallel (one port)

2
Enclosure material:
ABS
IP20
> 1014
Dimensions
208
INTERNAL PROTECTION

Section 2,5mm
150mm long
AT96 Series
POWER SUPPLY PLUG-IN SPD
ATPLUG
AT-9601 ATPLUG:
Single phase line protection for Schuko.
This SPD is plugged directly in the same socket as

the load to be protected.
Installation
To be installed in parallel with the loads plugged into the same socket.
Its use is recommended in systems where overvoltage sensitive equipments
are installed (computers, printers, servers, etc.) and always coordinated with
protector type 1 or 2.
It contains an effective protection based upon suppressor diodes against

transient overvoltages, aimed towards single-phase power supply lines.
Its installation is simple, complementing the load to protect no matter where
its placed.
Tested and certified as Type 3 protectors according to regulations EN
61643-11 and GUIDE-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and
IV equipment according to ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
Coordinable with other SPDs such as ATSHOCK, ATSHIELD, ATSUB
and ATCOVER.
external flash.
inconvenient for the user.
Thermic control device and visual warning. When the protector it OK the
green light its on. When there is a failure the light turns off.
AT96 SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
209
AT96 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATPLUG
Reference
AT-9601
I, II, III, IV
Type 3
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
255VAC
Nominal frequency:
50 - 60Hz
In
3kA
Uo.c.
6kV
Up(In)
800V
tr
< 10ns
Response time:
-40C to +70C
Dimensions:
105 x 90 x 59mm
SPD location:
Outdoor
Type of connection:
Number of poles:
Parallel (one port)

2
Enclosure material:
ABS
IP20
> 1014
Dimensions
210
INTERNAL PROTECTION
PROTECTION FOR DATA

AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
PROTECTION FOR DATA

AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES
Surges often enter structures via telephone and data lines, thus affecting the
equipment. The same as power supply lines they can cover large distances
and connect very sensitive electronic equipment. Besides, telephone and
data lines convey normally very low currents and reach the most fragile
components. Examining any electronic device, it is clear that the power supply
part is formed by more robust elements, while data communication lines
connect directly to integrated circuits, other electronic components through
the printed board thin tracks. Surges can cause severe damages in these
tracks and components, degrading or destroying them and also affecting the
data they store.
Another very common trend is to design all kind of devices for remote distance
controlling. This process often means the multiplication of cross-connections
and wiring between devices that are placed in separated buildings or with
different grounding. The risk of surges damaging the equipment increases
then considerably, causing important economic losses not only due to the
equipment damage but also the delay or cancellation of the processes and the
services they should supply. Protecting communication lines against surges
can solve all these problems.
Data and telephone lines need a wide previous study of the systems to be
protected. Telecommunications is a field in constant evolution, where high
precision is required and many different procedures exist. Each transmission
protocol has its own working voltage, type of connection, pin-out, etc. All these
data should be well known before designing a surge protection strategy that,
firstly, does not affect the user and, secondly, is efficient against transient
overvoltages.
Telephone lines connect not only phone terminals but also more
important and sensitive equipment, such as faxes and modems, inside
and outside computers. Furthermore, one of the consequences of the
global use of Internet is that many machines (PLCs, electrical household, etc.) activate through the telephone line.
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. supplies specific data and telephone SPDs for the most
common working conditions. Besides, being manufacturers, we can develop new devices for
the new telecommunication types that appear in the market. Our SPDs are usually made of
screwed terminals instead of RJ11, RJ45 and DB9 because they withstand higher currents.
212
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATFONO SERIES
For protection of standard, ADSL
and ISDL telephone lines.
ATLINE SERIES
Data lines protection with a wide
range of working voltages.
ATLAN SERIES
Computer lines and network
protection (switches, hubs).
ATDB9 SERIES
Protection of data lines and communication
buses with connector type DB9.
ATFREQ SERIES
Coaxial cable protectors for TV, CCTV
and High Frequency signals.
INTERNAL PROTECTION
213
AT91 Series
MODULAR PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES FOR DIN RAIL
ATFONO
AT-9101 ATFONO: prepared for 2 pairs of telephone lines

Efficient protection for analogical and ADSL telephone

lines, containing coordinated protection for 2 pair of
lines.
Both common and differential protection recommended for this type of
lines.
Allows the connection of 2 pairs of lines with a very small size (0,75 DIN
modules)
Protection for telephone lines and also for the digital and analogical
equipment connected to these lines (fax, modem, etc).
not flick
rail.
In normal conditions stays inactive, without affecting the line working and
without producing any leakage.
Both common and differential modes of protection.
Very fast response.
Connection with screw pressure, which provides better lightning current
withstanding capacity than usual telephone connectors.
ATFONO SPD has been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

214
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Installation
ATFONO Surge Protective Devices are to be installed in series with the
telephone line, at the point where the line enters the building and always the
telephone company indications should be complied.
When the 2 devices to be protected are placed in different buildings and
intercommunicated, SPDs should be placed both where the line goes into
and out of the buildings.
The recommended procedure for its installation is the following:
1. Cut the telephone cable
2. Insert the telephone ends in the connectors. Verify carefully that input and
output connections are correctly placed.
3. Connect the DIN rail to the earth terminal, since the overvoltage should
be derived to this element.
AT91 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATFONO
Reference
AT-9101
Nominal voltage:
Un
130VDC
Uc
220VAC, DC
In(C2)
5kA
Nominal discharge current for line C2

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
Total C2 nominal discharge current
10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Up
250V
Up(In)
330V
IL
360mA
Resistance (series):
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
Protection level at In (8/20s):
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Series (two ports)
Number of poles:
Dimensions:
13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:
Maximum section 4mm

Accessories
Dimensions
AT-9107: ATFONO Mod.: 220V telephone lines
INTERNAL PROTECTION
215
AT91 Series
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES WITH RJ11 CONNECTION
ATFONO RJ11
AT-9104 ATFONO RJ11:
prepared for telephone lines with connection type RJ11
Installation
Efficient protection for telephone lines in modules with tight

protection.
ATFONO RJ11 is a protector with RJ11 input and output connectors, able
to hold up nominal discharge currents of 2kA for each line.
lines.
external flash.
Very fast response.
Includes cable with RJ11 connector of 20cm.
ATFONO RJ11 SPD has been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

216
INTERNAL PROTECTION
It is recommended that the installation is done as close as possible to the

equipment. A telephone cable with a connector RJ11 has 4 wires. The
ATFONO RJ11 protects in series these 2 pairs of wires.
For a complete protection it must be coordinated with an ATFONO protector
on the main entrance of the line.
intercommunicated, SPDs should be placed both sides of the line.
1. Insert the protector between the cable with RJ11 connector and the
equipment to protect.
2. Bond the protector to the ground through a connector type faston
supplied.
RJ11 Cable
RJ11 Cable
from network
to phone
AT91 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATFONO RJ11
Reference
AT-9104
Nominal voltage:
Un
130VDC
Uc
220VAC, DC
In(C2)
2kA
Up
250V
Up(In)
330V
IL
300mA
Resistance (series):
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
SPD location:
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Type of connection:
Serie (dos puertos)
N of pairs protected:
Series (two ports)
Dimensions
Enclosure material:
71 x 47 x 30mm
Aluminium
IP20
Input / Output connector:
RJ11 / RJ11
Earthing:
6mm Faston

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
217
AT91 Series
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES WITH RJ45 CONNECTION
ATFONO RJ45
AT-9108 ATFONO RJ45:
prepared for telephone lines with connection type RJ45.
Installation
Efficient protection for telephone lines in modules with

tight protection.
ATFONO RJ45 is a protector with input and output connectors RJ45, able
to hold up nominal discharge currents of 2kA for each line.
lines.
external flash.
Very fast response.
Includes cable with RJ45 connector of 50cm.
ATFONO RJ45 SPD has been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

218
INTERNAL PROTECTION
It is recommended that the installations are done as close as possible to

the equipment. A telephone cable with a connector RJ45 has 4 wires. The
ATFONO RJ45 protects in series these 2 pairs of wires.
For a complete protection it must be coordinated with an ATFONO protector
on the main entrance of the line.
1. Insert the protector between the cable with RJ45 connector and the
equipment to protect.
supplied.
RJ45 Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PC
AT91 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATFONO RJ45
Reference
AT-9108
Nominal voltage:
Un
130VDC
Uc
220VAC, DC
In(C2)
2kA
Up
250V
Up(In)
330V
IL
300mA
Resistance series:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
SPD location:
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Type of connection:
Series (two ports)
N of pairs protected:
Dimensions:
Enclosure material:
Earthing:
70 x 47 x 30mm
Aluminium
IP20
RJ45 / RJ45 shielded
6mm Faston

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
219
AT91 Series
PROTECTOR FOR TELEPHONE LINES FOR KRONE

OR REICHLE & DE-MASSARI CONNECTIONS WITH EARTHING TERMINAL
ATFONO KRONE / R&M

AT-9105 ATFONO R&M1:
coordinated protection for telephone lines
connected to Reichle & De-Massari connections.
AT-9106 ATFONO R&M2:
tight protection for telephone lines
connected to Reichle & De-Massari connections.
AT-9109 ATFONO KRONE:
coordinated protection for telephone lines
connected to KRONE connections.
Installation
Efficient protection for telephone lines with KRONE or Reichle

& De-Massari connections in modules with medium and tight
coordinated protection for 1 pair of wires.
This is a modular and pluggable protector, able to withstand nominal
discharge currents of 5kA for each line.
Compact, unplug and with small dimensions.
external flash.
It has a testing system in the frontal part to check the protectors condition.
The earthing will implement through a slot connected to the earthing
terminal from the Reichle & De-Massari connection.
This SPD has been tested in official, independent laboratories, obtaining

220
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATFONO R&M are to be installed with the telephone line, on the entrance
connection line, always respecting the indications from the telephonic
company.
AT91 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATFONO R&M1
ATFONO R&M2
ATFONO KRONE
AT-9105
AT-9106
AT-9109
Nominal voltage:
Un
130VDC
Uc
180VDC

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
In(C2)
5kA
100A
Up
IL
250mA
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of pairs protected :
Dimensions:
Enclosure material:
400V
300V
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Series (two ports)
1 pair
58 x 21 x 10mm
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
5kA

Dimensions
INTERNAL PROTECTION
221
AT92 Series
MODULAR PROTECTOR FOR DATA LINES FOR DIN RAIL
ATLINE
AT-9205 ATLINE 5: 5VDC lines

Efficient protection for data lines, containing coordinated

protection for two pair of lines.
Protection for data lines and the digital or analogical equipments

connected (computers, PLCs, discharge cells, etc.).
lines.
Allows the connection of two pairs of lines with a very small size (0,75 DIN
modules).
not flick.
rail.
Low residual voltage in all the working voltages.
Very fast response.
Connection with screw pressure, which provides better lightning current
withstanding capacity than usual telephone connectors.
ATLINE SPDs have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).
Installation
ATLINE SPDs should be installed preferably as close to the equipment as
possible. One communication cable or data line may contain several wires.
Each ATLINE can protect four of these wires. It is very important to know
precisely the working voltage, current and function of each wire, in order
to select the proper SPD. It is very important to know the working voltage,
the intensity and the function of every wire of the line to select the correct
protector.
In case where two equipments located in separated buildings but linked
together are to be protected, protection must be installed in both sides of
the line.
The recommended installation procedure is the following:
1. Cut the data cable.
2. Insert the cable ends in the connectors. Verify carefully that input and
output connections are correctly placed.
3. Connect the DIN rail to the earth termination system where current will be
diverted.

222
INTERNAL PROTECTION
AT92 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATLINE5
ATLINE12
ATLINE15
ATLINE24
ATLINE30
AT-9205
AT-9212
AT-9215
AT-9224
AT-9230
Nominal voltage:
Un
5V DC
12V DC
15V DC
24V DC
30V DC
Uc
7VAC, DC
15VAC, DC
18VAC, DC
31VAC, DC
37VAC, DC

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
In(C2)
5kA
Total nominal discharge current C2 10kV(1,2/50s) /

5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Up
9V
18V
20V
35V
40V
Up(In)
13V
25V
25V
40V
45V
Nominal current:
IN
360mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Serie (two ports)
Number of poles:
4
-40C to +70C
Dimensions:
13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:
Maximum Section 4mm

Accessories
Dimensions
AT-9206 ATLINE 5 Mod.: 5VDC lines

INTERNAL PROTECTION
223
AT92 Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATLINE48
ATLINE60
ATLINE80
ATLINE110
AT-9248
AT-9260
AT-9280
AT-9210
Nominal voltage:
Un
48V DC
60V DC
80V DC
110V DC
Uc
65VAC, DC
72VAC, DC
96VAC, DC
132VAC, DC

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
In(C2)
5kA
Total nominal discharge current C2 10kV(1,2/50s) /

5kA(8/20s):
20kA
Up
70V
90V
120V
160V
Up(In)
75V
100V
135V
180V
Nominal current:
IN
360mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Indoor
Serie (two ports)
Number of poles:
4
-40C to +70C
Dimensions:
13,5 x 90 x 80mm (0,75 mod. DIN43880)
Fixing:
DIN rail
Enclosure material
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Connections:

Maximum Section 4mm

Accessories

224
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Dimensions
ATLAN Series
SINGLE PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORKS
ATLAN
AT-2107 ATLAN 100 BASE-T:
single network SPD with speed of 100Mbit/s.
AT-2204 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T POE:
single network SPD with speed of 1 Gbit/s
type Over Ethernet
AT-2207 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T:
single network SPD with speed of 1 Gbit/s.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A UTP
cable provided with a RJ45 connector has 8 wires. ATLAN protects in series
4 pairs of wire.
the line.
The recommended installation procedure is as it follows:
1. Insert the protector between the network wire with RJ45 connector and
the equipment to be protected.
supplied.
RJ45 Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PC
ATLAN SPDs are specially designed to avoid failures in

data transfer between equipments inside the same
network. They protect the input of the electronic circuits of
the network cards against harms due to transient currents.
ATLAN is a protector with RJ45 input and output connectors, with a

withstanding current up to 2kA for line.
It is available with different voltages and data transmission speed.
Its designed to protect individually every single equipment connected to the
computers network.
1000 BASE-T version is design for equipments which transmit a big amount
of data (working stations, graphic stations, servers...)
Includes cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN have been tested in official, independent laboratories, obtaining

INTERNAL PROTECTION
225
ATLAN Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Maximum speed transfer:
ATLAN 100 BASE-T
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T POE
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T
AT-2107
AT-2204
AT-2207
100Mbit/s
1000Mbit/s
1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage :
Un
5VDC
48VDC
5VDC
Uc
6VDC
65VDC
6VDC

10kV(1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
In(C2)
2kA
Up
IL
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
100V
300mA
-40 a +80C
Indoor
Series (two ports)
4 pairs
70 x 47 x 30mm
Enclosure material:
Earthing:
Aluminium
IP20
6mm Faston

Dimensions
226
50V
INTERNAL PROTECTION
50V
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 Series
SINGLE PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORKS

WITH CLASS 6 CATEGORY
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T-CAT6

AT-2213 ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6:
single network SPD
with category 6 wiring.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A UTP
cable provided with a RJ45 connector has 8 wires. ATLAN protects in series
4 pairs of wire.
the line.
supplied.
Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PC

ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 is a protector with RJ45 input and crimped
output connectors, with a withstanding current up to 2kA for each line with
a speed transmission of 250MHz.
It is designed to protect every single equipment connected to a 1000 BASE-T
computer network with wiring of category 6 which transmit a big amount of
data (working stations, graphic stations, servers...)
It is Included category 6 cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm already crimped.
ATLAN CAT6 have been tested in offi cial, independent laboratories,
table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
227
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6 Series

Technical Datasheet
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6
Reference
AT-2213
1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage :
Un
5VDC
Uc
25VDC
In(C2)
2kA
Protection level:
Up
100V
IL
300mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
Indoor
Series (two ports)
4 pairs
70 x 47 x 30mm
Enclosure material:
Earthing:
Aluminium
IP20
RJ45 crimped cable / RJ45 shielded
6mm Faston

Dimensions
228
-40C to +70C
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATLAN-C 8 Series
PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGES

FOR 8 COMPUTER LINES IN ONE BOX
ATLAN-C 8
AT-2221 ATLAN-C 8:
protector ready for 8 local network lines
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment.
the line.
2. Bond the cabinet ground to the ground marked in the box chassis.
RJ45 Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PC

ATLAN C-8 is an SPD prepared for 8 line protection, 4 pairs protected per
line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with RJ45 input/output
connectors.
With a withstanding current up to 2kA for every line and a transfer speed of
Gbits/s.
Its specially designed to protect equipments which required a high Internet
speed connection, like the PCs form a cyber place.
Includes category 8 cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN C-8 have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
229
ATLAN-C 8 Series
Technical Datasheet
ATLAN-C 8
Reference
AT-2221
1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage :
Un
5VDC
Uc
6VDC
In(C2)
2kA
Protection level:
Up
50V
Maximum working current
IL
300mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Dimensions:
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Series (two ports)
8 x 4 pairs
180 x 156 x 38mm
Enclosure material:
Polyamide
IP20
> 1014
Type V-0 according to UNE-EN 60707 (UL94)
Earthing:
M5 screw

Dimensions
230
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATLAN 24/16/8 Series
PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORK RACK
ATLAN 24/16/8
AT-2206 ATLAN 8:
protector in rack ready
for 8 network lines.
AT-2209 ATLAN 16:
AT-2208 ATLAN 24:
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. In this
particular case, were talking about switches and hubs.
the line.
1. Screw down protectors in the box prepared for mounting in the 19 rack.
2. Insert the network distribution lines that come off the hub or switch to the
protector.

ATLAN 24/16/8 is an SPD prepared for 24, 16 and 8 lines of protection with
four pairs protected per line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with
RJ45 input/output connectors.
With a withstanding current up to 2kA for each line and a transfer speed of
Gbits/s.
Its aimed to be inserted into a rack and protect distribution computer network
cabinets. Because of its high transfer speed, its suitable for networks
transferring a big amount of data (servers, workstations, graphic stations,
etc).
Includes output cable with connector RJ45 of 50 cm.
ATLAN 24/16/8 have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

RJ45 Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PCs
INTERNAL PROTECTION
231
Serie ATLAN 24/16/8

Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATLAN 8
ATLAN 16
ATLAN 24
AT-2206
AT-2209
AT-2208
1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage:
Un
5VDC
Uc
6VDC
In(C2)
2kA
Protection level:
Up
50V
IL
300mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Number of pairs protected:
Dimensions:
Series (two ports)

8 x 4 pairs
16 x 4 pairs
483 x 130 x 46mm
Enclosure material:
Steel
IP20
Earthing:
M5 screw

Accessories
ATLAN 8 PCB AT-2215

Printed Circuit Board for ATLAN 8/16/24. It is prepared for 8 lines.
ATLAN 8/24 AT-2201
Metallic panel where ATLAN 8 PCB modules can be fitted in up to a number of 3, to be monted in 19 racks.

Dimensions
232
INTERNAL PROTECTION
24 x 4 pairs
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 Series
PROTECTOR FOR COMPUTER NETWORK RACK

WITH CATEGORY 6 WIRING
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6

AT-2217 ATLAN 4 CAT6:
for 4 network lines category 6.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. In this
particular case, were talking about switches and hubs.
the line.
1. Screw down protectors in the box prepared for mounting in the 19 rack.
2. Insert the network distribution lines that come off the hub or switch to the
protector.

ATLAN 12/8/4 is an SPD prepared for 12, 8 and 4 lines of protection with four
pairs protected per line. This is done with a Printed Circuit Board with RJ45
input and already crimped output connectors with a withstanding current
up to 2kA for each line and a transfer speed of 250MHz.
Its aimed to be inserted into a rack and protect distribution computer network
cabinets. Because of its high transfer speed, its suitable for networks
transferring a big amount of data (servers, workstations, graphic stations,
etc).
Includes output cable with 6 connector RJ45 already crimped of 50 cm.
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

Cable
RJ45 Cable
from network
to PCs
INTERNAL PROTECTION
233
ATLAN 12/8/4 CAT6 Series

Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATLAN 4 CAT6
ATLAN 8 CAT6
ATLAN 12 CAT6
AT-2217
AT-2212
AT-2211
1000Mbit/s
Nominal voltage:
Un
5VDC
Uc
26VDC
In(C2)
2kA
Protection level:
Up
100V
IL
300mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns

4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
-40C to +70C
SPD location:
Indoor
Type of connection:
Number of pairs protected:
Dimensions:
Series (two ports)

4 x 4 pairs
8 x 4 pairs
483 x 130 x 46mm
Enclosure material:
Steel
IP20

Earthing:
M5 screw

Dimensions
234
RJ45 crimped cable / RJ45 shielded
INTERNAL PROTECTION
12 x 4 pairs
AT23 Series
INDIVIDUAL PROTECTOR FOR DATA LINES TYPE DB9
ATDB9
AT-2300 ATDB9:
Individual protector with connector
type DB9 for data lines.
Installation
Protection should be done as close as possible to the equipment. A
SUB-D9 connector has 9 wires. The ATDB9 protects in series this 9 wires.
the line.
1. Insert the protector between the communication cable with connector
DB9 and the equipment to protect.
supplied.
DB9 Cable
DB9 Cable
from network
to PC
ATDB9 SPDs are specially designed to avoid failures in

data transfer between equipments with connectors
type DB9 or SUB-D9.
They are specially design for communications type RS-232, RS-485, TTL and
buses type Profibus, Can, I2C and SPI
ATDB9 is a screened protector with SUB-D9 input and output connectors,
with a withstanding current of 2kA for each line.
ATDB9 have been tested in official, independent laboratories, obtaining

INTERNAL PROTECTION
235
AT23 - ATDB9 Series

Technical Datasheet
ATDB9
Reference
AT-2300
Nominal voltage:
Un
12VDC
Uc
15VDC
In(C2)
2kA

4kV(1,2/50s) / 2kA(8/20s):
Protection level:
Up
80V
IL
300mA
Series resistance:
Rs
15
Response time:
tr
< 10ns
SPD location:
Type of connection:
Number of wires protected:
Dimensions:
Indoor
Series (two ports)
9 wire
68 x 47 x 30mm
Enclosure material:
Earthing:
Aluminium
IP20
DB9 / DB9
6mm Faston

Dimensions
236
-40C to +70C
INTERNAL PROTECTION
ATFREQ Series
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES FOR COAXIAL CABLES
ATFREQ
AT-2102 ATFREQ-50UHF: Type UHF 50W protector.
AT-2103 ATFREQ-F: Type F 50W protector.
AT-2104 ATFREQ-TV: Type TV 50W protector.
AT-2105 ATFREQ-50BNC015: Type BNC 50W protector 0,15dB.
AT-2106 ATFREQ-50N: Type N 50W protector.
AT-2108 ATFREQ-400BNC015: Type BNC 400W protector 0,15dB.
AT-2109 ATFREQ-400UHF: Type UHF 400W protector.
AT-2110 ATFREQ-7/16: Type 7/16 900W protector.
AT-2111 ATFREQ-400N: Type N 400W protector.
AT-2115 ATFREQ-50BNC: Type BNC 50W protector.
AT-2118 ATFREQ-400BNC: Type BNC 400W protector.
Installation
ATFREQ SPDs are designed to be placed in series with the aerial signal
cable. It is convenient to install it as close as possible to the equipment to
be protected.
Each protector is provided with two coaxial connectors for an easy insertion
and one earthing terminal. We supply SPDs provided with the most widely
employed connectors (BNC, UHF, N, F, TV, 7/16) and male/female adaptors
for direct insertion in any connection.
It is important to point out that ATFREQ protects the signal coaxial cable
coming from the aerial, not the power supply. Power supply should be
protected using specific SPDs such as ATSUB, ATCOVER, ATSHOCK or
ATVOLT.
Connection to earth is carried out using a M5 screw placed at the SPD side. It
must be as straight as possible, using a proper terminal and cable.
EARTH
Due to their placement, aerials are one of the most exposed

elements to lightning discharges. Even when an external
lightning protection system exists, the discharge secondary
effects can affect the TV or RF signals.
ATFREQ Surge Protective Devices protect the signal cable deriving the
induced and conducted surges to the ground, thus avoiding damages to the
communication and TV equipment and to the connected devices (DVD, video,
decoders, home cinema sets, etc.)
Efficient protection against transitory surtentions, through gas discharge
tubes with 10kA withstand.
Optimum coupling with imperceptible losses.
Small attenuation in the signal even for very high frequencies.
Short response times.
Discharge takes place in an internal encapsulated element, without
external flashes.
Small size
Specific connectors for each application.
ATFREQ protectors have been tested in official, independent laboratories,
table).

INTERNAL PROTECTION
237
ATFREQ Series
Technical Datasheet
Reference
ATFREQ
Connector
Frequency
range
Atenuation
AT-2104
TV
TV
0-1 GHz
< 1,2dB
AT-2103
F (sat.)
0-2 GHz
< 0,5dB
AT-2105
50BNC015
< 0,15dB
AT-2115
50BNC
< 0,2dB
AT-2108
400BNC015
AT-2118
400BNC
AT-2106
50N
AT-2111
400N
AT-2102
50UHF
AT-2109
400UHF
AT-2110
7/16
BNC
0-1 GHz
< 0,15dB
Impedance
Max. working
voltage (Uc)
Exchanged
Power
DC Sparkover
voltage
75
70VDC
50W
90V
70VDC
50W
90V
200VDC
400W
250V
70VDC
50W
90V
200VDC
400W
250V
70VDC
50W
90V
50
< 0,2dB
N
0-3 GHz
UHF
0-3 GHz
7/16
0,9-2,6 GHz
< 1,5dB
< 1,5dB
< 0,3dB
< 0,3dB
< 0,5dB
50
50
50
200VDC
400W
250V
350VDC
900W
600V
Common Characteristics
Nominal discharge current for C2 line
10kV (1,2/50s) / 5kA(8/20s):
Response time:
SPD location:
Imax
10kA
In(C2)
5kA
tr
< 100ns
-40C to +70C
Indoor
Type of connection:
Series (two ports)
Enclosure material:
Steel
IP20
Earthing:
M5 screw

Relevant standards UNE 21186, NFC 17102, UNE-EN62305
238
INTERNAL PROTECTION
POWER FREQUENCY
OVERVOLTAGES
240
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Power Frequency Overvoltages and its damages
Power frequency, permanent or maintained overvoltages

are those whose duration are relatively long (several cycles)
and can cause damages on the installation and the electrical
equipments.
Increase of voltage
Usual causes:
Defect connection to the neutral.
Lower consumption.
Selection of the protector
PERMANENT
SINGLEPHASE
POWER
SUPPLY
PERMANENT
+
TRANSIENT
PERMANENT
THREE-PHASE
POWER
SUPPLY
PERMANENT
+
TRANSIENT
ONE RESIDUAL
CURRENT DEVICE
SEVERAL RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES
Permanent
overvoltage
protection
triggering on the
residual current
device
Permanent overvoltage protection triggering on the Main

Circuit Breaker with different possibilities of timing.
With time delay
Without time delay

including shunt release
and Miniature Circuit
Breaker (up to 63A)
INDIVIDUAL
ATCONTROL/D
P-M (pag. 248)
IGA TEST M
(pag. 242)
COMBINED
(integrated on
1 protector)
ATCONTROL/D
PT-M (pag. 248)
MODULAR
(divided in 2
protectors)
ATCONTROL/D
P-M (pag. 248)
+
ATSUB-D M
(pag. 158)
IGA TEST M
(pag. 242)
+
ATSUB-D M
(pag. 158)
INDIVIDUAL
ATCONTROL/D
P-T (pag. 249)
IGA TEST T
(pag. 243)
COMBINED
(integrated in
1 protector)
ATCONTROL/D
PT-T (pag. 249)
MODULAR
(divided in 2
protectors)
ATCONTROL/D
P-T (pag. 249)
+
ATSUB-D T
(pag. 156)
Time delay for

shunt release
Time delay including

shunt release
and Miniature
ATCONTROL/B
PT-M (pag. 244)
KIT ATCONTROL/B
PT-M (pag. 246)
ATCONTROL/B
PT-T (pag. 245)
KIT ATCONTROL/B
PT-T (pag. 247)
IGA TEST T
(pag. 243)
+
ATSUB-D T
(pag. 156)
INTERNAL PROTECTION
241
IGA TEST M
SINGLE PHASE PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGE

WITH MCB INTEGRATED
Installation
They must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the Power
Control Circuit Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Device (ID).
Installation should be made without power in the line.
The protective coil must be installed between the line coming from the residual
current breaker (ID) and the neutral.
The protector is formed by a protective coil together with a

Miniature Circuit Breaker (MCB)
IGA TEST protectors actuate when detecting a temporary overvoltage,

for example a failure on the neutral, cutting off the power supply and thus,
protecting the equipments installed downstream.
To restore the IGA TEST it is necessary to reconnect the protective coil in
advance using the RESET button.
IGA TEST protectors against permanent overvoltages can be installed in
combination with ATSUB-D transient overvoltage protectors.
The MCB integrated is available in the most usual nominal discharge currents:
25, 32, 40, 50 and 63A.
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal discharge current:
Nominal voltage:
Un
Maximum overvoltage:
Actuating voltage:
IGA TEST M 32
IGA TEST M 40
IGA TEST M 50
IGA TEST M 63
AT-9001
AT-9002
AT-9003
AT-9004
AT-9005
25A
32A
40A
50A
63A
230VAC
400VAC
UA
Actuating time:
Dimensions:
265-280VAC
265-280VAC 0,8s / 280-400VAC 0,3s
10kA
51 x 81 x 65mm (3 mod. DIN43880)
MCB cable range:

Inductor cable range:
Certified test according to regulations: EN 60898
242
IGA TEST M 25
INTERNAL PROTECTION
Min / Max section 1,5 / 35mm

Min / Max section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)
IGA TEST T
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR AGAINST OVERVOLTAGE

WITH MCB INTEGRATED
Installation
They must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the Power
Control Circuit Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Device (ID).
The protective coils must be installed between the lines coming from the
residual current breaker (ID) and the neutral.
The protector is formed by a protective coil together with a

miniature circuit breaker (MCB)
IGA TEST protectors actuate when detecting a temporary overvoltage,
for example a failure on the neutral, cutting off the power supply and thus,
protecting the equipments installed downstream.
To restore the IGA TEST it is necessary to reconnect the protective coils in
advance using the RESET button. Proceed always from the most external to
the one closer to the MCB.
IGA TEST protectors against permanent overvoltages can be installed in
combination with ATSUB-D transient overvoltage protectors.
The MCB integrated is available in the most usual nominal discharge currents:
25, 32, 40, 50 and 63A.
Technical Datasheet
Reference
Nominal current:
Nominal voltage:
Un
Actuating voltage:
IGA TEST T 25
IGA TEST T 32
IGA TEST T 40
IGA TEST T 50
IGA TEST T 63
AT-9006
AT-9007
AT-9008
AT-9009
AT-9010
25A
32A
40A
50A
63A
230VAC
400VAC
UA
Actuating time:
Dimensions:
265-280VAC
265-280VAC 0,8s / 280-400VAC 0,3s
10kA
123 x 81 x 65mm (7 mod. DIN43880)
MCB cable range:
Coil cable range:
Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) 4mm (multi-stranded)
Certified test according to regulations: EN 60898
INTERNAL PROTECTION
243
ATCONTROL/B PT-M
SINGLE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED

AGAINST PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
WORKING ON ANY SHUNT RELEASE
PERMANENT OVERVOLTAGES
TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
ATCONTROL/B PT-M protector actuates switching

the contact associated to itself (S1, S2) whenever it
detects a permanent overvoltage. The shunt release
causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker
(MCB) associated, protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists
in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and
red (overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the
installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/B PT-M protector also actuates whenever it

detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth
and reducing the voltage to a level that does not damage
the connected equipment.
Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and
independent laboratories, according to regulations
IEC 61643-11 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for
Categories I, II, III and IV equipments according to the
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device
that disconnects from the electrical network in case of
degrading and a warning system. When the warning is
yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage
supply line, downstream from the MCB associated,
connected to line, neutral and ground. It has a double
connector in order to facilitate the installation.
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without voltage,
to the shunt release actuating on the MCB.
Technical Datasheet
ATCONTROL/B PT-M
Reference
AT-8704
Nominal voltage:
230VAC
Un
400VAC
UA
265VAC
Nominal frequency:
50Hz
Actuating voltage:
Actuating time:
265VAC 3,5s / 400VAC 0,5s

110-415VAC / 110-250VDC
Nominal voltage for the shunt release:

Type of tests according to IEC 61643-11:
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
4kA
In
Imax
15kA
Protection level for In 8/20s wave:
Up(In)
1,5kV
Up
1,1kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse :
(1)

Dimensions:
80A gL/gG
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Minimum wiring section:

Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11
244
INTERNAL PROTECTION
4mm
ATCONTROL/B PT-T
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED AGAINST

ANY PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE
ACTUATING ON ANY SHUNT RELEASE
ATCONTROL/B PT-T protector actuates switching

the contact associated to itself (S1, S2) whenever it
detects a permanent overvoltage. The shunt release
causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker
(MCB) associated, protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
installations have been executed correctly
ATCONTROL/B PT-T protector also actuates whenever it

It is provided with a thermodynamic control device
that disconnects from the electrical network in case of
degrading and a warning system. When the warning is
yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
supply line, downstream from the MCB associated,
connected to line, neutral and ground.
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without voltage,
to the shunt release actuating on the MCB.
Technical Datasheet
ATCONTROL/B PT-T
Reference
AT-8702
Nominal voltage:
230VAC
Un
400VAC
UA
265VAC
Nominal frequency:
50Hz
Actuating voltage:
Actuating time:
265VAC 3,5s / 400VAC 0,5s

110-415VAC / 110-250VDC

Type 2
I, II, III, IV
In
15kA
Imax
40kA
Up(In)
1,8kV
Up
1,4kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse :
(1)

Dimensions:
80A gL/gG
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
4mm

INTERNAL PROTECTION
245
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M
COMPLETE KIT WHICH INCLUDES SINGLE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED AGAINST

PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES, SHUNT RELEASE AND MAIN
CIRCUIT BREAKER
ATCONTROL/B series protectors actuate triggering the contact shunt release (S1, S2) whenever it detects a permanent
overvoltage. The shunt release causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker (MCB), protecting the equipments installed
downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/B protector also actuates whenever it detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth and reducing
the voltage to a level that does not damage the connected equipment. Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and
independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 61643-11 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III
and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading and a
warning system. When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line,
downstream from the MCB included on the kit, connected to line, neutral
and ground. It has a double connector to facilitate the installation.
MCB must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the
Power Control Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Breaker (ID).
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without the power turned off to
the shunt release that actuates on the MCB.
Technical Datasheet
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M (25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63)
Reference
Nominal Current:
AT-8711
AT-8712
25A
32A
AT-8713
AT-8714
AT-8715
40A
50A
63A
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
400VAC
Nominal frequency:
Actuating voltage:
50Hz
UA
Actuating time:
265-280VAC
265-280VAC 3,5s / 280-400VAC 0,5s
110-415VAC / 110-250VDC
10kA
Type 2

I, II, III, IV
In
4kA
Imax
15kA
Up (In)
1,5kV
Up
1,1kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Protector dimensions:
36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)
Dimensions MCB + Shunt release:
51 x 81 x 65mm (3 mod. DIN43880)
MCB cable range:
Coil cable range:
Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)

Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11, EN 60898
246
INTERNAL PROTECTION
4mm
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T
COMPLETE KIT WHICH INCLUDES THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR COMBINED

AGAINST PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES, SHUNT RELEASE
AND MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER
ATCONTROL/B series protector actuate triggering the contact shunt release (S1, S2) whenever it detects a permanent
overvoltage. The shunt release causes the disconnection of the Main Circuit Breaker (MCB) associated, protecting the
equipments installed downstream.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in 2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/B protector works as well whenever it detects a transient overvoltage driving the current to earth and reducing the
voltage to a level that does not damage the connected equipment.
Tested and certified as Type 2 protector in official and independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 61643-11 and
GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II, III and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading and a
warning system. When the warning is yellow the enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
They must be installed in parallel with the Low Voltage supply line,
downstream from the MCB included in the kit, with connections to the
neutral, phase and earth. It is provided with a double terminal in order
to facilitate its installation. Installation should be made without power in
the line.
MCB must be installed in series with the Low Voltage line, between the
Power Control Breaker (ICP) and the Residual Current Breaker (ID).
Connect the S1 and S2 terminals, always without the power turned off to
the shunt release that actuates on the MCB.
Technical Datasheet
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T (25 / 32 / 40 / 50 / 63)
Reference
Nominal current:
AT-8716
AT-8717
25A
32A
AT-8718
AT-8719
AT-8720
40A
50A
63A
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
400VAC
Nominal frequency:
Actuating voltage:
50Hz
UA
Actuating time:
265-280VAC
265-280VAC 3,5s / 280-400VAC 0,5s
110-415VAC / 110-250VDC
10kA
Type 2
I, II, III, IV

In
15kA
Imax
40kA
Up (In)
1,8kV
Up
1,4kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Protector dimensions:
72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
Dimensions MCB + Shunt release:
88 x 81 x 65mm (5 mod. DIN43880)
MCB cable range:
Coil cable range:
Min / Max Section 1,5 / 2,5mm (single-stranded) or 4mm (multi-stranded)
4mm
Certified test according to regulations: IEC 61643-11, EN 60898

INTERNAL PROTECTION
247
ATCONTROL/D P(T)-M
Single-phase protector individual or combined against

permanent and transient overvoltages actuating on any
residual current breaker
ATCONTROL/D protectors actuate whenever they detect
a permanent overvoltage, generating a pulse to earth to
disconnect the residual current breaker (ID) associated.
The warning system for permanent overvoltages consists in
2 luminous indicators: green (correct power supply) and red
(overvoltage). It has a test button to check that the installations
have been executed correctly.
ATCONTROL/D PT-M protector works as well whenever it
and reducing the voltage to a level that does not damage the
connected equipment.
independent laboratories, according to regulations IEC 6164311 and GUA-BT-23 from REBT. Suitable for Categories I, II,
III and IV equipments according to the ITC-BT-23 from REBT.
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that
disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading
and a warning system. When the warning is yellow the
enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
Installation
supply line, downstream from the residual current
breaker associated, connected to line, neutral and
ground. It is provided with a double terminal in order to
facilitate its installation.
Technical Datasheet
ATCONTROL/D P-M
Reference
ATCONTROL/D PT-M
AT-8707
AT-8708
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
400VAC
UA
265VAC
Nominal frequency:
50Hz
Actuating voltage:
Actuating time:
265VAC 3,5s / 400VAC 0,5s
Residual current:
30mA
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
In
4kA
Imax
15kA
Up (In)
1,5kV
Up
1,1kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse :
80A gL/gG
(1)
Dimensions:

36 x 90 x 80mm (2 mod. DIN43880)

248
INTERNAL PROTECTION
4mm
ATCONTROL/D P(T)-T
THREE-PHASE PROTECTOR INDIVIDUAL OR COMBINED AGAINST

PERMANENT AND TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES ACTUATING ON
ANY RESIDUAL CURRENT BREAKER
ATCONTROL/D PT-T protector works as well whenever it
It is provided with a thermodynamic control device that
disconnects from the electrical network in case of degrading
and a warning system. When the warning is yellow the
enclosure is in good shape. If not, replace.
ATCONTROL/D protectors actuate whenever they detect
a permanent overvoltage, generating a pulse to earth to
disconnect the residual current breaker (ID) associated.
installations have been executed correctly.
Installation
supply line, downstream from the residual current
breaker associated, connected to line, neutral and
ground. It is provided with a double terminal in order to
facilitate its installation.
Technical Datasheet
ATCONTROL/D P-T
Reference
ATCONTROL/D PT-T
AT-8705
AT-8706
Nominal voltage:
Un
230VAC
Uc
400VAC
UA
265VAC
Nominal frequency:
50Hz
Actuating voltage:
Actuating time:
265VAC 3,5s / 400VAC 0,5s
Residual current:
30mA
Type 2
I, II, III, IV
In
15kA
Imax
40kA
Up (In)
1,8kV
Up
1,4kV
Response time:
tr
< 25ns (L-N) / < 100ns (N-T)
Backup fuse :
80A gL/gG
(1)
Dimensions:

72 x 90 x 80mm (4 mod. DIN43880)
4mm

INTERNAL PROTECTION
249
EARTHING
IMPORTANCE OF A SUITABLE EARTHING

A well designed earthing system is basic for any electrical installation to avoid the
danger associated with fault currents, as established in the main earthing standards:
Spain: RBT2002 Low Voltage Electrotechnical Regulation. ITC-18 Earthing
systems.
Great Britain: BS 7430 Code of practice for Earthing.
France: NF C 15-100 Low Voltage Electrical Installations.
Germany: DIN VDE 0100 Part 540 Earthing arrangements, protective
conductors, equipotential bonding conductors
USA: UL 467 Grounding and bonding equipment.
A Low Voltage Earth Termination System

is aimed:
To provide security for persons
by limiting the touch voltage.
To protect installations and equipment
by providing a low impedance path.
To improve the quality of the signal
by minimizing the electromagnetic noise.
To fix a reference voltage for the
system equipotentialization.
A low Earth Resistance is essential for obtaining an efficient Earthing. Conductors

with an accurate section should be used in order to carry the expected current.
Besides, they must be durable against corrosion.
The value of the electrical resistance must be measured at the Lightning
Protection Earthing, isolated from any other conductive element. Therefore, it is
necessary to use disconnectors in order to separate the Earthing from the rest of
the installation during the measurements.
Other determining factors for designing the

Earth Termination System are the following:
The resistance should be measured regularly
so it is necessary to place an inspection pit.
The soil humidity will reduce the earthing resistance.
Earthing enhancing compounds
reduce the soil resistivity.
Buried electricity and gas installations
should be known in order to respect the
security distances for each case.
Buried pipes and water tanks should be
known in order to bond them equipotentially
with the earth termination.
In low-conductivity soils, enhanced electrodes, deep electrodes or ring

conductors should be used in order to obtain a suitable earth resistance.
252 EARTHING
Specific considerations for Lightning Protection

Particularly, the Earth Termination System is essential for Lightning Protection,
since the lightning current should disperse there. Each down-conductor must
have an Earth Termination System, formed by conductive elements in contact
with the soil and able to disperse the lightning current in it.
Good earthings of Lightning Protection Systems shall be able

to withstand lightning currents and to disperse them quick and
safely.
In order to accomplish with these requirements, standards set as a first
specification that the resistance of the LPS earthing should be lower than 10.
On another side, it should be noticed that lightning current is an impulse and
therefore it is not advisable to use a single, very long element. The employ of
deep electrodes is interesting if the resistivity is very high at surface but there are
lower layers with much more humidity. Configurations in triangle or goose-foot
are suitable for a good lightning current dispersion.
These considerations for improving the impedance should be taken into account
when the earthing is made, since normally the measures are made afterwards
with a conventional Earth Meter which does not register the impedance but
only the earthing resistance, that is, its performance in case the current were
continuous. A high inductance would not be measured by this type of Earth
Meters and however it is a big obstacle for the current flowing when its waveshape
is, such as lightning, an impulse.
In general it is recommended to bond the Lightning Protection Earth System

with the earthings of the installation in order to avoid surges and dangerous step
voltages.
EARTHING
253
REGULATIONS
Lightning
protection earthing
All the earthing materials manufactured by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas comply

with the earthing and lightning protection standards.
The minimum dimensions specified in these standards are the following:
Earthing
RBT ITC-18. Earthing systems technical application of Low Voltage
Electrotechnical Regulation.
Type of electrode
Material
Rod
Copperbond steel (250)
Rod
Galvanized steel (78)
Minimum dimensions
14,2mm
20mm
Solid plate
Copper
1000 x 500 x 2mm
Solid plate
1000 x 500 x 3mm
Cable
Copper
35mm2
IEC 62305 / EN 62305 / EN 50164. Protection against lightning.

Type of electrode
Rod
Rod
Rod
Rod
Cross profile rod
Tubular rod
Solid plate
Solid plate
Cable
Tape
Tape
Tape
Round
Round
Round
Material
Stainless steel
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Stainless steel
Copper
Stainless steel
Minimum dimensions
14mm
15mm
15mm
16mm
50x50x3mm
ext20mm
500x500x2mm
500x500x3mm
50mm2
50mm2 (thickness 2mm)
8mm
10mm
10mm
BS 7430. Code of practice for Earthing.

Type of electrode
Material
Minimum dimensions
Rod
1,2m x 14mm
Rod
Copper
1,2m x 14mm
Rod
Stainless steel
1,2m x 16mm
Rod
Galvanized steel
1,2m x 14mm
Tape
Copper
25 x 3mm
Round
Copper
8mm
Cable
Copper
50mm2
NF C 15-100. Low voltage electrical installations.

Type of electrode
Material
Minimum dimensions
Rod
Copperbond steel
2m x 15mm
Rod
Galvanized steel
2m x 25mm
Cable
Copper
25mm2
Cable
Galvanized steel
95mm2
UL 467. Grounding and bonding equipment.

Type of electrode
Material
Minimum dimensions
Rod
2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod
Stainless steel
2,4m x 12,7mm
Rod
Copper
2,4m x 12,7mm
Tubular rod
Copper
2,4m x ext54mm
UNE 21186 / NF C 17-102. Protection of structures, buildings and open-air

zones with Early Streamer Emission air-terminals.
Type of electrode
Rod
Rod
Rod
Tubular rod
Solid plate
Cable
Stranded tape
Tape
Tape
Tape
Round
Round
Round
Material
Stainless steel
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Stainless steel
Copper
Stainless steel
Minimum dimensions
2m x 14mm (*)
2m x 14mm (*)
2m x 19mm (*)
2m x ext25mm (*)
500x500x2mm
50mm2
30 x 3,5mm
30 x 2mm
30 x 2mm
30 x 3,5mm
8mm
10mm
10mm
BS 6651. Code of practice for protection of structures against lightning.

Type of electrode
Rod
Rod
Rod
Material
Stainless steel
Copper
Minimum dimensions
14mm
12mm
12mm
Rod
Galvanized steel
14mm
Tape
Tape
Round
Copper
Galvanized steel
Copper
20 x 2,5mm
20 x 2,5mm
8mm
Round
Galvanized steel
8mm
NFPA 780. Standard for the installation of lightning protection systems.

Type of electrode
(*) minimum length according to NF C 17-102: 1m.
254 EARTHING
Rod
Rod
Rod
Rod
Solid plate
Solid plate
Material
Copperbond steel
Stainless steel
Copper
Galvanized steel
Copper
Galvanized steel
Minimum dimensions
2,4m x 12,7mm
2,4m x 12,7mm
2,4m x 12,7mm
2,4m x 12,7mm
600x300x0,8mm
600x300x0,8mm
EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND

ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND
EARTH PITS
EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND EARTH PITS
ENHANCED ELECTRODES FOR LOW-CONDUCTIVITY SOILS
APLIROD DYNAMIC ELECTRODE

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE
The absence of free ions in the surrounding soil damages the proper
performance of the earthing. Dynamic Electrodes are based on the
contribution of ions to the ground.
The system consists mainly of a conductive electrode (APLIROD ) made of
copper and filled with a mixture of ionic compounds. The moisture condenser
absorbs environmental moisture and leaches out at the bottom of the rod,
lowering gradually the resistivity of the surrounding soil:
The efficacy of this earth electrode is improved by placing a ground
conductivity improver such as CONDUCTIVER PLUS (AT-010L) around the
rod.
Soil resistivity and site characteristics are the main factors for determining the
model of electrode to be selected. Poor soil conditions or extremely sensitive
equipment will require longer rods, multiple rods, or a combination of both.
The adequate configuration in most cases is a triangular arrangement.
Vertical shapes are good to obtain low earth resistance values. L-shaped
models are better when are recommended horizontal configuration of earth
terminations.
Reference
1. For vertical electrodes bore a hole, minimum 20cm diameter and 50cm
deeper than the length of the rod to be buried (AT-025H needs 40mm of
diameter). For the L-Shaped installation, bore a trench suitable to the
electrode dimensions.
2. Withdraw the covers of the leaching holes.
3. Mix the low resistivity compound APLIFILL (AT-031l / AT-032l), supplied
together with the electrode, with water outside the excavation and
gradually fill the hole using the proportion of 1 kilo of APLIFILL to 8 litres
of water. The mixture fills the perforation up.
4. Place the electrode in the hole so that the upper end is approximately
20cm below the surface. The filling will expand in few minuts.
5. Place the inspection pit so that the cover remains at surface level. The
electrode will stand out approximately 10 cm over the bottom of the
inspection pit, leaving the breathing holes uncovered.
6. WIthdraw the covers of the upper breathing holes.
7. Conect the grounding electrode to the test bonding bar.
8. More electrodes should be places at even intervals, and interconnected
with bare copper, buried at least 0.5m deep. Its is recommended to cover
the conductor with APLIFILL.
External size (mm)
Shape
Included
Material
AT-024H
2000 x 28
Vertical
AT-020F + AT-031L
Copper + Salts
AT-025H
2500 x 28
Vertical
AT-020F + AT-031L
Copper + Salts
4,5
AT-012H
(1000 + 2000) x 54
L-shaped
AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
62,5
AT-030H
(1000 + 3000) x 54
L-shaped
AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
67
AT-032H
2000 (roscado) x 54
Vertical
AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
58,5
AT-033H
3000 (roscado) x 54
Vertical
AT-020F + 2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
62,5
AT-102H
2000 x 28
Vertical
AT-031L
Copper + Salts
AT-103H
2500 x 28
Vertical
AT-031L
Copper + Salts
4,5
AT-108H
(1000 + 2000) x 54
L-shaped
2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
62,5
AT-104H
(1000 + 3000) x 54
L-shaped
2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
67
AT-105H
2000 x 54
Vertical
2 x AT-032L
Copper + Salts
58,5
AT-106H
3000 x 54
Vertical
Copper + Salts
62,5
AT-035H
190 x 220
Charge for APLIROD
Salts
5,5
2 x AT-032L
Meets UL 467, IEC 62305, EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
256 EARTHING
Charge for APLIROD
Weight (kg)
AT-025H
AT-103H
AT-030H
AT-104H
AT-035H
APLIROD (description)
Moisture
condenser
Breathing
holes
Low
resistivity
compound
APLIFILL
Ionic
mixture
APLIROD (description)
Leach holes
EARTHING
257
ENHANCED ELECTRODES FOR LOW-CONDUCTIVITY SOILS
GRAPHITE ELECTRODE
Graphite, with its high electrical and thermal conductivity, being unattackable and inert to chemical agents (apart from oxygen at a high temperature), is a very
good element to make an earth electrode. The materials used such as perforation filling (graphite powder and thin clay-like powder) assure the contact between
the electrode and the ground thanks to the capacity to even penetrate into rocky cracks.
Reference
External size (mm)
Shape
Included
Weight (kg)
AT-070H
600 x 150
Rigid graphite core + graphite powder with bag
AT-020F
10
AT-073H
1500 x 50
Rigid graphite core
AT-020F + AT-032L
35
AT-070H
AT-070H Application
1 bag of thin claylike powder 25kg

1/2 bag of graphite
powder 25kg
Soil
Water
INSTALLATION
This electrode is formed of a rigid graphite core surrounded by a layer of
graphite powder and salts, which whilst helping to avoid mechanical damage
during transportation and installation, also improves the conductivity of the
electrode. This ensemble is introduced into the perforation, which connects
to the test bonding bar installed in the earth pit, using cable of 8-10mm or
tape of 302mm.
Hole of 1,5 1,5 2 meters
In order to optimize its duration and effectiveness, the hole should be filled
with thin clay-like powder and special graphite powder for earthing:
Machinery needed:
Retroexcavator.
Perforation of 200mm
Machinery needed:
Perforator with drill of 200mm and 2 meters length.
Mixer (recommended).
Material:
2kg of graphite powder (AT-020L).
6kg of thin clay-like powder (AT-030L).
PROCEDURE:
1. Make a perforation of 200mm with a depth of at least 2 meters.
2. Connect to the electrode the necessary length of cable of 8-10mm
or tape of 302mm to be able to make the connections in the earth pit
afterwards.
3. In an adequate recipient (preferably a mixer), mix the fine clay-like powder
(AT-030L) and the graphite powder (AT-020L) with 60 litres of water.
Note: If a mixer or adequate tool is not available, the filling of the
perforation will be done in batches. For example, the filling can be done
in four batches, using each time approximately 15 litres of water, 1,5kg of
thin clay-like powder and 0,5kg of graphite powder.
4. Empty the mixture into the perforation, making sure it reaches the bottom
of the hole.
5. Install the electrode with the wrapping in the perforation, being careful of
not making strong impacts.
6. Make the necessary connections to the test bonding bar installed in the
earth pit and close.
258 EARTHING
2 bags of
thinclay-like
powder of 25kg
Material:
2 bags of graphite powder 25kg (AT-020L).
6 bags of thin clay-like powder of 25kg (AT-030L).
Plenty of water.
PROCEDURE:
1. With the retroexcavator make a hole of 1,5 meters of width and 2 meters
of depth.
2. Mix two bags of thin clay-like powder (AT-030L) and enough earth to
sufficiently cover approximately 30cm height of the hole. Fill the bottom
of the excavation.
3. Connect to the electrode, the necessary meters of cable of 8-10mm or
tape of 302mm to be able to make afterwards the connections in the
earth pit.
4. Install the electrode with the wrapping in the perforation, being careful of
not making strong impacts.
5. Cover with water until you reach a level of 10 cm (approximately 225 litres
of water). Wait a few minutes for the filter of the water and the increase in
volume of the thin clay-like powder.
6. Continue filling the hole mixing a bag of thin clay-like powder, half a bag of
graphite powder and enough earth to fill another 30 cm of height. Empty
the mixture into the hole evenly.
7. Repeat steps 5 and 6 until you have used up the thin clay-like powder and
the graphite (3 times).
8. Make the necessary connections in the test bonding bar installed in the
earth pit and close.
254m COPPERBOND EARTH RODS

Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. has available copperbond earth rods of a
high quality which comply to the most demanding regulations, for efficient and
long lasting earthing. All these electrodes have a covering of electrolytic copper
with a width of 254m and purity 99,9% which allows a proven resistance to
corrosion. This type of electrolytic covering does not produce cracks or fissures,
which are produced in the exterior layer of the copperclad rods, worsening its
resistance to corrosion.
INSTALLATION
The electrodes should be installed to a depth of at least 50cm.
It is preferable to use various conductors conveniently spread rather than only
one very long earth conductor.
In the case of an earth formed by various interconnected electrodes, it is
recommended that:
Numerous regulations specify that on the copperbond earth electrodes the

covering of copper should be at least 250m. This especially applies to the
regulations on lightning protection systems:

BS 7430: Code of practice of earthing.

UL 467: Grounding and bonding equipment.
Section 250 of National Electrical Code (NEC).
Application technical guide n 18 of Spanish Low Voltage Electrotechnical
Regulation.
IEC 62305-3 (international lightning protection standard).
EN 50164-2 (european lightning protection components standard).
UNE 21186 (spanish lightning protection standard).
Using the adequate accessories, threaded copperbond earth rods allow the
extension of the rod to get better earthing resistances.
Reference
The buried rods are in a triangle or line and spaced out with a distance
apart of at least the same as the depth buried.
The buried rods are connected by an identical or compatible conductor
to the one used for the down-conductor.
The conductor which joins the rods is buried with a depth of at least 50cm.
Apply the ground enhancing product CONDUCTIVER PLUS (AT-010L)
to the buried electrodes in order to obtain a lower earthing resistance.
Nominal size (mm)
Shank diameter (mm)
Shape
AT-076H
1200 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
1,5
AT-077H
1500 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
1,9
AT-078H
1800 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
2,28
AT-041H
2000 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
2,53
AT-016H
2400 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
AT-098H
3000 x 16
14,23
Two threads 5/8"
3,8
AT-069H
1200 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
1,5
AT-071H
1500 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
1,9
AT-053H
1800 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
2,28
AT-072H
2000 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
2,53
AT-026H
2400 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
AT-043H
3000 x 14,23
14,23
No thread
3,8
AT-086H
1200 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
2,15
AT-087H
1500 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
2,75
AT-017H
1800 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
3,27
AT-042H
2000 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
3,62
AT-018H
2400 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
4,35
5,44
Weight (kg)
AT-019H
3000 x 19
17,28
Two threads 3/4"
AT-079H
1200 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
2,15
AT-081H
1500 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
2,75
AT-027H
1800 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
3,27
AT-082H
2000 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
3,62
AT-028H
2400 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
4,35
AT-029H
3000 x 17,28
17,28
No thread
5,44
AT-041H
AT-072H
AT-003K
AT-002K
AT-041H Application
Meets BS 7430, UL 467, IEC 62305, EN 50164, NFPA 780, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
Other copper thickness as 100m and 300m are available on request.
AT-041H (aplicacin tierras)
Couplings of copperbond earth rods

Reference
Denomination
Nominal size (mm)
Material
dL
Weight (gr)
AT-002K
5/8" Threaded coupling
70 x 19
Aluminium Bronze
80
AT-003K
5/8" Threaded driving stud
54 x 22
Stainless steel
80
AT-004K
3/4" Threaded coupling
70 x 24
Aluminium Bronze
130
AT-005K
3/4" Threaded driving stud
54 x 25
Stainless steel
130
50 cm
dL
EARTHING
259
SOLID COPPER EARTH RODS

Solid copper and stainless steel rods allow a long lasting earth in grounds with high corrosion level. Threaded electrodes with the correct accessories allow
the length to be increased, thus achieving a better resistance.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Shape
Weight (kg)
AT-031H
1200 x 15
Internal 5/8" thread
1,63
AT-036H
1200 x 20
Internal 3/4" thread
3,35
AT-031H
AT-031H application
STAINLESS STEEL EARTH RODS

AT-080H
AT-038H
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Shape
Weight (kg)
AT-000H
1500 x 10
No thread
1,5
AT-099H
1000 x 16
No thread
1,6
AT-100H
1500 x 16
No thread
2,2
AT-080H
2000 x 16
No thread
3,33
AT-038H
1500 x 20
Extensible type AZ
3,75
AT-037H
1200 x 16
Internal 5/8" threads
1,65
AT-038H application
Couplings of solid copper and stainless steel earth rods

Reference
AT-006K
AT-007K
260 EARTHING
Denomination
Nominal size (mm)
Material
Weight (kg)
AT-006K
15/16mm Driving stud
39 x 14
Stainless steel
40
AT-007K
15/16mm Spike
42 x 14
Stainless steel
40
AT-008K
Coupling dowel
40 x 10
Stainless steel
20
AT-009K
20mm Driving stud
42 x 19
Stainless steel
60
AT-042K
20mm Spike
55 x 19
Stainless steel
80
Meets EN 50164
AT-008K
GALVANIZED STEEL EARTH RODS

Galvanized steel rods are a good option to obtain low resistances in unaggresive grounds. There are extendable models to reach longer lengths and achieve
better earth resistances.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Shape
Weight (kg)
AT-039H
1000 x 16
No thread
1,65
AT-044H
1500 x 16
No thread
2,53
AT-045H
2000 x 16
No thread
3,42
AT-046H
1500 x 20
Extensible type Z
3,71
AT-003H
1500 x 20
Extensible type S
3,71
AT-047H
1500 x 25
Extensible type Z
5,62
AT-049H
1500 x 25
Extensible type S
5,62
AT-093H
1000 x 50 x 50 x 5
X-shaped profile
3,9
AT-094H
1500 x 50 x 50 x 5
X-shaped profile
5,85
AT-095H
2000 x 50 x 50 x 5
X-shaped profile
7,81
AT-096H
2500 x 50 x 50 x 5
X-shaped profile
9,75
AT-097H
3000 x 50 x 50 x 5
X-shaped profile
11,75
AT-045H
AT-046H
Meets DIN 48-452

AT-095H
AT-095H application
AT-003H application
AT-003H
Couplings of galvanized steel earth rods

Reference
Denomination
Nominal size (mm)
Material
Weight (kg)
AT-037K
Impact tip for earth rods 20mm
40 x 20
Galvanized steel
50
AT-038K
Impact tip for earth rods 25mm
45 x 25
Galvanized steel
70
Meets EN 50164
AT-037K
GOOSE FOOT
The duck foot is a configuration that the regulation of Lightning Protection UNE 21186 and NFC 17102 recommends in
order to obtain low earth inductances. It is formed with tin-plated copper tape of 30x2mm.
Installation:

AT-000K
Make ditches of at least half a meter depth.

Extend the tape and cut the corresponding lengths.
Unscrew the clamp and introduce the stretches of tape as indicated in the drawing with an angle of 45.
Firmly fix the screws of the clamp.
Reference
Nominal size
Material
Weight (kg)
AT-000K
30 x 2 mm (4 m + 3 x 7m)
Tin-plated Copper Tape
13
AT-001K
30 x 2 mm (1 m + 3 x 3m)
Tin-plated Copper Tape
Meets UNE 21186, NFC 17102
EARTHING
261
EARTH PLATES
The use of earth plates as electrodes reduces the resistance of earthing in stony grounds, as it increases the area of contact between the electrode and the
ground.
The references AT-116H and AT-122H comply with the minimum dimensions recommended in the n18 Technical Application Guide Earthing installations of
the 2002 Low Voltage Spanish Electrotechnical Regulation.
Nominal size (mm)
Included
Material
Weight (kg)
AT-050J
Reference
500 x 500 x 2
AT-020F
Copper
AT-116H
1000 x 500 x 2
AT-020F
Copper
AT-117H
600 x 600 x 1,5
Copper
AT-118H
600 x 600 x 3
Copper
10
AT-119H
900 x 900 x 1,5
Copper
11
AT-120H
900 x 900 x 3
Copper
22
AT-121H
500 x 500 x 3
Galvanized steel
AT-122H
1000 x 500 x 3
Galvanized steel
Meets IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601, BS 2874, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, NFPA 780
AT-116H (Cu)
AT-122H (GS)
COPPER LATTICES AND GRIDS

Mesh earths are a more economical option than earth plates and still work well in stony ground, reducing the contact voltages that may occur. AT-070J is
recommended to avoid step voltages in public buildings with low resistivity soil.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Grids
1000 x 1000 x 2
115 x 55 mm
AT-123H
2000 x 1000 x 2
115 x 55 mm
AT-070J
3000 x 1000 x 2
115 x 55 mm
AT-126H
600 x 600 x 3
120 x 120 mm
AT-125H
900 x 900 x 3
190 x 190 mm
7,3
AT-128H
Meets IEC 62305, EN 50164, EN 13601

AT-126H
262 EARTHING
AT-070J
Weight (kg)
GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS

CONDUCTIVER PLUS is a non corrosive ground enhancing gel with low solubility but is very hygroscopic. It is made of an electrolyte base, which
contributes to the conductivity of the mixture.
The conductivity of the ground is almost exclusively of an electrolytic nature due to the salts dispersed in the water which impregnate it and which concentrate
on the surface due to an adhesive phenomenon of the sand grains and clay in the ground.
Therefore, it is possible to increase the conductivity of the ground, improving its absorption power, retention of water and increasing its richness in soluble salts.
It would be very easy to achieve this effect using a simple method, impregnating it with any electrolyte, such as common salt (NaCl) or sodium carbonate
(Na2CO3), but the high solubility of these salts, as well as their low absorption in the ground mean that they are very quickly swept away by the infiltration waters,
making their action very short term. Another inconvenience of common salt is its corrosive effects on the earthing electrodes.
The components of the CONDUCTIVER PLUS gel have been selected according to their solubility, in order to obtain from the soluble components, a low
soluble product, which will provide us with a long lasting conductor product deposit. The main advantage of this product is that a conductor gel is formed
below the soil near the electrode.
In summary, the CONDUCTIVER PLUS gel is characterised by:
Having the capacity to create partially ionized electrolytes, with a high charge and a high capacity to retain water and to form gels.
Remaining in the ground for a long time, thanks to the formation of links with the particles.
Increasing conductivity (approximately 200%) of the ground during one year and rainfall of 700 litres/m2.
Not causing corrosion of the earth electrodes.
Being totally ecological.
METHOD OF APPLICATION
1. The ground can be dry, no previous preparation is necessary.
2. Prepare a mixture of the YELLOW product in 5 litres of water using the measuring recipient.
3. Empty the first solution to the ground and add another 5 litres of water.
4. Leave the product to disappear into the ground.
5. Clean the recipient before continuing with the next product.
6. Prepare a second solution with the WHITE product and 5 litres of water. Empty this mixture evenly on the ground. Add another 5 litres of water. Leave to
filter until complete absorption.
7. Once the second product has filtered, you can then take the earth resistance measurement.
Reference
AT-010L
Denomination
CONDUCTIVER PLUS
Description
Weight (kg)
Non-corrosive and ecological gel that improves soil conductivity
4,5
AT-020L
Graphite powder
Backfill specific for earth termination systems
25
AT-030L
Thin clay-like powder
Backfill specific for earth termination systems
25
AT-031L
APLIFILL
Compound that reduces soil resistivity by retaining moisture
AT-032L
APLIFILL
Compound that reduces soil resistivity by retaining moisture
25
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102

AT-010L
AT-032L
EARTHING
263
JOINT PROTECTION
Strips to protect buried joints from corrosion.
AT-000J
Reference
Nominal size
Material
Weight (kg)
AT-000J
20 mm x 10 m roll
Self-vulcanising strip
180
AT-010J
50 mm x 10 m roll
Denso tape (Bituminous strip)
610
AT-010J
EARTH PITS
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas earth pits cover all industrial and commercial applications as they are
available in 3 materials: polypropylene, concrete and cast iron. AT-010H can withstand loads of 5.000
kg. The principle advantages of these earth pits are the following:
-
-
-
Easily storage.
Good resistance to chemical substances.
Resistant to UV rays.
Reference
AT-010H
Nominal size (mm)
Material
250 x 250 x 250
Polypropylene
1,5
AT-010K
410 x 410 x 300
Concrete
60
AT-012K
245 x 245 x 115
Iron cast
31
AT-010H
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-010K
AT-012K
264 EARTHING
Weight (kg)
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING
BONDING BARS FOR EARTH PITS

AT-020H and AT-021J allow to disconnect the down-conductor of a lightning protection system from the earth electrode, to be able to measure the earth
resistance adequately. They are ready to be fixed to the earth pit AT-010H. You can fix up to 4 copper cables or rounds and 3 tapes.
AT-051F allows joints up to 7 copper cables or round conductors. This bar can be fixed to the earth pit AT-011K. The fixation holes at the end of the bar are
separated by 264mm and have a diameter of 16mm.
Conductor range
Nominal size (mm)
AT-020H
235 x 40 x 25
4 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm2)
3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm)
Naval brass
0,5
AT-021J
235 x 40 x 25
4 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm )
3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm)
Stainless steel
0,5
AT-051F
325 x 70 x 6
7 x ( 8 - 10 mm) (50 - 70 mm )
Copper
1,5
Round
Material
Weight
(kg)
Reference
Tape
2
2
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-051F
AT-051F application
AT-020H application
AT-020H (NB)
AT-021J (SS)
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING BAR

Equipotential bar which allows the jointing of various conductors (cable, tape, round). The fixation holes at the end of the bar are separated 164 x 35mm and
have a diameter of 8,5mm.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-050F
190 x 52 x 42
Conductor range
Material
Round
Tape
7 x (2,5 - 25 mm2) /
1 x ( 6 - 11 mm) (25 - 70 mm2)
30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Tin-plated copper (contact bar)
Meets BS 2874
AT-050F
AT-050F application
266 EARTHING
Weight
(kg)
200
EARTH BARS
Equipotential bars which allow the jointing of various copper cables or round conductors with tin plated copper compression terminals (for instance AT-021K).
Conductor
range
Denomination
Nominal
size (mm)
Round
Tape
AT-053J
Insulator
51 x 36
M10 bolt
AT-054J
Earth bar 6 way
400 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
AT-116J
Earth bar 6 way
400 x 90 x 90
AT-055J
Earth bar 6 way with single disconnecting link
475 x 90 x 96
AT-056J
Earth bar 6 way with twin disconnecting links
AT-057J
AT-058J
Material
Weight
(kg)
Polyester
0,12
Copper
1,8
M10 bolt
Stainless steel
M10 bolt
Copper
2.3
550 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
2,8
Disconnecting link
125 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
0,6
Earth bar 8 way
500 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
2,2
AT-117J
Earth bar 8 way
500 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Stainless steel
1,2
AT-020J
575 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
2,7
AT-079J
650 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
3,2
AT-090J
Earth bar 10 way
650 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
2,8
AT-118J
Earth bar 10 way
650 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Stainless steel
1,4
AT-062J
725 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
3,3
AT-063J
800 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
3,8
AT-064J
Earth bar 12 way
750 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
3,2
AT-119J
Earth bar 12 way
750 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Stainless steel
1,6
AT-065J
825 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
3,7
AT-066J
900 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
4,2
AT-067J
Earth bar 14 way
850 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
3,6
AT-068J
925 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
4,1
AT-069J
1000 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
4,6
AT-059J
Earth bar 16 way
950 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
AT-071J
1025 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
4,5
AT-072J
1100 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
AT-073J
Earth bar 18 way
1050 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
4,4
AT-074J
1125 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
4,9
AT-075J
1200 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
5,4
AT-076J
Earth bar 20 way
1200 x 90 x 90
M10 bolt
Copper
AT-077J
1275 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
5,5
AT-078J
1350 x 90 x 96
M10 bolt
Copper
Reference
Meets BS 2874
AT-053J
AT-055J
AT-057J
AT-056J
AT-054J (Cu)
AT-116J (SS)
AT-054J application
EARTHING
267
EARTH POINTS
Equipotential earth points which are fixed to the structure to provide joints to earthing conductors.
Reference
Denomination
Nominal size (mm)
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-096J
1 hole (M8 x 15 mm)
80 x 33
Gunmetal
140
AT-097J
2 holes (M8 x 12 mm)
80 x 63 x 63
Gunmetal
280
AT-098J
4 holes (M8 x 14 mm)
80 x 63 x 63
Gunmetal
410
AT-099J
1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
AT-100J
AT-101J
80 x 33
Gunmetal / PVC covered copper
560
2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
80 x 63 x 63
840
4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm
80 x 63 x 63
1140
Meets EN 50164
AT-100J
AT-100J application
AT-096J
AT-097J
AT-098J
EARTH BOSS
AT-102J
Earth point to weld to a metallic structure.

Reference
AT-102J
Nominal size
Material
Weight (gr)
M10 x 50 x 50 mm
Mild steel
800
Nominal size
Material
Weight (gr)
M10 x 80 x 200 mm
Stainless steel
FIXED EARTHING TERMINAL

Terminal which is fixed to the structure to provide accessible earth point.
Reference
AT-120J
300
AT-120J
DISTANCE HOLDER
Allows the use of galvanized steel tape as a ground conductor at foundation level.
Reference
AT-036K
AT-036K
268 EARTHING
Conductor range
Nominal
size (mm)
Round
Tape
280 x 35 x 8
8 - 10 mm / 50 - 70 mm2
30 x 2 mm - 40 x 3,5 mm
Material
Galvanized steel
Weight
(gr)
80
SUPPORT FOR TAPE CONDUCTORS

Allows the formation of an equipotential ring using tape conductor.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
Conductor range
Round
Tape
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-033K
60 x 36 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm
Copper
120
AT-034K
60 x 36 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm
Galvanized steel
120
AT-035K
60 x 36 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm
Stainless steel
120
AT-039K
70 x 40 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm
Copper
120
AT-040K
70 x 40 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm
Galvanized steel
120
AT-041K
70 x 40 x 27
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm
Stainless steel
120
AT-040K (GS)
AT-039K (Cu)
AT-041K (SS)
SPARK GAP FOR EARTH BONDING

In the lightning protection regulations it is recommended to join all earths,
including both electrical and lightning protection. In this way we avoid serious
problems of resistive earth couplings.
the earths, the spark gap will activate, directly joining the earths and thus
preventing the passage of current from one to another through equipment and
internal installations.
However, on some occasions this connection can not be made, for example,
because it would cause corrosion problems. In these cases the AT-050K is the
most appropriate means of making the earthing connections.
INSTALLATION
In normal conditions, this protector keeps the earths isolated, thus avoiding
corrosion problems. When a discharge occurs and the voltage increases in
For its installation, the protector has two joints AT-020F. It is recommended to
make the installation in a specific earth pit.
Reference
AT-050K
Nominal size (mm)

216 x 57 x 38
Conductor range
Round
Tape
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
3 x (30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm)
AT-050K
Material
Weight
(kg)
Naval brass (contact)
AT-050K application
EARTHING
269
EARTH CLAMPING
EARTH CLAMPING
MULTIPURPOSE CLAMP
Earth clamp for connection between copper cable, round or tape conductors to copper or copperbond earth rod.
Reference
Nominal size (mm)
AT-090H
52 x 41 x 30
Range
Material
Earth Rod
Round / Tape
14 - 19 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Naval brass
Weight
(gr)
240
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102
AT-090H
(application with cable)
AT-090H
(application with tape)
ROD TO TAPE A CLAMP

Earth clamp for connection between copper tape and copper or copperbond earth rod.
Reference
AT-080J
Nominal size (mm)
Range
Earth Rod
Tape
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-080J
51 x 36 x 18
12 - 20 mm
25 x 3 mm - 26 x 12 mm
Gunmetal
150
AT-081J
44 x 51 x 22
16 - 20 mm
30 x 2 mm - 40 x 12 mm
Gunmetal
240
AT-082J
47 x 69 x 21
16 - 20 mm
50 x 6 mm - 51 x 12 mm
Gunmetal
300
Meets EN 50164, BS 1400
AT-080J application
ROD TO CABLE G CLAMP

Earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor and copper or copperbond earth rod.
Reference
AT-083J (Gu)
AT-112J (GS)
Range
Earth Rod
Round
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-083J
41 x 21 x 18
16 mm
16 - 50 mm2
Gunmetal
60
AT-112J
41 x 21 x 18
16 mm
16 - 70 mm
Galvanized steel
60
AT-086J
48 x 30 x 19
20 mm
35 - 95 mm2
Gunmetal
60
Meets EN 50164, BS 2874, BS 1400
AT-083J application
272 EARTHING
Nominal size (mm)
EARTH CLAMPING
U-BOLT ROD E CLAMP

Earth clamp for connection between copper tape and earth rod or metal reinforcing bar.
Reference
Range
Material
Weight (gr)
Earth Rod
Tape
AT-087J
16 mm
25 x 3 mm
Gunmetal
260
AT-088J
20 mm
25 x 3 mm
Gunmetal
260
AT-087J
Meets EN 50164, BS 1400
AT-087J application
ROD TO CABLE CGUV CLAMP

Earth clamp for connection between copper cable or round conductor and earth rod or metal reinforced bar.
Reference
Range
Material
Weight (gr)
Earth Rod
Round
AT-089J
14 20 mm
2 x (50 - 120 mm2)
Naval brass
250
AT-094J
16 20 mm
35 - 70 mm2
Gunmetal
390
AT-091J
16 20 mm
70 - 185 mm2
Gunmetal
390
AT-092J
16 20 mm
150 - 300 mm
Gunmetal
620
AT-089J
Meets EN 50164, UNE 21186, NFC 17102, BS 1400

AT-094J
ROD TO CABLE LUG B CLAMP

Earth clamp for connection between copper cable with copper compression terminal (for instance AT-021K) and copper or copperbond earth rod.
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Earth Rod
Round
Material
Weight
(gr)
AT-093J
52 x 26 x 25
16 mm
Tornillo M10
Gunmetal
300
AT-095J
50 x 29 x 28
20 mm
Tornillo M10
Gunmetal
300
Meets EN 50164, BS 2874, BS 1400
AT-093J
AT-093J application
EARTHING
273
EARTH CLAMPING
DISCONNECTING SLEEVE
Lineal earth clamp for connection between galvanized steel round conductor and galvanized steel earth rod.
Reference
AT-135J
Range
Nominal
size (mm)
Earth Rod
Round
43 x 41 x 30
16 mm
7 - 10 mm (35 - 70 mm2)
Material
Weight
(gr)
Galvanized steel
120
AT-135J
UNI DISCONNECTING CLAMP FOR CABLE

Earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor and galvanized steel or stainless steel earth rod.
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Range
Earth Rod
Round
Material
AT-113J
58 x 30 x 20
16 mm
(Galvanized steel)
8 - 10 mm
(50 - 70 mm2) (Copper)
AT-114J
58 x 30 x 20
16 mm
AT-115J
58 x 30 x 20
16 mm
Weight
(gr)
Bimetallic
150
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Galvanized steel
150
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm )
Stainless steel
100
AT-114J (GS)
AT-115J (SS)
AT-113J (GS/Cu)
AT-114J application
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
L-shape earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor to earth rod.
Range
Material
Weight
(gr)
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Stainless steel
130
15 - 25 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm )
Galvanized steel
460
48 x 44 x 20
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm )
Copper
130
48 x 44 x 20
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Galvanized steel
130
Reference
Nominal
size (mm)
Earth Rod
Round
AT-025F
48 x 44 x 20
16 mm
AT-126J
48 x 44 x 20
AT-127J
AT-128J
2
2
AT-025F (SS)
AT-127J (Cu)
AT-128J (GS)
AT-025F application
274 EARTHING
EARTH CLAMPING
T, L CLAMP
Cross-shape earth clamp for connection between cable or round conductor to earth rod.
Reference
Range
Nominal size (mm)
Earth Rod
Round
Material
Weight (gr)
AT-136J
60 x 60 x 22
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Galvanized steel
330
AT-137J
60 x 60 x 22
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Stainless steel
330
AT-138J
60 x 60 x 22
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2)
Copper
330
AT-136J (GS)
AT-137J (SS)
AT-138J (Cu)
CONNECTING CLAMP
Cross-shaped earth clamp for connection between cable, tape or round conductor to earth rod.
Range
Weight
(gr)
Nominal
size (mm)
Earth Rod
Round / Tape
AT-129J
108 x 30 x 22
20 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Galvanized steel
370
AT-130J
108 x 30 x 18
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Galvanized steel
370
AT-131J
108 x 30 x 27
25 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm ) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Galvanized steel
370
AT-132J
108 x 30 x 22
20 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm ) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Stainless steel
370
AT-133J
108 x 30 x 18
16 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm ) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Stainless steel
370
AT-134J
108 x 30 x 27
25 mm
8 - 10 mm (50 - 70 mm2) / 30 x 2 mm - 30 x 3,5 mm
Stainless steel
370
Reference
Material
2
2
2
AT-130J application
AT-130J (GS)
AT-133J (SS)
EARTHING
275
exotHERMIC WELDING
APLIWELD
EXOTHERMIC WELDING: Apliweld

The Apliweld product developed by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas S.A
comprises all the necessary equipment and technical support for
aluminothermic copper weldings.
The Apliweld welding is based on the reduction
of copper oxide by metallic aluminium through an
exothermic reaction
Earthing
The reaction reaches temperatures over 1000C thus

achieving the fusion of the materials to be welded.
The conductors are joined by the resulting product of
the main reaction when it gets to the solid state. This
reaction-fusion-solidification process takes just a few
seconds.
The product is called Apliweld aluminothermic welding
due to the chemical reaction but it is also known
as exothermic welding because of its difference
with other soldering processes, which are usually
endothermic.
Referrals and connections between cables and rods
The reaction is produced by a starting reactant that

provides enough energy to activate the welding
reaction, which occurs quick and safely inside a
graphite mould. The mould is specifically designed for
each union, depending on the elements to be welded
and the required joint type.
There are many advantages of using exothermic
welding. The most important one being that the
process produces not just a mechanical but a
molecular joint between the conductors.
Apliweld has a superior electrical

conductivity than the conductors themselves.
Apliweld does not corrode oxide or degrade
with time and is resistant to galvanic coupling.
Apliweld is able to withstand repeated
electrical discharges.
Technological advances in welding technology developed applications have resulted in improved
exothermic grounding rail systems.
Apliweld never increases its resistance.

Apliweld has higher mechanical and
squeezing resistance than the conductors
themselves.
Apliweld offers a permanent welding and a
low resistance connection, essential for achieving
longwearing and trustworthy results in earthings.
Apliweld guarantees the most common
connections not only between copper cables but
also for welding tapes and metallic pieces made
of brass, stainless steel, copper coated steel
earth rods
278 EXOTHERMIC WELDING
Apliweld Products: Mould + powder + accessories

Specific Graphite Moulds
Multiple-mould
The graphite mould is a block of this material that is used as the reaction recipient. Depending on the type
of union and the conductors to be welded a different mould is required, although each mould can make 80
to 100 connections. A summary of the most common connections is given on page 284 of this catalogue
and all references are available in our website www.at3w.com
This system allows the welding of the most

common connections for cables up to 95 mm,
earth rods up to 19mm diameter and tapes up
to 30x2mm using the same graphite pieces.
Welding compound
The welding compound is the solid mixture that produces when reacting the
material melting the conductors to be welded. Apliweld supplies the material
needed to make 10 connections on each material box. Each box includes:
10 packages of welding compound.
10 packages of starting powder.
10 Metallic disks.
E0090 or E0115 welding packages cover the whole

range of recommended connections with multiple
mould system.
Each graphite mould requires a specific ammount of welding compound to

perform the connection correctly. There are 8 different packages:
E0032 E0045 E0065 E0090 E0115 E0150 E0200 E0250
The adequate type of welding mixture can easily be calculated in our website www.
at3w.com
ACCESSORIES
The main elements described before are complemented with the
corresponding clamps for each connection, the igniting and cleaning tools as
well as other elements that will be necessary in some other specific cases for
certain the welding or use conditions.
Apart from the welding

powder, 2 to 5 cavity
sealers are required
to make a welding.
Both are one -use
compounds.
All pieces required to make 20 to 30 weldings with a multiple mould are

included in a practical case.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
279
PRODUCTS AND CODES Apliweld

Reference

Description
Codes for multiple mould.
68N
Basic tool kit
Codes for specific moulds.
69N
67N Double brush renewals
70N
Flint igniter renewals 10u.
71N
Sealer compound (2,25 Kg.)
72N
Cable adapter sleeve (25 units)
Reference
Description
10 welding mixtures of 32 grams +
10 starting powder + 10 metallic disks
Universal Handle Clamp
for the 90% of connections
E0032
E0045
E0065
E0090
E0115
E0150
E0200
E0250
50N
51N
Vertical surfaces and pipes handle clamp
52N
Rail base Handle Clamp
53SN
Multiple mould handle clamp
54N
Rail head and web handle clamp
58N
Horizontal surface clamp accessory
59N
Holding cable clamp
60N
Flint Igniters
61N
Conductors cleaning brush
62N
Vertical moulds cleaning brush
63N
Slag Scraper
64N
Welding cavity clearing brush
65N
Sealer compound (0,45Kg)
66N
Sealer compound (0,9Kg)
67N
Double brush for conductor cleaning
72NC35
Cable adapter sleeve 35 mm2 (25 units)
72NC50
72NC70
73N
Safety gloves
74N
Flint ignitor extension
75N
Fire torch
76N
Butane gas clynder 0,4L
77N
Safety googles
79N
Earth rod to earth rod clamp
80N
Tool box
81N
Ceramic tray
82N
Vertical stand pliers
83N
Ceramic sheet
84N
Mini-blowtorch
85N
Mini-blowtorch renewals
89N
Cavity sealer
6089N
TMS
CHMS
60 cavity sealers bag

Multiple mould crucible
MMS horizontal lower piece
CVMS T14
MMS vertical lower piece for 14.3mm e.rod
CVMS T16
MMS vertical lower piece for 15.9mm e.rod
CVMS TX
MMS vertical lower piece for Xmm e.rod

X= required diameter.
Process to obtain an Apliweld welding

Instructions for use
The material to be welded (cable, rod, tape...) must be clean and dry using the brush included in the set
of accessories. Then the oxide layer and superficial impurity is eliminated.
Given that the graphite mould also absorbs moisture, this should be removed by preheating with a gas
welding torch to avoid a porous welding. After the first welding is done, it is not necessary to re-heat the
mould if the next welding is done within 15 minutes as it conserves the previously generated heat.
Place the conductors in the mould and close

the handle clamps to avoid material leakages
during the reaction.
Obstruct the tap hole with the metallic disk.
Empty 50% of the starting powder on the side

of the mould as a fuse, scattering the rest into
the welding mixture. Close the mould lid.
Ignite the starting powder extended on the

side of the mould using the flint igniters.
Put the correspondent

conductors to be joined, and
then another cavity sealer.
Close the moul d c over.

Following steps including
ignition and clean up jobs are
similar to the case of specific
moulds.
Carefully remove the cavity

sealer to check the result. Be
aware: the system is at an
extremely high temperature.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
281
MULTIPLE MOULD
Place the correct inferior piece

and first cavity sealer.
Once started, the reaction will take 3-4

seconds during which it is recommended to
stand back the mould.
Once open, clean the slag stick to

the mould with the relevant clearing
brush. Then the mould will be ready
to be used again without having to
reheat it with a gas welding torch, as
explained before.
Empty the contents of the welding mixture

package.
SPECIFIC MOULD
Multiple Mould
The Apliweld multiple mould is a system to make
the most common welding with the same graphite
pieces, reducing expenses, materials and the
delivery time.
Joints between cables up to

95mm2, re-bar up to 12mm
of diameter, earth rods up
to19mm and cooper tape up to
30mm de width are allowed.
The multiple mould parts should be purchased
separately or in a suitcase. The references and
the components vary only in part for rod, which
diameter has to be specified:
Instructions
Multiple Mould pieces
There are two lower parts machined on both faces

so that just changing the lower part or turning it
around will get to make all possible weldings.
AT-53SN
Standard multiple
clamp.
Piece to make
all the possible
weldings with
capacity of 250
joints.
TMS
Standard multiple
crucible.
Graphite piece to
fix every union.
Able to withstand
more than 100
weldings.
AT-68N Basic tools set.

Tool set (Fire igniters, brush, sealing paste, etc.)
necessary for a correct use of the product.
AT-82N Vertical stand pliers.
Specific clamp to joint to vertical
pieces simplifying the preparation
process.
Bases and accessories
CVMS TX Lower piece.

Graphite block joints between cables
up to 95mm section to earth rods
with a diameter "X" to be determined
by the user.
CHMS Lower piece.

Either for Cross or T connection
between cables and/or tapes.
6069N Cavity sealers.

Isolating ceramic blanket made to
provide chamber in the system.
Each 6069N includes 60 pieces.
E0090-E0115:
All the multiple mould
connections can be done
using these two welding
packages.
Multiple Mould
The easiest way of working with the multiple moulds is acquiring the described case that includes all the accessories and
then request the needed welding mixture and sealers depending on the work to be done.
MM-C95-P-T "X" (x is the code for the rod T14, T16, T17)
Units
Units
MCS Multiple crucible Standard
68N Basic tool kit
CHMS Inferior piece for horizontal Conductors
82N Vertical stand pliers
CVMS T "X" Inferior Piece for rod in T
6089 Cavity sealer (60uds)
53SN Standard multiple clamp
80N Tool box
References: Moulds and charges for the most common connections

Conductor 1
Cable
Up to 70mm2
Cable
95 mm2
Cable
Up to 50 mm2
Cable
70 mm2
Cable
95 mm2
Cable
Up to 70 mm2
Cable
95 mm2
Tape
Anyone
Tape
Anyone
Conductor 2
Cable
Up to 70 mm2
Cable
Up to 95 mm2
Cable
Up to 50 mm2
Cable
Up to 70 mm2
Cable
Up to 95 mm2
Rod
Anyone
Rod
Anyone
Tape
Anyone
Rod
Anyone
Union type
T Horizontal
T Horizontal
Cross
Cross
Cross
T vertical
T vertical
T or Cross
T
WP
90
115
90
115
115
90
115
90
90
Sealer
2
3
3
4
5
2
3
2
2
A
B
C
D
E
Besides straight connections are possible using E0090 for the whole range of conductors
except 95mm2 which requires E0115.
Make C70= V10 and C95=V12 for re-bar connections.

For tape to cable splices, tape = cable upon 50mm2.
Use E0115 for cable/cable parallel connection. Not recommended for cables bigger than 50mm2.
Example:
In an earthing work, 30 cross shaped, cable to cable connections are required for 50mm conductor. Besides
this cable will be connected to a 10mm re-bar (10 weldings). There are 10 derivation weldings to carry out
with 35mm to 50mm. Finally, 30 earthings with 50mm cable to 14.3mm ground rod on T shapel.
Total = 80 weldings.
The selection of references will result as follows:
1. MM-P-T14
1. E0115v10
7. E0090v10
2. 6069N (Box includes 2 6069N)
If any piece of the box becomes worn, request for a new one. Pieces are also sold separately.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
283
References: Moulds and charges

for the most common connections
Every reference and their corresponding welding powder can be consulted in
www.at3w.com. In this section, all the conductors and their most common
connections are summarized:
Cable Moulds / T cable (H Mould)
C35/T14/64 - C35/T16/64
E0065
C50/T14/64 - C50/T16/64
E0090
C70/T14/64 C70/T16/64
E0090
C95/T14/64 C95/T16/64
E0115
C120/T14/64 C120/T16/64
E0115
C150/T14/64 C150/T16/64
E0150
Cable Moulds / parallel

cable (H mould)
Cable Moulds / Cable

in X (HA Mould)
C35/C35/16
E0115
C50/C50/16
E0150
C70/C70/16
E0200
C95/C95/16
E0250
C120/C120/16
E0250
C150/C150/16
2xE0150
E0065
C50/C50/15
E0090
C70/C70/15
E0090
C95/C95/15
E0115
C120/C120/15
E0150
C150/C150/15
E0200
Cable Moulds /Metallic

surface (O Mould)
Cable Moulds / Parallel

lightning rod (V Mould)
C35/V20/57
E0065
C50/V20/57
E0090
C70/V20/57
E0090
C95/V20/57
E0090
C120/V20/57
E0115
C150/V20/57
E0115
C35/M/49
E0032
C50/M/49
E0045
C70/M/49
E0045
C95/M/49
E0065
C120/M/49
E0065
C150/M/49
E0090
Cable Moulds/rod in T
(V Mould)
Most common conductors

Cable section
Code
35mm
50mm
70mm
95mm
120mm
C35
C50
C70
C95
C120
150mm
C150
Re-bar diameter
Code
14,3mm
15,9mm
T14
T16
Re-bar diameter
Code
20mm
V20
Dimension
Code
30x2mm
P302
C35/C35/15
C35/T14/64 - C35/T16/64
E0065
C50/T14/64 - C50/T16/64
E0090
C70/T14/64 C70/T16/64
E0090
C95/T14/64 C95/T16/64
E0115
C120/T14/64 C120/T16/64
E0115
C150/T14/64 C150/T16/64
E0150
Code
Mould
Joint
Mixture
P302/P302/21
E0090
P302/P302/23
E0090
P302/P302/29
E0115
P302/C50/31
E0090
P302/T14/64
E0115
P302/T16/64
E0150
Reference selection process:

Accessories for each type mould
90% of our references can be made using exclusively these products:
V, H, HA and VA Moulds
50N
H Mould
V Mould
68N
O Mould
51N
O Mould
68N
54N
OA Mould
68N
OA Mould
Advisable accessories and exceptions

The rest of the references are
required depending on each
working conditions. There are
some to carry out the process
conveniently for a particular case
and spare parts. They will be included
depending on each particular case.
77N
For all cases.
59N
Recommended for all connections with pass-through cable.
65N
Necessary in every rebar union.
58N, 79N and 52N are recommended clamps, respectively, for joints to a metallic horizontal piece, joints
vertical rod to rod and joints to rail base.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
285
Annex: Acceptable weldings and inspection

Acceptable welding
To achieve a welding which compiles with the minimum conditions, the mould
should be clean, with all the cavities clearly defined to holds the conductors,
but also the metallic disk closing the tap hole.
Unacceptable welding
Acceptable welding
Optimum welding
An acceptable welding covers at least the thickness that conductor had

before welding it, otherwise reject the result.
The result doesnt show deep porosity on the welding surface. (Pinholes
not deeper than 1mm.
Final welding has not slag on it (no more than 20%) after a convenient
cleaning.
The colour of the welding should vary from golden to bronze once cleaned.
A perfect welding shows solid appearance

turning from gold to bronze. It also covers the
whole surface of the conductor with the welding
cavity and with the least imperfections on it.
A welding can be unacceptable for different reasons ranging from the
inadequate use of the welding mixture packaging to faults in the structure of
the mould.
Unacceptable welding
Acceptable welding
MULTIPLE MOULD
SPECIFIC MOULD
For a valid welding, the following conditions should be accomplished:
Optimum welding
Inspection of the welding

The welding may be unacceptable. This
can be determined by a visual inspection:
Fault 2
Fault 3
2. - There is too much slag in the

welding connection: The welding
powder drops through the retaining disk
before the ignition or not enough weld
metal was used.
3. - The welding mixture doesnt
completely cover the volume of the
conductors: Material leakages may
4. - The molten leaks out of the

welding cavity during the reaction or
when checking the result that part of
the welding has exceeded the limits
of the cavity. This happens when the
mould isn't well-closed or because it is
already worn-out. It can be possible that
conductors are too small for a
determined mould. In these cases, the
best solution is to get a new mould
although the Sealer compound or the
cable adaptors may solve the problem for
a few connections.
Fault 1
Fault 2
Fault 3
Fault 4
Fault 4
MULTIPLE MOULD
SPECIFIC MOULD
Fault 1
1. - The welding shows pinholes on

the surface: This is due to moisture in
the mould. The best solution is to heat the
mould or to make a previous welding
using scrap conductors. It is also
probable that porosity is due to the
conductors which are wet, dirty, oily or
with organic contaminants on it. In the
same way, it is necessary to wipe and
heat them.
occur due to a worn mould or remaining

humidity. It could also be due to
inadequate packaging or an incorrect
positioning of the conductors in the
mould. Occasionally, conductors may
separate when melted making the
volume to be filled by the molten metal
bigger. In this case, it is not enough
material to fill the welding cavity.
EXOTHERMIC WELDING
287
PREVENTIVE PROTECTION
PROTECCIN PREVENTIVA
ATSTORMv2 is a storm detector that measures
the environmental electric field. It is fully
automatic, without mobile parts, robust and
highly reliable.
Main advantages of ATSTORMv2

Local detection of every stage of the storm thus allowing several tens of
minutes time for taking all the pre-established preventive actions.
No mobile parts thus avoiding breakdowns and service interruptions.
No special maintenance required.
Configurable detection thresholds according to the user necessities.
Universal outputs allowing connection to any alarm device, control
devices, etc.
With specific control software.
Internet connectable.
Integration of several detectors through an included licence ATSTORM
v2 WEB.
Possibility of GSM modem allowing SMS messages to be sent to cell
phones with data or alarms.
Possibility to achieve an efficient sound warning when there is a risk of
thunderstorm with amplifiers and repeaters.
290 PREVENTIVE PROTECTION
ATSTORM STORM DETECTOR
An important concept
PREVENTIVE PROTECTION against lightning storms
Preventive protection means having information in advance (from a storm
detector) that allows the user to start temporary preventive measures before
the storm begins. These measures will be deactivated after the storm.
Preventive protection will be complementary to an installed Lightning
Protection System (LPS) in certain situations, while in others it will be
sufficient to act alone.
Who is it for?
Having information about lightning storms is especially convenient for taking
decisions in some of the following situations involving people in open areas,
sensitive goods, losses in industrial procedures, guarantee of basic services,
infrastructures, civil defence organization, environmental protection,
accidents in workplaces, open areas structures
All storm stages

detection /No mobile
parts
The most advanced

technological solution
STORM DETECTOR
v2
The most efficient method of detecting storms locally is to measure the

evolution of the electric field. Traditionally, the so-called field mills have
been employed. However, these detectors have got several disadvantages,
mainly due to their mobile parts, which cause obstruction and wear and tear
overtime. In order to solve these problems, Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
has developed and world patented the highly innovative purely electronic
detector, called ATSTORMv2, that measures the electric field in a similar
manner to conventional mills but using no motor or mechanical parts.
Other type of detectors such as electromagnetic ones, need lightning
discharges to occur in order to detect the storm. Therefore they may raise
the alarm too late in cases where the storm is forming over the place to be
protected. ATSTORMv2 does not need these discharges as it detects every
stage of a storm, from its outset, thus giving a far earlier warning.
291
A proper preventive
protection system
can avoid important
economic losses and
damage to living
beings.
There are around 50 cloud-to-ground discharges per second in the whole

world, that is, 2 million discharges every year. This causes important losses
of human and animal life, economic damage and production time due to
lightning or its consequences such as fire. All this can be avoided by taking a
proper protection and prevention measures.
Preventive protection relies upon having information that allows the user
to take temporary measures in advance. The steps required for correct
preventive protection are:
1- Early detection of lightning hazard in the area to

be protected.
2- Lowering the risk of damage by starting preventive
actions before the beginning of the storm. These
measures are not permanent: when lightning risk
finishes then the preventive action stops as well.
It is important to emphasize that preventive protection does not replace

external nor internal lightning protection (both are permanent), but it is
complementary to them. However, when external or internal lightning
protection cannot be achieved (as for example with persons or moving
elements) then preventive protection can be used alone.
Standards and methods for external and internal lightning protection exist, but
they do not cover some hazardous situations related to lightning storms that
can be dynamically prevented or lowered by temporary measures based on
the alarm given by a detection system.
Storm detection: who is involved?

Having information about lightning storms is essential for workplaces or sensitive locations. Storm
detectors are particularly useful for the people who are responsible for taking decisions (national
or local governments, private or public companies) involving some of the following situations:
People in open areas: workplaces, sports or

open air activities, competitions, multitudinous
events, farming, ranching or fishing activities.
Sensitive goods protection: computers,

electric or electronic controls, emergency, alarm
or security systems.
Prevention of losses in industrial processes

and operations.
Prevention of serious accidents involving

hazardous products (inflammable, radioactive,
toxic, explosive).
Operations where basic service continuity

has to be assured: telecommunications, power
supply, energy transport and distribution, health
and emergency services.
Infrastructures: harbours, airports, trains,

roads, highways, cable railway.
Protection to the people and the

environment.
Prevention of workplace risk: according to

national codes and standards.
Buildings, transport or facilities with their

external areas open to the public.
293
ATSTORM v2 STORM DETECTOR. Characteristics.

The storm detector ATSTORM v2 basic configuration is the following:
SENSOR WITH FCES TECHNOLOGY

The sensor measurement system is based
on the FCES technology (Field-Controlled
Electrometric Sensor), developed and patented
by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A.
INTERFACE
The operational interface has to be installed inside
a building and is formed by two elements:
The sensor allows local detection, within a radius of 10 kilometers around,

of every stage of the storm* thus allowing several tens of minutes time for
executing the necessary preventive actions (that should have been
defined previously).
This technology improves upon traditional storm detection systems** as all
the sensor components are electronic; there are no mechanical or mobile
elements, for example a motor that could be blocked (by dust, insects, ice,
etc.) causing the system to fall out of service at critical moments. This also
avoids the need for continuous maintenance.
Touchscreen for easy

use.
Interface between the
sensor and the screen.
The interface has to be connected to the sensor in order to:
Ensure a continuous power supply to the sensor.
Record the data.
It is equipped with membrane switches
and a display for easy use.
Interface main characteristics
The interface main characteristics are:

Alarm levels can be adapted since the ATSTORMv2 series values
can be modified to the users needs.
All stages of a storms evolution can be viewed.
The alert type can be customized for each level of alarm.
The sensor with FCES technology is connected to the interface with a

communication cable.
It is designed to ensure the sensor is working correctly even in difficult weather
conditions and must be installed in the open air.
The sensor does not require calibration related to its height prior to installation.
* See Annex I: Lightning storms

** See Annex II: Storm detection
tecnhologies
The interface is configured with the following alarm levels (recommended

levels, suitable for every installation) that may be changed according to the
placement or to the users necessities:
Alarm
Level
Electric field
value
Description
LEVEL 0
< 3 kV/m
No alert
LEVEL 1
3 a 4 kV/m
Alert
LEVEL 2
4 a 7 kV/m
Emergency
STORM
> 7 kV/m
Maximum risk
ATSTORMv2
Technical Specifications
Operating
Detection range 10 km around the sensor
Resolution 1V/m
Response time 1 second
Sensor measuring range -100 to +100 KV/m
Interface display Touchscreen
Alarm levels 4 configurable alarm levels
ATSTORMv2
STORM DETECTOR.
MAIN ADVANTAGES
ATSTORM v2 storm detector is the perfect tool for preventive protection
against the effects of storms and atmospheric discharges as it allows a time
in advance of several tens of minutes for taking specific measures when the
risk of a lightning storm is imminent, thus keeping people and equipment
safe from its destructive effects.
The sensor is equipped with the new patented FCES technology (FieldControlled Electrometric Sensor) where all the components are electronic.
Interface
80 dB
alarm sound level
Electrical
Sensor DC Voltage 15Vdc
The main advantages of ATSTORMv2 are the following:
Interface power supply 230Vac (+/-15%)

Frequency 50Hz
Power 15 W
4 configurable outputs (for
instance 3 storm alarms and one
Relay outputs
communication failure
250Vac, 2A (block connector)
Protections
The interface is protected against

overcurrents and overvoltagesa
Mechanical
SENSOR
Weight 1 Kg
Dimensions 166 x 226 mm Cable 25m
Maximum separation distance 100m (with optional wire)
Framework material Polypropylene
IP Code IP54
Fixing Fixed to 1 " tube
Local detection by electric field measurement.

Detection of all the storm formation stages.
Entirely electronic. No mobile parts.
This makes the sensor very robust,
free from special maintenance due to
obstruction by dust, insects, ice
No need for height calibration
previous to every placement.
The lightning storm is foreseen several
tens of minutes before happening.
Reliable operation in adverse weather conditions.
Interface
Weight 4,6 Kg
Touchscreen weight 3,5 Kg
Dimensions 350 x 260 x 120 mm
Touchscreen dimension 12,1
Environmental
Sensor working temperature -40 a 85C
Interface
-10 a 85C
working temperature
Communications
Interface Configurable serial, Ethernet
Outputs Audio signal
Mounting
Mast*
1'', 2m galvanised steel mast

included
U-shaped anchorage consisting

of 2 galvanised steel, 30cm long
Anchoring*
supports with screws for wall fixing
(all included)
Corrugated tube
Protection tube for communication

cable included
Alarm levels are configurable so it is easily adapted to the users necessities.

The typical levels, recommended by Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A., are
also implemented as predetermined values in the equipment.
When the risk of lightning strike is high or when a given alarm level is reached,
ATSTORMv2 can be programmed to execute different automatic actions that
will reduce potential damage, for example:
Send an SMS.
Activate a sonorous and/or visual alarm.
Connect UPS and generators.
Disconnect sensitive equipment.
ATSTORM v2 is provided with software that, when installed in a PC
connected to the interface, stores the data from the electric field every
second, for example, or according to the requirements of its uses, depending
on electric field threshold levels, etc., producing a record that can be analyzed
later.
ATSTORM v2 can save electric field data (4 Gbytes) each second or when
an event happens, for historic analysis. It is possible to access these data
through an external USB memory stick or in a shared folder if the equipment
is connected to a network.
* Variable according to installation.

295
Electronic module with 4 contact-free outputs
An electronic module with 4 contact-free outputs

(2A, 250V) is included. These outputs can be
employed at the users convenience: for connection
to a sonorous alarm or to UPS equipment or
for warning about possible interruptions in the
communication between the interface and the
sensor.
Many other parameters can also be established by the user, such as the alert corresponding to each relay, the reaction delay after the alert or the time that the
alarm remains active, as in the following figure:
Software
ATSTORMv2 is provided with
its own software that should
be installed in a computer
that will be connected to the
interface through Ethernet,
having the same advantages
as with the touchscreen:
a) Data saving:
Data frequency storage depending on the alarm levels.
Alerts about communication failures between the sensor and the
interface or the interface and the PC.
b) Long term analysis of the electric field evolution and the frequency and
effects of lightning storms within the area.
c) Verification of alarm activation when the electric field is maintained for
a predefined length of time.
ATSTORMv2 is connectable
to a network, therefore
2 different licences are
available:
ATSTORMv2 WEB
This option is included with the equipment, allowing a connection between
the ATSTORM v2 and the server of Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. with the
following advantages:
Remote access to every data from any terminal with Internet connection.
Historical display.
This server allows a safe way to store the data using double storage with our
mirror hard disk. The customer only has to connect.
ATSTORMv2 NET
Several ATSTORM v2 can be connected several to a network and integrated
into the customers server. This configuration requires a specific design
depending on the existing network.
Example of Web page view:
ATSTORMv2 SPECIAL ACCESSORIES
Amplifier with audio alarm and

3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-516
Amplifier with pre-recorded voice and

3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-517
Amplifier and repeater with audio alarm

and 3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-518
Amplifier and repeater with pre-recorded
voice and 3 horn speakers.
Ref.: AT-519
3G modem to send alerts when the
computer is not connected to the network.
Ref.: AT-511
ATSTORMv2 NET
Ref.: AT-521
INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE

Sensor head
atStormv2 is easy to install

and no special maintenance is needed.
The sensor works with FCES (Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor) technology thus
measuring the electrostatic field without employing mechanical elements.
The detector has to be installed in places situated far away from any elements that deform the electric
field such as trees, metallic structures or power supplies.
Connection
cable
Interface
Measurements are independent of the height where it is placed. There is thus no need for calibration
according to height and no problems with the installation.
Mast, anchorages and corrugated tube for protecting the communication cable, are included with the
storm detector.
ATSTORM v2 employs no mobile parts and therefore needs no special maintenance.
297
ANNEX I: LIGHTNING STORMS

In normal conditions, there is a balance between positive and negative
charges in the atmosphere, where the earth is more negatively charged
than the atmosphere and the elements situated on the ground.
However,
the formation of storm clouds
creates a charge polarisation:
The lower part of the cloud is charged negatively producing a positive
charge on the ground and any elements on it. This can form an electrical
charge in the atmosphere in excess of tens of kilovolts.
When the electrical field becomes intense enough, the cloud begins
to discharge the energy towards the ground. The path formed by this
discharge is called the downward leader and produces a fast variation
in the electrical field. This is the process of lightning formation.
The stages and phenomena that

characterize a lightning storm
can be summarized as follows:
PHASE 1:
The charge separation can
be detected at ground level
before the first lightning
discharge using electric field
measuring devices.
PHASE 2:
After the first electrification, the
first discharges occur. In most
cases the first discharges are
intra-cloud type.
PHASE 3:
Intra-cloud discharges are
often followed by the cloudto-ground discharges, that
are associated to a more
mature phase of the storm.
PHASE 4:
When the storm is over, then
the electric field decreases.
Annex II: Storm detection tecnhologies

Storm detectors can generally be classified into two groups:
lightning strike detectors and electric field measuring detectors.
LIGHTNING STRIKE DETECTORS: these provide information about already-occurred lightning strikes thus warning about distant storms that are
approaching.
Detection by radiofrequency or electromagnetic field record

Characteristics: Detectors by radiofrequency recognize the electromagnetic variations caused by lightning when crossing the atmosphere from the cloud
to the ground. They are efficient for detecting distant storms.
Disadvantages: they are not able to detect storms that are forming just over the detector since they can only detect the storm when electric discharges
already exist, not in the initial phases. Therefore, there is no time for taking early preventive actions if the first lightning strikes are in or close to the area to
be protected.
ELECTRIC FIELD MEASURING DETECTORS: they give information about the local electric field, from which the possibility of lightning strikes can
be deduced. Therefore, no first lightning strike is required for getting an alert.
FIeld mills

Characteristics: They are detectors containing not electronic but mechanical sensors. They measure the electrostatic field continuously thus detecting
small (quitar) field variations coming both from the storm approaching or from its formation over the detector.
Disadvantages: The main inconvenience of this type of detectors is having a mechanical sensor. The measurement employs a rotatory motor that must
work 24 hours a day. If the motor stops due to malfunctioning, damage, obstruction, etc then the sensor becomes out of service, not giving the necessary
information for preventive purposes. They are high electricity consumers due to the continuously operating motor. As well as this, periodical maintenance
and cleaning of certain elements is required, especially in salty environments, in order to minimize measurement errors.
Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor (technology used by ATSTORMv2)
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. has developed and patented the Field-Controlled Electrometric Sensor (FCES) in order to overcome the problems of
the traditional field mills. ATSTORM v2, based on the FCES technology, is a totally electronic field measuring detector, without mobile parts,
robust and with maximum reliability.
DISADVANTAGES OF OTHER SYSTEMS
ADVANTAGES OF ATSTORMv2
FIELD MILLS
Due mainly to their mobile parts they are exposed to many problems
(obstructions, wear and tear, out of service time due to maintenance,
etc.).
Fully electronic, no mobile parts that could be affected by wear and

tear or external factors. ATSTORMv2 always responds and needs
no special maintenance.
ELECTROMAGNETIC DETECTORS
The main problem is that they need lightning discharges to occur in
order to detect a storm, so their alert may arrive too late in the case
where the storm is forming just over the place to be protected.
The best existing tool for preventive

protection against the effects of lightning.
The sensor detects all the stages of the
lightning storm formation.
Offers an essential time period for
adopting specific preventive measures.
No previous discharges are required to have occurred. Even the

earliest stages of the storm are detected thus providing information
in advance and allowing the preventive measures to be adopted.
Based on the new patented FCES

technology (Field-Controlled Electrometric
Sensor) where all components are
electronic.
No need for special maintenance.
Fully operational in bad weather
conditions.
Programmable alarm levels.
299
Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas has a policy of continuing product development.

Therefore, this catalogue is subject to change without notice. Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. is not responsible
for any possible printing errors that may appear in the catalogue. Reproduction in any form whatsoever is
forbidden without Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. authorisation.
2010 Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. Legal deposit. V xxxx 2010
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
300 EXTERNAL
INDEX BY PRODUCT LINE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
EARTHING
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
PAGE 5
PAGE 81
PAGE 251
PAGE 277
PAGE 289
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 301
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.

ESE AIR TERMINAL
DAT CONTROLER PLUS AIR TERMINAL
AT-1515
DAT CONTROLER PLUS 15 - PDC
18
AT-1530
18
AT-1545
18
AT-1560
18
TRAZOR - PDC AIR TERMINAL
AT-1465
TRAZOR T- PDC / 5
22
AT-1467
TRAZOR T- PDC / 7
22
AT-1469
TRAZOR T- PDC / 9
22
AT-1470
TRAZOR T- PDC / 10
22
RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS
AIR TERMINATION ROD
AT-019A
20 x 400 mm chromed plated copper air termination rod 22
AT-023A
20 x 400 mm stainless steel air termination rod
22
AT-053L
22
AT-055L
22
AT-096A
22
AT-097A
AT-098A
AT-099A
AT-121A
22
AT-122A
22
AIR TERMINAL WITH MAST
AT-013A
1,4 m stainless steel air terminal with 1" mast
22
AT-014A
22
AT-015A
1,4 m chromed plated copper air terminal with 1" mast 22
AT-016A
AT-017A
AT-024A
22
TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
AT-004A
16 x 500 mm copper taper pointed air rod with M16
23
AT-005A
16 x 1000 mm copper taper pointed air rod with M16 23
AT-006A
AT-007A
16 x 500 mm aluminium taper pointed air rod with M16 23
AT-008A
AT-009A
10 TAPER POINTED AIR ROD
AT-092A
16 x 500 mm copper taper pointed air rod with M10
23
AT-093A
AT-094A
AT-095A
THREADED LIGHTNING ROD
AT-114A
16 x 1500 mm aluminium threaded lightning rod with M16 23
AT-115A
AT-116A
AT-117A
AT-118A
AT-119A
LIGHTNING ROD FOR WEDGE
AT-025A
16 x 750 mm galvanized steel lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-026A
AT-027A
AT-028A
AT-029A
AT-030A
AT-031A
AT-032A
16 x 1000 mm stainless steel lightning rod for wedge 24
AT-034A
AT-035A
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
302 EXTERNAL
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-036A
16 x 1000 mm copper lightning rod for wedge
AT-037A
16 x 1500 mm copper lightning rod for wedge
AT-038A
16 x 1000 mm aluminium lightning rod for wedge
AT-039A
AT-040A
AT-041A
AT-042A
AT-043A
AT-044A
16 x 1500 mm alum. lightning rod for wedge with reduct.
AT-045A
AT-046A
AT-047A
SELF-SUPPORTING AIR TERMINATION ROD
AT-100A
3 m self supporting air termination rod
AT-101A
3,5 m self supporting air termination rod
AT-102A
AT-103A
AT-104A
AT-105A
AT-106A
AT-107A
AT-108A
AT-109A
AT-110A
AT-111A
GUNMETAL MULTI-POINT
AT-000A
Gunmetal multi-point
COPPER MULTI-POINT WITH MAST
AT-001A
Copper multi-point with mast
MULTI-POINT
AT-002A
Stainless steel multi-point
AT-003A
Copper multi-point
STRIKE PAD
AT-112A
Copper strike pad
AT-113A
Aluminium strike pad
FIXINGS
ADAPTING PIECE
AT-010A
1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable
AT-011A
1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable and tape
AT-012A
1" mast naval brass adapting piece for cable
AT-020A
1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable
AT-021A
1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable and tape
AT-022A
1" mast stainless steel adapting piece for cable
RIDGE SADDLE
AT-110B
Gunmetal ridge saddle
AT-111B
Aluminium ridge saddle
AIR ROD BASE
AT-115B
Gunmetal air rod base
AT-116B
Aluminium air rod base
FLAT SADDLE
AT-112B
50 mm 2 gunmetal flat saddle
AT-113B
70 mm2 gunmetal flat saddle
AT-114B
95 mm2 gunmetal flat saddle
AT-124B
M16 stainless steel flat saddle
AT-125B
M20 stainless steel flat saddle
ROD BRACKETS
AT-104B
Gunmetal rod brackets
AT-105B
Aluminium rod brackets
ROD TO TAPE COUPLING
AT-100B
Gunmetal rod to tape coupling
AT-101B
Aluminium rod to tape coupling
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
25
25
25
25
25
25
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
27
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
ROD TO CABLE COUPLING

AT-102B
50-70 mm2 gunmetal rod to cable coupling
27
AT-103B
95 mm2 gunmetal rod to cable coupling
27
VERTICAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
AT-122B
Gunmetal vertical air terminal saddle
28
AT-123B
Aluminium vertical air terminal saddle
28
HORIZONTAL AIR TERMINAL SADDLE
AT-120B
Gunmetal horizontal air terminal saddle
28
AT-121B
Aluminium horizontal air terminal saddle
28
NAVAL BRASS ROOF CLAMP
AT-011M
Roof's ridge support
28
AT-022F
Naval brass flat roof clamp
28
SPECIAL ROD SUPPORTS
AT-003M
Vertical surface rod support
29
AT-030M
Antenna's mast rod support
29
CONCRETE BASE
AT-029B
230 mm stackable wedged concrete base
29
AT-030B
325 mm stackable wedged concrete base
29
AT-095B
360 mm flat washer
29
AT-096B
270 mm flat washer
29
AT-097B
12 Kg threaded concrete base
29
AT-098B
29
AT-099B
29
MASTS AND ANCHORAGES
MASTS FOR WALL OR STRUCTURAL FIXING
AT-050A
1'' x 4 m galvanized steel mast
30
AT-051A
30
AT-052A
30
AT-053A
30
AT-056A
1'' x 6 m galvanized steel mast (2 sections)
30
AT-057A
1'' x 6 m galvanized steel mast (3 sections)
30
AT-058A
30
AT-060A
1'' x 1 m stainless steel mast
30
AT-062A
30
AT-063A
30
AT-066A
1'' x 6 m stainless steel mast (2 sections)
30
AT-067A
1'' x 6 m stainless steel mast (3 sections)
30
AT-068A
30
AT-085A
30
U SHAPED ANCHORAGE
AT-012B
30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (1 support) 30
AT-013B
30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (2 supports) 30
AT-014B
AT-015B
60 cm U-shaped anchorage system to embed (1 support) 30
AT-016B
AT-017B
AT-021B
30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (1 support) 30
AT-023B
30 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (2 supports) 30
AT-024B
AT-025B
60 cm U-shaped anchorage system to screw (1 support) 30
AT-026B
AT-027B
ANGLE BAR ANCHORAGE
AT-034B
30 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-035B
30 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (2 supports) 31
AT-036B
AT-037B
60 cm galvanized steel angle bar support (1 support) 31
AT-038B
AT-039B
AT-044B
30 cm stainless steel angle bar support (1 support)
31
AT-045B
30 cm stainless steel angle bar support (2 supports)
31
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-046B
AT-047B
60 cm stainless steel angle bar support (1 support)
AT-048B
60 cm stainless steel angle bar support (2 supporst)
AT-049B
MAST TO TRESTLE TOWER ANCHORAGE
AT-018B
Mast to trestle tower anchorage (1 support)
AT-019B
Mast to trestle tower anchorage (2 supports)
AT-020B
Mast to trestle tower anchorage (3 supports)
LIGHT ANCHORAGE
AT-031B
30 cm light anchorage system to embed (1 support)
AT-032B
30 cm light anchorage system to embed (2 supports)
AT-033B
30 cm light anchorage system to embed (3 supports)
AT-041B
30 cm light anchorage system to screw (1 support)
AT-042B
30 cm light anchorage system to screw (2 supports)
AT-043B
30 cm light anchorage system to screw (3 supports)
PARALLEL ANCHORAGE
AT-051B
Parallel anchorage system (1 support)
AT-052B
Parallel anchorage system (2 supports)
AT-053B
Parallel anchorage system (3 supports)
AT-061B
H-shaped double bracket anchorage (1 support)
AT-062B
H-shaped double bracket anchorage (2 supports)
AT-063B
H-shaped double bracket anchorage (3 supports)
LAMPPOST ANCHORAGE
AT-067B
Lamppost anchorage (1 support)
AT-068B
Lamppost anchorage (2 supports)
AT-069B
Lamppost anchorage (3 supports)
CROSS SHAPED ANCHORAGE
AT-071B
Cross shaped anchorage (1 support)
AT-072B
Cross shaped anchorage (2 supports)
AT-073B
Cross shaped anchorage (3 supports)
ADJUSTABLE ANCHORAGE
AT-077B
Adjustable anchorage (1 support)
AT-078B
Adjustable anchorage (2 supports)
AT-079B
Adjustable anchorage (3 supports)
MAST TO POST ANCHORAGE
AT-070B
Mast to square post anchorage (1 support)
AT-074B
Mast to square post anchorage (2 supports)
AT-075B
Mast to square post anchorage (3 supports)
AT-076B
Mast to round post anchorage (1 support)
AT-083B
Mast to round post anchorage (2supports)
AT-086B
Mast to round post anchorage (3supports)
ISOLATED CHIMNEY ANCHORAGE
AT-080B
Chimney anchorage 4 DAT CONTROLER PLUS
AT-081B
DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod isolated sup(x1)
AT-084B
4 m DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod for chimneys
AT-085B
5 m DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod for chimneys
AT-088B
DAT CONTROLER PLUS rod isolated sup(x2)
MAST ANCHORAGE FOR FLAT ROOF
AT-003B
3 m mast anchorage for flat roof
AT-006B
6 m mast anchorage for flat roof
FREE STANDING MAST
AT-006C
AT-008C
AT-010C
AT-012C
AT-015C
AT-020C
AT-025C
TRESTLE TOWER
AT-031C
8,5 m trestle tower
AT-032C
11,5 m trestle tower
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 303
31
31
31
31
31
31
31
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
32
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
36
36
REF. PRODUCT
AT-033C
AT-034C
AT-035C
TRESTLE TOWER ACCESSORIES
AT-036C
Trestle tower middle section
AT-037C
Trestle tower wall anchorage
AT-038C
Guy wire kit
AT-040C
Guy wire ring
AT-041C
Guy wire anchorage
AT-042C
Turnbuckle
AT-043C
Guy wire clamp
AT-044C
Cable to trestle tower clip
AT-045C
Tape to trestle tower clip
AT-046C
SELF SUPPORTED TOWER
AT-050C
14 m self supported tower
AT-051C
AT-052C
AT-053C
AT-054C
AT-055C
AT-056C
DOWN-CONDUCTORS
CLIPS FOR TAPE
NAVAL BRASS TAPE CLIP
AT-006E
Naval brass tape clip for metallic wall
AT-015E
Naval brass tape clip
AT-216E
Naval brass tape clip 58 mm height
AT-217E
Naval brass tape clip 108 mm height
DC TAPE CLIP
AT-100E
20 x 3 mm gunmetal DC tape clip
AT-101E
AT-102E
AT-103E
AT-104E
AT-105E
AT-106E
AT-107E
AT-108E
AT-109E
AT-110E
AT-111E
AT-112E
AT-113E
AT-114E
25 x 3 mm gunmetal DC PVC covered tape clip
AT-115E
AT-116E
AT-117E
20 x 3 mm aluminium DC tape clip
AT-118E
AT-119E
AT-120E
AT-121E
25 x 3 mm aluminium DC PVC covered tape clip
AT-122E
50 x 6 mm aluminium DC PVC covered tape clip
B BOND
AT-022J
Copper B bond
AT-023J
Aluminium B bond
METALLIC TAPE CLIP
AT-027E
Copper metallic tape clip
AT-028E
Stainless steel metallic tape clip
TAPE CLIP
AT-072F
Tin-plated copper tape clip
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
304 EXTERNAL
PAG.
36
36
36
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
38
38
38
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40
41
41
41
41
41
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-123E
20 x 3 mm copper tape clip
41
AT-124E
25 x 3 mm copper tape clip
41
AT-125E
25 x 3 mm copper PVC covered tape clip
41
AT-126E
20 x 3 mm aluminium tape clip
41
AT-127E
25 x 3 mm aluminium tape clip
41
PUSH-IN TAPE CLIP
AT-059E
Push-in 25 x 3 mm tape clip
42
AT-060E
42
AT-068E
42
LIGHT BRACKET
AT-050E
Galvanized steel light bracket
42
AT-051E
Stainless steel light bracket
42
AT-218E
Plastic block
42
POLYPROPYLENE TAPE CLIP
AT-196E
Brown polypropylene 20 x 3 mm tape clip
43
AT-197E
Grey polypropylene 20 x 3 mm tape clip
43
AT-198E
Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape clip
43
AT-199E
Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape clip
43
AT-200E
Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-201E
Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-202E
Black polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-203E
Green polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-204E
Stone polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-205E
White polypropylene 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape clip 43
AT-206E
Brown polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape adhesive clip
43
AT-207E
Grey polypropylene 25 x 3 mm tape adhesive clip
43
AT-208E
Brown polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-209E
Grey polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-210E
Black polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-211E
Stone polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
AT-212E
White polyprop 25 x 3 mm PVC covered tape adhesive clip 43
CLIPS FOR CABLE
NAVAL BRASS CABLE CLIP
AT-009E
Naval brass cable clip for metallic wall
44
AT-010E
Naval brass cable clip
44
AT-011E
Naval brass cable clip for corner fixing
44
AT-013E
Naval brass cable clip with 57 mm height
44
AT-014E
Naval brass cable clip with 107 mm height
44
AT-025E
Naval brass 95 mm2 cable clip
44
DC CLIP
AT-190E
50 mm2 gunmetal DC clip
44
AT-191E
50 mm2 aluminium DC clip
44
AT-192E
70 mm2 gunmetal DC clip
44
AT-193E
70 mm2 aluminium DC clip
44
TOWER EARTH CLAMP
AT-026J
25 - 50 mm2 aluminium tower earth clamp
45
AT-027J
16 - 70 mm2 tower earth clamp
45
AT-028J
45
AT-029J
45
AT-030J
45
METALLIC CABLE CLIP
AT-128E
Stainless steel metallic cable clip with nylon support
45
AT-129E
Stainless steel metallic cable clip
45
AT-130E
Copper metallic cable clip
45
AT-131E
Stainless steel metallic 16 mm cable clip with nylon sup. 45
AT-132E
Stainless steel metallic 16 mm cable clip with metal sup. 45
KS CABLE CLIP
AT-000E
Stainless steel KS cable clip (1 element)
46
AT-002E
Galvanized steel KS cable clip (1 element)
46
AT-003E
Galvanized steel KS cable clip (2 elements)
46
AT-004E
Copper KS cable clip (1 element)
46
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-005E
Copper KS cable clip (2 elements)
PUSH-IN CABLE CLIP
AT-133E
50 mm2 push-in cable clip with nylon support
AT-134E
70 mm2 push-in cable clip with nylon support
AT-135E
50 mm2 push-in cable clip with metallic support
AT-136E
70 mm2 push-in cable clip with metallic support
AT-137E
50 mm2 push-in cable clip
NYLON CABLE CLIP
AT-043E
Nylon 6 - 10 mm cable clip
AT-044E
Nylon 6 - 10 mm cable clip with integrated plug
AT-045E
Nylon 13 mm cable clip 18 mm height
AT-046E
AT-047E
AT-048E
AT-049E
Nylon 16 mm cable clip with integrated plug
NYLON HOLDFAST CABLE CLIP
AT-020E
Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip 18 mm height
AT-021E
Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip with integrated plug
AT-022E
Nylon holdfast 8 mm cable clip with anti-humidity plug
AT-034E
AT-035E
AT-036E
AT-037E
AT-038E
AT-039E
Nylon holdfast 10 mm cable clip with integrated plug
CLAMPING FRAME
AT-138E
Stainless steel clamping frame
AT-139E
Copper clamping frame
AT-140E
Aluminium clamping frame
ONE HOLE CABLE CLIP
AT-056E
Copper one hole 50 mm2 cable clip
AT-057E
AT-058E
AT-141E
One hole PVC covered copper 50 mm2 cable clip
AT-142E
Aluminium one hole 50 mm2 cable clip
AT-143E
Aluminium one hole 70 mm2 cable clip
AT-144E
PVC covered aluminium one hole 50 mm2 cable clip
CLIPS FOR TAPE AND CABLE
CONDUCTOR-MAST SUPPORT CLIP
AT-033A
Conductor - 1" mast support clip
AT-048A
Conductor - 1 " mast support clip
NYLON CONDUCTOR CLIP
AT-030E
Nylon conductor clip with 17 mm height
AT-031E
Nylon conductor clip with integrated plug
AT-053E
AT-054E
SUPPORTS
PYRAMIDAL ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER
AT-005M
Pyramidal holder (empty)
AT-040E
Pyramidal roof cable holder (empty)
AT-041E
Pyramidal roof conductor holder (empty)
AT-145E
Pyramidal roof conductor clamp (empty)
AT-183E
Pyramidal roof conductor holder (full)
AT-184E
Pyramidal roof cable holder (full)
ROOF CONDUCTOR HOLDER
AT-042E
Concrete roof cable holder
PLASTIC SUPPORT BLOCK
AT-147E
Plastic square support block
AT-148E
Plastic round support block with 40 mm height
AT-149E
Plastic round support block with 60 mm height
46
46
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
47
47
47
47
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
48
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
49
50
50
50
50
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
METALLIC SUPPORT
AT-178E
100 mm metallic support
AT-179E
80 mm metallic support
CURVE TILE SUPPORT
AT-090E
170 - 240 mm stainless steel curve tile support
AT-150E
190 - 300 mm stainless steel curve tile support
AT-151E
170 - 240 mm copper curve tile support
AT-152E
190 - 300 mm copper curve tile support
SPRING TILE SUPPORT
AT-091E
Spring tile support
SANDWICH ROOF SUPPORT
AT-095E
Sandwich roof support with 15 mm height
AT-169E
Sandwich roof support with 25 mm height
CLIP SUPPORT FOR ROOFS
AT-092E
AT-093E
AT-159E
AT-160E
AT-161E
AT-162E
AT-163E
AT-164E
AT-165E
AT-166E
AT-167E
AT-168E
TILE SUPPORT
AT-094E
Universal tile support
AT-156E
AT-157E
AT-158E
GUTTER CLAMP
AT-040F
Stainless steel gutter clamp
AT-153E
Copper gutter clamp
EXTENSION
AT-016E
50 mm naval brass extension
AT-017E
100 mm naval brass extension
BACK PLATE HOLDFAST
AT-170E
Gunmetal back plate holdfast
AT-171E
Aluminium back plate holdfast
GLAZING BAR HOLDFAST
AT-018E
18 mm width galvanized glazing bar hodfast
AT-172E
Gunmetal glazing bar hodfast
AT-173E
Aluminium glazing bar hodfast
AT-174E
26 mm width galvanized glazing bar hodfast
SCREWDRIVER DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
AT-070E
50 - 70 mm spiral pipe support
AT-071E
AT-072E
AT-073E
AT-076E
25 - 27 mm tube clip support
AT-077E
31 - 34 mm tube clip support
AT-182E
AT-194E
AT-195E
EARTHING PIPE CLAMP
AT-097E
3/4 - 2" earthing pipe clamp
AT-098E
AT-099E
AT-185E
3/4 -3" pipe clamp for antenna mast
AT-186E
3/4 -6" pipe clamp for antenna mast
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 305
52
52
52
52
52
52
52
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
53
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
55
55
55
55
55
55
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
56
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
DOWNPIPE CLAMP
AT-082E
Copper downpipe clamp
AT-083E
Stainless steel downpipe clamp
DOWNPIPE SUPPORT
AT-096E
Adjustable tensioning strap up to 160 mm
AT-069E
14 x 0,3 mm continuous tensioning strap (50 m)
AT-029E
14 x 0,3 mm continuous tensioning strap (100 m)
AT-067E
Separate grip holder
AT-066E
Downpipe clip holder
DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER
AT-084E
50 - 70 mm downpipe cable holder
AT-085E
AT-086E
AT-087E
AT-088E
AT-089E
ALUMINIUM DOWNPIPE CABLE HOLDER
AT-065E
Aluminium downpipe cable holder
PIPE BOND
AT-175E
Gunmetal pipe bond
AT-176E
Aluminium pipe bond
WATERMAIN PIPE BOND
AT-177E
Watermain pipe bond
RAINWATER PIPE (RWP) BOND
AT-024J
Copper rainwater pipe (RWP) bond
AT-025J
Aluminium rainwater pipe (RWP) bond
CLAMPS
SQUARE TAPE CLAMP
AT-026F
Galvanized steel square tape clamp
AT-029F
Copper square tape clamp
AT-033F
Gunmetal square 25 x 3 tape clamp
AT-034F
AT-035F
AT-039F
Aluminium square 25 x 3 tape clamp
AT-131F
Stainless steel square tape clamp
SQUARE CABLE CLAMP
AT-023F
Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm 2 cable clamp
AT-028F
Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable clamp
AT-032F
Copper square 50 - 70 mm2 cable clamp
AT-036F
Gunmetal square 50 mm2 cable clamp
AT-037F
AT-038F
AT-089J-1 Naval brass square 50 - 120 mm2 cable clamp
AT-136J
Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp
AT-137J
Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp
AT-138J
Copper square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp
SQUARE TAPE AND CABLE CLAMP
AT-020F
Naval brass square tape and cable clamp
AT-031F
Galvanized steel square tape and cable clamp
AT-130F
Galvanized steel tape and cable clamp
AT-136F
Stainless steel square tape and cable clamp
AT-133F
Copper square tape and cable clamp
AT-135F
Gunmetal straight clamp
T CLAMP
AT-012F
Naval brass T clamp
AT-119F
Gunmetal T clamp
AT-120F
Galvanized steel T clamp
STRAIGHT CLAMP
AT-015F
Naval brass straight clamp
AT-090H
Multipurpose clamp
AT-105F
Aluminium straight clamp
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
306 EXTERNAL
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
57
58
58
58
58
58
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
59
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
61
61
61
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-116F
Copper straight clamp
61
AT-117F
Stainless steel straight clamp
61
AT-118F
Galvanized steel straight clamp
61
AT-134F
Aluminium square tape and cable clamp
61
AT-135J
Disconnecting sleeve
61
PARALLEL CLAMP
AT-009F
Aluminium parallel clamp
61
AT-011F
Naval brass cable and tape parallel clamp
61
AT-013F
Cu / Al bimetallic parallel clamp
61
AT-016F
Naval brass cable parallel clamp
61
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
AT-025F
Stainless steel cable and rod universal clamp
62
AT-112F
Copper miniature universal clamp
62
AT-113F
Stainless steel miniature universal clamp
62
AT-115F
Aluminium universal clamp
62
AT-121F
Copper universal clamp
62
AT-122F
Stainless steel universal clamp
62
AT-125F
Galvanized steel universal clamp
62
AT-127J
Copper cable and rod universal clamp
62
AT-128F
Cu / Al bimetallic universal clamp
62
AT-128J
Galvanized steel cable and rod universal clamp
62
SPLIT BOLT CLAMP TYPE H
AT-096F
10 / 2,5 - 8 mm2 splitbolt clamp
62
AT-097F
10 - 16 / 2,5 - 16 mm2 splitbolt clamp
62
AT-098F
62
AT-099F
62
AT-100F
62
AT-101F
62
AT-102F
50 - 95 / 10 - 95 mm2 splitbolt clamp
62
AT-103F
62
AT-104F
62
METAL SHEET CLAMP
AT-043K
Galvanized steel 5 - 18 mm metal sheet clamp (type KS) 63
AT-044K
Galvanized steel 1 - 12 mm metal sheet clamp (type KS) 63
AT-045K
Galvanized steel metal sheet - cable clamp
63
AT-046K
Galvanized steel metal sheet - double cable clamp
63
AT-047K
Copper metal sheet universal clamp
63
AT-048K
Stainless steel metal sheet clamp
63
AT-049K
Zinc alloy metal sheet clamp
63
AT-052K
Galvanized steel metal sheet clampa
63
AT-053K
Copper metal sheet clamp
63
AT-054K
Galvanized steel metal sheet universal clamp (type L) 63
AT-055K
Galvanized steel metal sheet universal clamp (type U) 63
AT-056K
Copper metal sheet - tape clamp
63
AT-057K
Galvanized steel metal sheet - tape clamp
63
TAPE TEST CLAMP
AT-081F
25 x 3 mm gunmetal oblong test clamp
64
AT-083F
25 x 3 mm aluminium oblong test clamp
64
AT-084F
Plate type test clamp
64
AT-085F
Screwdown test clamp
64
UNI DISCONNECTING TAPE CLAMP
AT-111F
UNI disconnecting tape clamp
64
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE CLAMP
AT-108F
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable clamp
64
AT-110F
Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable clamp
64
AT-113J
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-114J
Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-115J
Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 64
AT-124F
Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable clamp
64
UNI DISCONNECTING CABLE AND TAPE CLAMP
AT-107F
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-109F
Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
AT-123F
Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 64
CABLE AND TAPE TEST CLAMP
AT-010F
Naval brass cable and tape test clamp
65
AT-086F
35 mm2 - (25 x 3 mm) gunmetal test clamp
65
AT-087F
65
AT-088F
65
AT-089F
65
AT-090F
65
AT-091F
Aluminium cable and tape test clamp
65
AT-095F
Nickel plated brass cable and tape test clamp
65
TEST JOINT
AT-106F
Test joint
65
BIMETALLIC CONNECTOR
AT-092F
Cu / Al bimetallic cable connector
65
AT-093F
Cu / Al bimetallic cable and tape connector
65
AT-094F
Cu / Al bimetallic tape connector
65
AT-107F
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and tape clamp 65
AT-108F
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable clamp
65
SPARK GAP FOR AERIAL MAST
AT-060F
66
LIGHTNING EVENT COUNTER
AT-000G
Lightning event counter support
67
AT-001G
Lightning event counter
67
GUARD TUBE
AT-050G
3 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable
68
AT-051G
2 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable
68
AT-053G
3 m stainless steel guard tube for cable
68
AT-054G
2 m stainless steel guard tube for cable
68
AT-056G
2,5m plastic 3mm guard tube for cable
68
AT-055G
2 m galvanized steel guard tube for cable and tape
68
AT-057G
Lead-in earthing rod
68
AT-060G
2 m galvanized steel guard tube for tape
68
EXPANSION UNIT
AT-012G
Expansion unit
69
BRIDGING BRAID
AT-032G
Tinned copper bridging braid
69
AT-033G
Aluminium bridging braid
69
FLEXIBLE BRAID BOND
AT-001F
Tinned copper flexible braid bond
69
AT-032J
Copper flexible braid bond
69
AT-033J
Aluminium flexible braid bond
69
WATERTIGHT CONE
AT-090B
Watertight cone
70
COVER PLATE
AT-014G
Cover plate
70
ASPHALT STRIP
AT-071F
Asphalt Strip
70
PUDDLE FLANGE
AT-015G
Copper puddle flange
AT-016G
Aluminium puddle flange
71
HANGING GUY WIRE KIT
AT-080G
Hanging guy wire kit
71
WIRE STRAIGHTENER
AT-040G
Wire straightener with coils
72
AT-041G
Wire straightener
72
ANTI-CORROSION SPRAY
AT-023G
Anti corrosion spray
72
BIMETALLIC SHEET (CUPAL)
AT-030G
Copper-aluminium bimetallic sheet
72
AT-031G
Aluminium-copper bimetallic sheet
72
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-070F
0.5 x 40 x 500 mm Cu / Al bimetallic sheet (Cupal)
CONDUCTORS
BARE COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-006D
12,5 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape
AT-007D
12,5 x 3 mm bare copper tape
AT-008D
20 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape
AT-009D
20 x 3 mm bare copper tape
AT-010D
25 x 1,5 mm bare copper tape
AT-011D
AT-012D
AT-013D
AT-014D
AT-015D
AT-016D
AT-017D
AT-018D
AT-019D
AT-020D
AT-021D
AT-022D
AT-023D
AT-024D
AT-025D
AT-026D
AT-027D
AT-028D
TINNED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-000D
12,5 x 1,5 mm tinned copper tape
AT-002D
25 x 6 mm tinned copper tape
AT-003D
AT-004D
AT-005D
AT-052D
AT-055D
PVC COVERED COPPER TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-029D
12,5 x 1,5 mm black PVC covered copper tape
AT-030D
25 x 3 mm black PVC covered copper tape
AT-031D
25 x 6 mm green PVC covered copper tape
AT-032D
AT-139D
25 x 3 mm grey PVC covered copper tape
AT-140D
AT-141D
25 x 3 mm brown PVC covered copper tape
AT-142D
25 x 3 mm stone PVC covered copper tape
AT-143D
25 x 3 mm white PVC covered copper tape
ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-033D
12,5 x 1,5 mm aluminium tape
AT-034D
20 x 3 mm aluminium tape
AT-037D
AT-038D
AT-039D
AT-056D
AT-057D
PVC COVERED ALUMINIUM TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-040D
12,5 x 1,5 mm PVC covered aluminium tape
AT-041D
20 x 3 mm PVC covered aluminium tape
AT-042D
25 x 3 mm black PVC covered aluminium tape
AT-144D
25 x 3 mm brown PVC covered aluminium tape
AT-145D
26 x 3 mm grey PVC covered aluminium tape
AT-146D
27 x 3 mm stone PVC covered aluminium tape
GALVANIZED STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-130D
20 x 2,5 mm galvanized steel tape
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 307
72
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
74
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
76
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-131D
30 x 3,5 mm galvanized steel tape
AT-132D
30 x 4 mm galvanized steel tape
AT-133D
AT-134D
STAINLESS STEEL TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-135D
30 x 3,5 mm stainless steel tape
FLEXIBLE COPPER BRAID CONDUCTORS
AT-043D
12 x 1 mm flexible copper braid
AT-044D
15 x 1,5 mm flexible cooper braid
AT-045D
10 x 2 mm flexible tinned cooper braid
AT-046D
16 x 2 mm flexible tinned cooper braid
AT-047D
AT-048D
AT-049D
25 x 3,5 mm flexible tinned cooper braid
AT-051D
32 x 6 mm flexible cooper braid
AT-053D
30 x 3,5 mm flexible tinned cooper braid
HARD DRAWN COPPER BARS
AT-080D
25mm x 3mm x 3m hard drawn copper bar
AT-081D
AT-082D
AT-083D
AT-084D
50mm x 6mm x 3m hard drawn tinned copper bar
AT-085D
AT-086D
AT-087D
STRANDED ELECTROLYTIC COPPER CABLE
AT-035D
35 mm 2 stranded electrolytic copper cable
AT-050D
50 mm2 stranded electrolytic copper cable
AT-070D
AT-095D
AT-120D
AT-150D
BARE SOLID ROUND
AT-058D
Copper bare solid round
AT-060D
8mm galvanized steel bare solid round
AT-061D
10mm galvanized steel bare solid round
AT-110D
Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) semi-hard bare solid round
AT-125D
Aluminium bare solid round
AT-128D
8mm stainless steel bare solid round
AT-129D
10mm stainless steel bare solid round
AT-138D
Aluminium alloy (AlMgSi) soft bare solid round
PVC INSULATED STRANDED COPPER CABLE
AT-113D
35 mm2 PVC insulated stranded copper cable
AT-114D
AT-115D
AT-116D
AT-117D
AT-118D
PVC COVERED SOLID ROUND
AT-123D
PVC covered copper solid round
AT-124D
PVC covered aluminium solid round
AT-126D
8mm PVC covered galvanized steel solid round
AT-127D
10mm PVC covered galvanized steel solid round
TIN-PLATED COPPER COMPRESSION TERMINALS
AT-015K 16mm2 M6 tin-plated copper compression terminal
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
308 EXTERNAL
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
77
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.

78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
78
INTERNAL PROTECTION
PROTECTION AGAINST TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGES
POWER SUPPLY LINES
AT-8350
AT-8351
AT-8352
AT-8399
AT-8310
AT-8311
AT-8312
AT-8398
AT-8603
AT-8604
AT-8611
AT-8612
AT-8613
AT-8607
AT-8608
AT-8601
AT-8602
AT-8214
AT-8215
AT-8218
AT-8282
AT-8285
AT-8287
AT-8283
AT-8286
AT-8289
AT-8281
AT-8284
AT-8248
AT-8228
AT-8268
AT-8205
AT-8296
AT-8297
AT-8298
AT-8205
AT-8249
AT-8229
AT-8232
AT-8235
AT-8238
AT-8234
AT-8237
AT-8280
ATSHOCK L
ATSHOCK L-130
ATSHOCK L-400
ATSHOCK N
ATSHOCK L30
ATSHOCK L30-130
ATSHOCK L30-400
ATSHOCK N60
ATSHIELD 400T
ATSHIELD 230T
ATSHIELD L Mod.
ATSHIELD L-130 Mod.
ATSHIELD N Mod.
ATSHIELD 230M
ATSHIELD 130M
ATSHIELD L
ATSHIELD N
ATSUB 140-230
ATSUB 140-130
ATSUB 140-N
ATSUB-4P 15 TT
ATSUB-4P 40 TT
ATSUB-4P 65 TT
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TT
ATSUB-4P 40-120 TT
ATSUB-4P 65-120 TT
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TT
ATSUB-4P 40-400 TT
ATSUB Mod. 40
ATSUB Mod. 15
ATSUB Mod. 65
ATSUB Mod. N
ATSUB Mod. 40-120
ATSUB Mod. 15-120
ATSUB Mod. 65-120
ATSUB Mod. N
ATSUB Mod. 40-400
ATSUB Mod. 15-400
ATSUB-2P 15 TT
ATSUB-2P 40 TT
ATSUB-2P 65 TT
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TT
ATSUB-2P 40-120 TT
ATSUB-2P 65-120 TT
112
112
112
112
114
114
114
114
116
116
117
117
117
118
118
120
120
122
122
122
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
125
125
125
125
126
126
126
126
127
127
128
128
128
128
128
128
REF. PRODUCT
AT-8233
AT-8236
AT-8000
AT-8001
AT-8002
AT-8003
AT-8004
AT-8005
AT-8006
AT-8007
AT-8010
AT-8009
AT-8011
AT-8012
AT-8013
AT-8014
AT-8015
AT-8016
AT-8222
AT-8242
AT-8262
AT-8202
AT-8290
AT-8291
AT-8292
AT-8226
AT-8246
AT-8223
AT-8243
AT-8263
AT-8203
AT-8227
AT-8247
AT-8293
AT-8294
AT-8295
AT-8220
AT-8240
AT-8260
AT-8201
AT-8224
AT-8244
AT-8264
AT-8230
AT-8250
AT-8270
AT-8221
AT-8241
AT-8261
AT-8204
AT-8225
AT-8245
AT-8265
AT-8299
AT-8208
AT-8209
AT-8217
AT-8216
AT-8132
AT-8133
AT-8152
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TT
ATSUB-2P 40-400 TT
ATSUB-4P 15 TNS
ATSUB-4P 40 TNS
ATSUB-4P 65 TNS
ATSUB-4P 15-120 TNS
ATSUB-4P 40-120 TNS
ATSUB-4P 65-120 TNS
ATSUB-4P 15-400 TNS
ATSUB-4P 40-400 TNS
ATSUB-2P 15 TN
ATSUB-2P 40 TN
ATSUB-2P 65 TN
ATSUB-2P 15-120 TN
ATSUB-2P 40-120 TN
ATSUB-2P 65-120 TN
ATSUB-2P 15-400 TN
ATSUB-2P 40-400 TN
ATSUB-P 15
ATSUB-P 40
ATSUB-P 65
ATSUB-P N
ATSUB-P 15-120
ATSUB-P 40-120
ATSUB-P 65-120
ATSUB-P 15-400
ATSUB-P 40-400
ATSUB-PR 15
ATSUB-PR 40
ATSUB-PR 65
ATSUB-PR N
ATSUB-PR 15-400
ATSUB-PR 40-400
ATSUB-PR 15-120
ATSUB-PR 40-120
ATSUB-PR 65-120
ATSUB 15
ATSUB 40
ATSUB 65
ATSUB N
ATSUB 15-400
ATSUB 40-400
ATSUB 65-400
ATSUB 15-120
ATSUB 40-120
ATSUB 65-120
ATSUB-R 15
ATSUB-R 40
ATSUB-R 65
ATSUB-R N
ATSUB-R 15-400
ATSUB-R 40-400
ATSUB-R 65-400
ATSUB-R 15-120
ATSUB-R 40-120
ATSUB-R 65-120
ATSUB-D T
ATSUB-D M
ATCOVER 230T
ATCOVER 400T
ATCOVER TNC 230T
PAG.
128
128
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
132
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
136
140
140
140
140
140
144
140
140
140
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
144
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
148
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
152
156
158
160
160
162
REF. PRODUCT
AT-8153
AT-8111
AT-8112
AT-8435
AT-8463
AT-8131
AT-8130
AT-8117
AT-8122
AT-8139
AT-8140
AT-8119
AT-8120
AT-8161
AT-8160
AT-8149
AT-8150
AT-8114
AT-8125
AT-8118
AT-8134
AT-8141
AT-8121
PAG.
ATCOVER TNC 400T

ATCOVER 130M
ATCOVER 230M
ATLINK 35
ATLINK 63
ATCOMPACT M2 30kA
ATCOMPACT T2 30kA
ATCOMPACT M2 15kA
ATCOMPACT T2 15kA
ATCOMPACT M2 40kA
ATCOMPACT T2 40kA
ATCOMPACT M2 65kA
ATCOMPACT T2 65kA
ATCOMPACT M1 30kA
ATCOMPACT T1 30kA
ATCOMPACT M1 100kA
ATCOMPACT T1 100kA
ATBARRIER MFF
ATBARRIER MF
ATBARRIER MM
ATBARRIER TFF
ATBARRIER TF
ATBARRIER TM
162
164
164
166
166
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
168
181
181
181
181
181
181
PROTECTION OF SPECIAL EQUIPMENT POWER SUPPLY

AT-8901 ATPV
AT-8905 ATPV3
AT-8505
ATVOLT 5
AT-8512
ATVOLT 12
AT-8515
ATVOLT 15
AT-8524
ATVOLT 24
AT-8530
ATVOLT 30
AT-8548
ATVOLT 48
AT-8560
ATVOLT 60
AT-8580
ATVOLT 80
AT-8510
ATVOLT 110
AT-3501
RF SPD TESTER
AT-8513
ATVOLT 12 Mod.
AT-8516
ATVOLT 15 Mod.
AT-8525
ATVOLT 24 Mod.
AT-8531
ATVOLT 30 Mod.
AT-8550
ATVOLT 48 Mod.
AT-8561
ATVOLT 60 Mod.
AT-8581
ATVOLT 80 Mod.
AT-8511
ATVOLT 110 Mod.
AT-8590
ATVOLT P5
AT-8514
ATVOLT P12
AT-8526
ATVOLT P24
AT-8549
ATVOLT P48
AT-9320
ATCOMBO 12
AT-8115
ATCOMBO 130
AT-8113
ATCOMBO 230
AT-9325
ATCOMBO 24
AT-9326
ATCOMBO 48
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 309
192
195
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
196
197
197
197
197
198
198
198
198
199
199
199
199
201
201
201
201
201
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
POWER SUPPLY PROTECTION

OF AREAS WITH
LOW OVERVOLTAGES
AT-9402
ATFILTER 16
AT-9403
ATFILTER 32
AT-9401
ATFILTER 50
AT-9501 ATSOCKET
AT-9601 ATPLUG
205
205
205
207
209
PROTECTION FOR DATA AND TELECOMMUNICATION LINES

AT-9101 ATFONO
AT-9107
ATFONO Mod.
AT-9104
ATFONO RJ11
AT-9108
ATFONO RJ45
AT-9105
ATFONO R&M1
AT-9106
ATFONO R&M2
AT-9109
ATFONO KRONE
AT-9205
ATLINE 5
AT-9212
ATLINE 12
AT-9215
ATLINE 15
AT-9224
ATLINE 24
AT-9230
ATLINE 30
AT-9248
ATLINE 48
AT-9260
ATLINE 60
AT-9280
ATLINE 80
AT-9210
ATLINE 110
AT-9206
ATLINE 5 Mod.
AT-9213
ATLINE 12 Mod.
AT-9216
ATLINE 15 Mod.
AT-9225
ATLINE 24 Mod.
AT-9231
ATLINE 30 Mod.
AT-9249
ATLINE 48 Mod.
AT-9261
ATLINE 60 Mod.
AT-9281
ATLINE 80 Mod.
AT-9211
ATLINE 110 Mod.
AT-2107
ATLAN 100 BASE-T
AT-2204
ATLAN 100 BASE-T POE
AT-2207
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T
AT-2213
ATLAN 1000 BASE-T CAT6
AT-2221
ATLAN-C 8
AT-2206
ATLAN 8
AT-2209
ATLAN 16
AT-2208
ATLAN 24
AT-2215
ATLAN 8 PCB
AT-2201
ATLAN 8/24
AT-2217
ATLAN 4 CAT6
AT-2212
ATLAN 8 CAT6
AT-2211
ATLAN 12 CAT6
AT-2300 ATDB9
AT-2109 ATFREQ-400UHF
AT-2118 ATFREQ-400BNC
AT-2108 ATFREQ-400BNC015
AT-2111 ATFREQ-400N
AT-2115 ATFREQ-50BNC
AT-2105 ATFREQ-50BNC015
AT-2106 ATFREQ-50N
AT-2110 ATFREQ-7/16
AT-2103 ATFREQ-F
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
310 EXTERNAL
214
215
216
218
220
220
220
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
223
223
223
223
223
224
224
224
224
225
225
225
227
229
231
231
231
232
232
233
233
233
235
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
237
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-2104 ATFREQ-TV
AT-2102 ATFREQ-50UHF
237
237
PERMANENT OVERVOLTAGE PROTECTION

AT-9001
IGA TEST M 25
AT-9002
IGA TEST M 32
AT-9003
IGA TEST M 40
AT-9004
IGA TEST M 50
AT-9005
IGA TEST M 63
AT-9006
IGA TEST T 25
AT-9007
IGA TEST T 32
AT-9008
IGA TEST T 40
AT-9009
IGA TEST T 50
AT-9010
IGA TEST T 63
AT-8704
ATCONTROL/B PT-M. Imax=15kA. Up=1,5kV
AT-8702
ATCONTROL/B PT-T. Imax=40kA. Up=1,8kV
AT-8711
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-M 25. Imax=15kA
AT-8712
AT-8713
AT-8714
AT-8715
AT-8716
KIT ATCONTROL/B PT-T 25. Imax=40kA
AT-8717
AT-8718
AT-8719
AT-8720
AT-8707
ATCONTROL/D P-M
AT-8708
ATCONTROL/D PT-M. Imax=15kA. Up=1,5kV
AT-8705
ATCONTROL/D T-M
AT-8706
ATCONTROL/D PT-T. Imax=40kA. Up=1,8kV
242
242
242
242
242
243
243
243
243
243
244
245
246
246
246
246
246
247
247
247
247
247
248
248
249
249
EARTHING

EARTH ELECTRODES, GROUND
ENHANCING PRODUCTS AND EARTH PITS
APLIROD DYNAMIC ELECTRODE
AT-012H APLIROD 54mm (1+2m) Dynamic electrode
256
AT-024H
28 x 2000 mm APLIROD dynamic electrode with AT-020F 256
AT-025H
28 x 2500 mm APLIROD dynamic electrode with AT-020F
256
AT-030H
54 x (1000 + 3000) APLIROD dynamic electrode with AT-020F 256
AT-032H
256
AT-033H
256
AT-035H
Charge for APLIROD 256
AT-102H
28 x 2000 mm APLIROD dynamic electrode
256
AT-103H
256
AT-104H
54 x (1000 + 3000) mm APLIROD dynamic electrode 256
AT-105H
256
AT-106H
256
AT-108H
54 x (1000 + 2000) mm APLIROD dynamic electrode 256
GRAPHITE ELECTRODE
AT-070H
150 x 600 mm graphite electrode
258
AT-073H
50 x 1500 mm graphite electrode
258
254m COPPERBOND EARTH RODS
AT-002K
5/8" threaded coupling
259
AT-003K
5/8" threaded driving stud
259
AT-004K
3/4" threaded coupling
259
AT-005K
3/4" threaded driving stud
259
AT-016H
5/8" x 2400 mm threaded 254m copperbond earth rod 259
AT-017H
AT-018H
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-019H
3/4" x 3000 mm threaded 254m copperbond earth rod
AT-026H
5/8" x 2400 mm 254m copperbond earth rod
AT-027H
AT-028H
AT-029H
AT-041H
AT-042H
AT-043H
AT-053H
AT-069H
AT-071H
AT-072H
AT-076H
AT-077H
AT-078H
AT-079H
AT-081H
AT-082H
AT-086H
AT-087H
AT-098H
SOLID COPPER EARTH RODS
AT-031H
15 x 1200 mm solid copper earth rod
AT-036H
20 x 1200 mm solid copper earth rod
STAINLESS STEEL EARTH RODS
AT-000H
10 x 1500 mm stainless steel earth rod
AT-006K
15/16mm driving stud
AT-007K
15/16mm spike
AT-008K
Coupling dowel
AT-009K
20mm driving stud
AT-037H
16 x 1200 mm threaded stainless steel earth rod
AT-038H
20 x 1500 mm AZ threaded stainless steel earth rod
AT-042K
20mm spike
AT-080H
AT-099H
AT-100H
GALVANIZED STEEL EARTH RODS
AT-003H
20 x 1500 mm S-threaded galvanized steel earth rod
AT-037K
Impact tip for galvanized steel earth rods 20mm
AT-038K
Impact tip for galvanized steel earth rods 25mm
AT-039H
16 x 1000 mm galvanized steel earth rod
AT-044H
AT-045H
AT-046H
20 x 1500 mm Z-threaded galvanized steel earth rod
AT-047H
25 x 1500 mm Z-threaded galvanized steel earth rod
AT-049H
25 x 1500 mm S-threaded galvanized steel earth rod
AT-093H
1000 x 50 x 50 x 5 mm X-shaped galvanized steel earth rod
AT-094H
AT-095H
AT-096H
AT-097H
GOOSE FOOT
AT-000K
4 m + 3 x 7m goose foot
AT-001K
1 m + 3 x 3m goose foot
EARTH PLATES
AT-050J
500 x 500 x 2 mm earth plate
AT-116H
AT-117H
600 x 600 x 1,5 mm earth plate
AT-118H
AT-119H
900 x 900 x 1,5 mm earth plate
AT-120H
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
259
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
261
262
262
262
262
262
262
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-121H
500 x 500 x 3 mm galvanized steel earth plate
262
AT-122H
1000 x 500 x 3 mm galvanized steel earth plate
262
COPPER LATTICES AND GRIDS
AT-128H
1000 x 1000 x 2 copper grid
262
AT-123H
2000 x 1000 x 2 mm copper grid
262
AT-070J
3000 x 1000 x 2 copper grid
262
AT-125H
900 x 900 x 3 mm copper lattice
262
AT-126H
600 x 600 x 3 mm cooper lattice
262
GROUND ENHANCING PRODUCTS
AT-010L
CONDUCTIVER PLUS
263
AT-020L
Graphite powder
263
AT-030L
Thin clay-like powder
263
AT-031L
1kg bag APLIFILL 263
AT-032L
25kg bag APLIFILL 263
JOINT PROTECTION
AT-000J
Self-vulcanising strip
264
AT-010J
Denso tape (Bituminous strip)
264
EARTH PITS
AT-010H
Polypropylene earth pit
264
AT-010K
Concrete earth pit
264
AT-012K
Iron cast earth pit
264
BONDING BARS FOR EARTH PITS
AT-020H
235 x 40 x 25 mm bonding bar for polypropylene earth pit 266
AT-021J
Bonding bar 235 x 40 x 25 mm for polypropylene earth pit 266
AT-051F
Bonding bar 325 x 70 x 6 mm for concrete earth pit
266
EQUIPOTENTIAL BONDING BAR
AT-050F
Nylon equipotential bonding bar
266
EARTH BARS
AT-020J
267
AT-053J Insulator
267
AT-054J
Earth bar 6 way
267
AT-055J
267
AT-056J
267
AT-057J
Disconnecting link
267
AT-058J
Earth bar 8 way
267
AT-059J
Earth bar 16 way
267
AT-062J
267
AT-063J
267
AT-064J
Earth bar 12 way
267
AT-065J
267
AT-066J
267
AT-067J
Earth bar 14 way
267
AT-068J
267
AT-069J
267
AT-071J
267
AT-072J
267
AT-073J
Earth bar 18 way
267
AT-074J
267
AT-075J
267
AT-076J
Earth bar 20 way
267
AT-077J
267
AT-078J
267
AT-079J
267
AT-090J
Earth bar 10 way
267
AT-116J
Stainless steel earth bar 6 way
267
AT-117J
267
AT-118J
267
AT-119J
267
EARTH POINTS
AT-096J
Earth point 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm)
268
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BY PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 311
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-097J
Earth point 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm)
268
AT-098J
Earth point 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm)
268
AT-099J
Earth point 1 hole (M8 x 15 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm2 268
AT-100J
Earth point 2 holes (M8 x 12 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm2 268
AT-101J
Earth point 4 holes (M8 x 14 mm) with 500mm tail of 70 mm2 268
EARTH BOSS
AT-102J
M10 x 50 x 50 mm earth boss
268
FIXED EARTHING TERMINAL
AT-120J
Fixed earthing terminal M10 with connecting plate 80 mm 268
DISTANCE HOLDER
AT-036K
Distance holder
268
SUPPORT FOR TAPE CONDUCTORS
AT-033K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm copper support for tape conductors 269
AT-034K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm galvanized steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-035K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 6 mm stainless steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-039K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm copper support for tape conductors 269
AT-040K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm galvanized steel support for tape conductors 269
AT-041K
30 x 2 mm - 50 x 11 mm stainless steel support for tape conductors 269
SPARK GAP FOR EARTH BONDING
AT-050K
Spark gap for earth joint
269
MULTIPURPOSE CLAMP
AT-090H
Multipurpose clamp
272
ROD TO TAPE A CLAMP
AT-080J
25 x 3 mm - 26 x 12 mm rod to tape A clamp
272
AT-081J
272
AT-082J
272
ROD TO CABLE G CLAMP
AT-083J
Gunmetal rod to cable G clamp
272
AT-086J
20 mm rod to cable G clamp
272
AT-112J
Galvanized steel rod to cable G clamp
272
U-BOLT ROD E CLAMP
AT-087J
U-bolt rod E clamp
273
AT-088J
20 mm U-bolt rod E clamp
273
EARTH CLAMPING
ROD TO CABLE CGUV CLAMP
AT-089J
Naval brass rod to cable CGUV clamp
273
AT-091J
70 - 185 mm2 rod to cable CGUV clamp
273
AT-092J
273
AT-094J
273
ROD TO CABLE LUG B CLAMP
AT-093J
Rod to cable lug B clamp
273
AT-095J
20 mm rod to cable lug B clamp
273
DISCONNECTING SLEEVE
AT-135J
Disconnecting sleeve
274
UNI DISCONNECTING CLAMP FOR CABLE
AT-113J
Cu / Gal bimetallic UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
AT-114J
Galvanized steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
AT-115J
Stainless steel UNI disconnecting cable and rod clamp 274
UNIVERSAL CLAMP
AT-025F
Stainless steel cable and rod universal clamp
274
AT-126J
15 - 25 mm universal clamp
274
AT-127J
Copper cable and rod universal clamp
274
AT-128J
Galvanized steel cable and rod universal clamp
274
T, L CLAMP
AT-136J
Galvanized steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
AT-137J
Stainless steel square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
AT-138J
Copper square 50 - 70 mm2 cable - 16 mm rod clamp 275
CONNECTING CLAMP
AT-129J
20 mm galvanized steel connecting clamp
275
AT-130J
275
AT-131J
275
PROTECTION
INDEX BY
PARPRODUCT
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
312 EXTERNAL
REF. PRODUCT
AT-132J
AT-133J
AT-134J
20 mm stainless steel connecting clamp

PAG.
275
275
275
EXOTHERMIC WELDING: APLIWELD

WELDING MIXTURE
E0032
Welding mixture-10 units 32gr
280
E0045
280
E0065
280
E0090
280
E0115
280
E0150
280
E0200
280
E0250
280
ACCESSORIES
50N
Universal clamp
280/285
51N
Specific vertical clamp
280/285
52N
Tube specific handle clamp
280
53SN
Clamp for Standard multiple-mould
280/282
54N
Cable to rail welding clamp
280/285
58N
Accessory for horizontal welding Clamp
280/285
59N
Holding cables clamp
280/285
60N
Flint igniter
280
61N
Conductors brush
280
62N
Mould cleaning brush
280
63N
Slag removal spade
280
64N
Weld cavity cleaning brush
280
65N
Sealer compund 0.45Kg
280/285
66N
Sealer compound 0,9Kg
280/285
67N
Double brush for conductor
280
68N
Basic tool set
280/282/285
69N
Recharge for brush 67N
280
70N
Flint igniter renewal 10 units
280
71N
Sealing paste (2,25 Kg)
280
72N
Adaptors for cables (25 units)
280
72NC35
Adaptors for cables de 35 mm2 (25 units)
280
72NC50
280
72NC70
280
73N
Security gloves
280
74N
Flint ignitor extension
280
75N
Blow torch
280
76N
Butane gas cylinder 0.4Kg
280
77N
Safety glasses
280/285
78N
Ground rod sleeve
280
79N
Ground rod clamp for parallel union
280
80N Case
280
81N
Ceramic tray
280/282/283
82N
MMS vertical stand pliers
280/282
83N
Ceramic blanket
280
84N Mini-blowtorch
280
85N
Mini-blowtorch recharge
280
89N
Cavity sealer (for unit)
280
6089N
60 cavity sealer
280/282
TMS
Standard multiple crucible
280/282
CHMS
MMS cable/cable lower piece
280/282
CVMS T14 MMS Cab-tae/ground rod lower piece 14.3mmp
280
CVMS T16 MMS cable/ground rod lower piece. 15.9mm
280
CVMS TX
MMS cable/ground rod lower piece Xmm
280/282

REF. PRODUCT
MULTIPLE MOULD
MM-C95-P-T14 Multiple mould kit (earth rod 14mm)
MM-C95-P-T16 Multiple mould kit (earth rod 16mm)
SPECIFIC GRAPHITE MOULDS
C35/C35/12 T shape cable/cable mould
C35/C35/16 Cross shape cable over cable mould
C35/C35/17 Parallel cable over cable mould
C35/M/49
Parallel cable/surface mould
C35/T14/64 T cable over ground rod mould
C35/V20/57 Parallel cable/rebar vertical mould
C50/M/49
C70/C70/12 T shape cable/cable moul
C70/M/49
C95/M/49
C120/M/49 Parallel cable/surface mould
C150/M/49 Parallel cable/surface mould
P302/C50/31 Lineal tape to tape mould
P302/P302/21 Lineal tape to tape mould
P302/P302/23 Cross shape tape/tape mould
P302/P302/29 Parallel tape/tape-end mould
P302/T14/71 T shape tape over e.rod mould
P302/T16/71 T shape tape over e.rod mould

STORM DETECTOR
AT-520 ATSTORM v2 storm detector
AT-513 ATSTORM v2 storm detector (DC/DC)
ACCESSORIES
AT-511
GSM Modem module ATSTORM console
AT-516
Amplifier 2000 feet with sound alarm
PAG.
283
283
REF. PRODUCT
PAG.
AT-517
Amplifier 2000 feet w. voice messages
297
AT-518
Amplifier/RF Transmit. w. sound alarm
297
AT-519
Amplifier/RF Transmi w. voice message
297
AT-521 ATSTORM v2 NET 297
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
284
294
294
297
297
INDEX
REFERENCE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BYBY
PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 313
INDEX BY REFERENCE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INTERNAL
PROTECTION
EARTHING
EXOTHERMIC
WELDING
PREVENTIVE
PROTECTION
PAGE 5
PAGE 81
PAGE 251
PAGE 277
PAGE 289
REF.
PAG.
AT-000A 25
AT-000D 74
AT-000E 46
AT-000G 67
AT-000H 260
AT-000J 264
AT-000K 261
AT-001A 25
AT-001F 69
AT-001G 67
AT-001K 261
AT-002A 25
AT-002D 74
AT-002E 46
AT-002K 259
AT-003A 25
AT-003B 35
AT-003D 74
AT-003E 46
AT-003H 261
AT-003K 259
AT-003M 29
AT-004A 23
AT-004D 74
AT-004E 46
AT-004K 259
AT-005A 23
AT-005D 74
AT-005E 46
AT-005K 259
AT-005M 51
AT-006A 23
AT-006B 35
AT-006C 35
AT-006D 74
AT-006E 40
AT-006K 260
AT-007A 23
AT-007D 74
AT-007K 260
AT-008A 23
AT-008C 35
AT-008D 74
AT-008K 260
AT-009A 23
AT-009D 74
AT-009E 44
AT-009F 61
AT-009K 260
AT-010A 26
AT-010C 35
AT-010D 74
AT-010E 44
AT-010F 65
AT-010H 264
AT-010J 264
AT-010K 264
AT-010L 263
AT-011A 26
AT-011D 74
AT-011E 44
REF.
PAG.
AT-011F 61
AT-011M 28
AT-012A 26
AT-012B 30
AT-012C 35
AT-012D 74
AT-012F 60
AT-012G 69
AT-012K 264
AT-013A 22
AT-013B 30
AT-013D 74
AT-013E 44
AT-013F 61
AT-014A 22
AT-014B 30
AT-014D 74
AT-014E 44
AT-014G 70
AT-015A 22
AT-015B 30
AT-015C 35
AT-015D 74
AT-015E 40
AT-015F 61
AT-015G 71
AT-015K 78
AT-016A 22
AT-016B 30
AT-016D 74
AT-016E 54
AT-016F 61
AT-016G 71
AT-016H 259
AT-016K 78
AT-017A 22
AT-017B 30
AT-017D 74
AT-017E 54
AT-017H 259
AT-017K 78
AT-018B 31
AT-018D 74
AT-018E 55
AT-018H 259
AT-018K 78
AT-019A 22
AT-019B 31
AT-019D 74
AT-019H 259
AT-019K 78
AT-020A 26
AT-020B 31
AT-020C 35
AT-020D 74
AT-020E 48
AT-020F 60
AT-020H 266
AT-020J 267
AT-020K 78
AT-020L 263
INDEXBY
BYPRODUCT
REFERENCE
PROTECTION
INDEX
PAR
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
316 EXTERNAL
REF.
PAG.
AT-021A 26
AT-021B 30
AT-021D 74
AT-021E 48
AT-021J 266
AT-021K 78
AT-022A 26
AT-022D 74
AT-022E 48
AT-022F 28
AT-022J 41
AT-022K 78
AT-023A 22
AT-023B 30
AT-023D 74
AT-023F 59
AT-023G 72
AT-023J 41
AT-023K 78
AT-024A 22
AT-024B 30
AT-024D 74
AT-024H 256
AT-024J 58
AT-024K 78
AT-025A 24
AT-025B 30
AT-025C 35
AT-025D 74
AT-025E 44
AT-025F 62
AT-025F 274
AT-025H 256
AT-025J 58
AT-025K 78
AT-026A 24
AT-026B 30
AT-026D 74
AT-026F 59
AT-026H 259
AT-026J 45
AT-026K 78
AT-027A 24
AT-027B 30
AT-027D 74
AT-027E 41
AT-027H 259
AT-027J 45
AT-027K 78
AT-028A 24
AT-028D 74
AT-028E 41
AT-028F 59
AT-028H 259
AT-028J 45
AT-028K 78
AT-029A 24
AT-029B 29
AT-029D 75
AT-029E 57
AT-029F 59
REF.
PAG.
AT-029H 259
AT-029J 45
AT-029K 78
AT-030A 24
AT-030B 29
AT-030D 75
AT-030E 50
AT-030G 72
AT-030H 256
AT-030J 45
AT-030K 78
AT-030L 263
AT-030M 29
AT-031A 24
AT-031B 32
AT-031C 36
AT-031D 75
AT-031E 50
AT-031F 60
AT-031G 72
AT-031H 260
AT-031K 78
AT-031L 263
AT-032A 24
AT-032B 32
AT-032C 36
AT-032D 75
AT-032F 59
AT-032G 69
AT-032H 256
AT-032J
69
AT-032K 78
AT-032L 263
AT-033A 50
AT-033B 32
AT-033C 36
AT-033D 75
AT-033F 59
AT-033G 69
AT-033H 256
AT-033J 69
AT-033K 269
AT-034A 24
AT-034B 31
AT-034C 36
AT-034D 75
AT-034E 48
AT-034F 59
AT-034K 269
AT-035A 24
AT-035B 31
AT-035C 36
AT-035D 77
AT-035E 48
AT-035F 59
AT-035H 256
AT-035K 269
AT-036A 24
AT-036B 31
AT-036C 37
AT-036E 48
REF.
PAG.
AT-036F 59
AT-036H 260
AT-036K 268
AT-037A 24
AT-037B 31
AT-037C 37
AT-037D 75
AT-037E 48
AT-037F 59
AT-037H 260
AT-037K 261
AT-038A 24
AT-038B 31
AT-038C 37
AT-038D 75
AT-038E 48
AT-038F 59
AT-038H 260
AT-038K 261
AT-039A 24
AT-039B 31
AT-039D 75
AT-039E 48
AT-039F 59
AT-039H 261
AT-039K 269
AT-040A 24
AT-040C 37
AT-040D 75
AT-040E 51
AT-040F 54
AT-040G 72
AT-040K 269
AT-041A 24
AT-041B 32
AT-041C 37
AT-041D 75
AT-041E 51
AT-041G 72
AT-041H 259
AT-041K 269
AT-042A 24
AT-042B 32
AT-042C 37
AT-042D 75
AT-042E 51
AT-042H 259
AT-042K 260
AT-043A 24
AT-043B 32
AT-043C 37
AT-043D 76
AT-043E 47
AT-043H 259
AT-043K 63
AT-044A 24
AT-044B 31
AT-044C 37
AT-044D 76
AT-044E 47
AT-044H 261
REF.
PAG.
AT-044K 63
AT-045A 24
AT-045B 31
AT-045C 37
AT-045D 76
AT-045E 47
AT-045H 261
AT-045K 63
AT-046A 24
AT-046B 31
AT-046C 37
AT-046D 76
AT-046E 47
AT-046H 261
AT-046K 63
AT-047A 24
AT-047B 31
AT-047D 76
AT-047E 47
AT-047H 261
AT-047K 63
AT-048A 50
AT-048B 31
AT-048D 76
AT-048E 47
AT-048K 63
AT-049B 31
AT-049D 76
AT-049E 47
AT-049H 261
AT-049K 63
AT-050A 30
AT-050C 38
AT-050D 77
AT-050E 42
AT-050F 266
AT-050G 68
AT-050J 262
AT-050K 269
AT-050N 285
AT-051A 30
AT-051B 32
AT-051C 38
AT-051D 76
AT-051E 42
AT-051F 266
AT-051G 68
AT-051N 285
AT-052A 30
AT-052B 32
AT-052C 38
AT-052D 74
AT-052K 63
AT-052N 285
AT-053A 30
AT-053B 32
AT-053C 38
AT-053D 76
AT-053E 50
AT-053G 68
AT-053H 259
REF.
PAG.
AT-053J 267
AT-053K 63
AT-053L 22
AT-054C 38
AT-054E 50
AT-054G 68
AT-054J 267
AT-054K 63
AT-054N 285
AT-055C 38
AT-055D 74
AT-055G 68
AT-055J 267
AT-055K 63
AT-055L 22
AT-056A 30
AT-056C 38
AT-056D 75
AT-056E 49
AT-056G 68
AT-056J 267
AT-056K 63
AT-057A 30
AT-057D 75
AT-057E 49
AT-057G 68
AT-057J 267
AT-057K 63
AT-058A 30
AT-058D 77
AT-058E 49
AT-058J 267
AT-059E 42
AT-059J 267
AT-059N 285
AT-060A 30
AT-060D 77
AT-060E 42
AT-060F 66
AT-060G 68
AT-060N 285
AT-061B 32
AT-061D 77
AT-061N 285
AT-062A 30
AT-062B 32
AT-062J 267
AT-062N 285
AT-063A 30
AT-063B 32
AT-063J 267
AT-063N 285
AT-064J 267
AT-064N 285
AT-065E 57
AT-065J 267
AT-065N 285
AT-066A 30
AT-066E 57
AT-066J 267
AT-066N 285
REF.
PAG.
AT-067A 30
AT-067B 33
AT-067E 57
AT-067J 267
AT-068A 30
AT-068B 33
AT-068E 42
AT-068J 267
AT-068N 285
AT-069B 33
AT-069E 57
AT-069H 259
AT-069J 267
AT-070B 34
AT-070D 77
AT-070E 56
AT-070F 72
AT-070H 258
AT-070J 262
AT-070N 285
AT-071B 33
AT-071E 56
AT-071F 70
AT-071H 259
AT-071J 267
AT-072B 33
AT-072E 56
AT-072F 41
AT-072H 259
AT-072J 267
AT-073B 33
AT-073E 56
AT-073H 258
AT-073J 267
AT-073N 285
AT-074B 34
AT-074J 267
AT-074N 285
AT-075B 34
AT-075J 267
AT-075N 285
AT-076B 34
AT-076E 56
AT-076H 259
AT-076J 267
AT-076N 285
AT-077B 33
AT-077E 56
AT-077H 259
AT-077J 267
AT-077N 285
AT-078B 33
AT-078H 259
AT-078J 267
AT-078N 285
AT-079B 33
AT-079H 259
AT-079J 267
AT-079N 285
AT-080B 34
AT-080D 76
REF.
PAG.
AT-080G 71
AT-080H 260
AT-080J 272
AT-081B 34
AT-081D 76
AT-081F 64
AT-081H 259
AT-081J 272
AT-082D 76
AT-082E 57
AT-082H 259
AT-082J 272
AT-082N 285
AT-083B 34
AT-083D 76
AT-083E 57
AT-083F 64
AT-083J 272
AT-084B 34
AT-084D 76
AT-084E 57
AT-084F 64
AT-085A 30
AT-085B 34
AT-085D 76
AT-085E 57
AT-085F 64
AT-086B 34
AT-086D 76
AT-086E 57
AT-086F 65
AT-086H 259
AT-086J 272
AT-087D 76
AT-087E 57
AT-087F 65
AT-087H 259
AT-087J 273
AT-088B 34
AT-088E 57
AT-088F 65
AT-088J 273
AT-089E 57
AT-089F 65
AT-089J 273
AT-089J-1 59
AT-090B 70
AT-090E 52
AT-090F 65
AT-090H 61
AT-090H 272
AT-090J 267
AT-091E 52
AT-091F 65
AT-091J 273
AT-092A 23
AT-092E 53
AT-092F 65
AT-092J 273
AT-093A 23
AT-093E 53
REF.
PAG.
AT-093F 65
AT-093H 261
AT-093J 273
AT-094A 23
AT-094E 54
AT-094F 65
AT-094H 261
AT-094J 273
AT-095A 23
AT-095B 29
AT-095D 77
AT-095E 53
AT-095F 65
AT-095H 261
AT-095J 273
AT-096A 22
AT-096B 29
AT-096E 57
AT-096F 62
AT-096H 261
AT-096J 268
AT-097A 22
AT-097B 29
AT-097E 56
AT-097F 62
AT-097H 261
AT-097J 268
AT-098A 22
AT-098B 29
AT-098E 56
AT-098F 62
AT-098H 259
AT-098J 268
AT-099A 22
AT-099B 29
AT-099E 56
AT-099F 62
AT-099H 260
AT-099J 268
AT-100A 24
AT-100B 27
AT-100E 40
AT-100F 62
AT-100H 260
AT-100J 268
AT-101A 24
AT-101B 27
AT-101E 40
AT-101F 62
AT-101J 268
AT-102A 24
AT-102B 27
AT-102E 40
AT-102F 62
AT-102H 256
AT-102J 268
AT-103A 24
AT-103B 27
AT-103E 40
AT-103F 62
AT-103H 256
INDEX
REFERENCE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BYBY
PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 317
REF.
PAG.
AT-104A 24
AT-104B 27
AT-104E 40
AT-104F 62
AT-104H 256
AT-105A 24
AT-105B 27
AT-105E 40
AT-105F 61
AT-105H 256
AT-106A 24
AT-106E 40
AT-106F 65
AT-106H 256
AT-107A 24
AT-107E 40
AT-107F 64
AT-107F 65
AT-108A 24
AT-108E 40
AT-108F 64
AT-108F 65
AT-109A 24
AT-109E 40
AT-109F 64
AT-110A 24
AT-110B 26
AT-110D 77
AT-110E 40
AT-110F 64
AT-111A 24
AT-111B 26
AT-111E 40
AT-111F 64
AT-112A 25
AT-112B 27
AT-112E 40
AT-112F 62
AT-112J 272
AT-113A 25
AT-113B 27
AT-113D 77
AT-113E 40
AT-113F 62
AT-113J 64
AT-113J 274
AT-114A 23
AT-114B 27
AT-114D 77
AT-114E 40
AT-114J 64
AT-114J 274
AT-115A 23
AT-115B 27
AT-115D 77
AT-115E 40
AT-115F 62
AT-115J 64
AT-115J 274
AT-116A 23
REF.
PAG.
AT-116B 27
AT-116D 77
AT-116E 40
AT-116F 61
AT-116H 262
AT-116J 267
AT-117A 23
AT-117D 77
AT-117E 40
AT-117F 61
AT-117H 262
AT-117J 267
AT-118A 23
AT-118D 77
AT-118E 40
AT-118F 61
AT-118H 262
AT-118J 267
AT-119A 23
AT-119E 40
AT-119F 60
AT-119H 262
AT-119J 267
AT-120B 28
AT-120D 77
AT-120E 40
AT-120F 60
AT-120H 262
AT-120J 268
AT-121A 22
AT-121B 28
AT-121E 40
AT-121F 62
AT-121H 262
AT-122A 22
AT-122B 28
AT-122E 40
AT-122F 62
AT-122H 262
AT-123B 28
AT-123D 78
AT-123E 41
AT-123F 64
AT-123H 262
AT-124B 27
AT-124D 78
AT-124E 41
AT-124F 64
AT-125B 27
AT-125D 77
AT-125E 41
AT-125F 62
AT-125H 262
AT-126D 78
AT-126E 41
AT-126H 262
AT-126J 274
AT-127D 78
AT-127E 41
AT-127J 62
INDEXBY
BYPRODUCT
REFERENCE
PROTECTION
INDEX
PAR
LIGNE DELINE
PRODUITS
318 EXTERNAL
REF.
PAG.
AT-127J 274
AT-128D 77
AT-128E 45
AT-128F 62
AT-128H 262
AT-128J 62
AT-128J 274
AT-129D 77
AT-129E 45
AT-129J 275
AT-130D 76
AT-130E 45
AT-130F 60
AT-130J 275
AT-131D 76
AT-131E 45
AT-131F 60
AT-131J 275
AT-132D 76
AT-132E 45
AT-132J 275
AT-133D 76
AT-133E 46
AT-133F 60
AT-133J 275
AT-134D 76
AT-134E 46
AT-134F 61
AT-134J 275
AT-135D 76
AT-135E 46
AT-135F 60
AT-135J 61
AT-135J 274
AT-136E 46
AT-136F 59
AT-136J 59
AT-137E 46
AT-137J 59
AT-137J 275
AT-138D 77
AT-138E 49
AT-138J 59
AT-138J 275
AT-139D 75
AT-139E 49
AT-140D 75
AT-140E 49
AT-141D 75
AT-141E 49
AT-142D 75
AT-142E 49
AT-143D 75
AT-143E 49
AT-144D 75
AT-144E 49
AT-145D 75
AT-145E 51
AT-1465 22
AT-1467 22
REF.
PAG.
AT-1469 22
AT-146D 75
AT-1470 22
AT-147E 51
AT-148E 51
AT-149E 51
AT-150D 77
AT-150E 52
AT-1515 19
AT-151E 52
AT-152E 52
AT-1530 19
AT-153E 54
AT-1545 19
AT-1560 19
AT-156E 54
AT-157E 54
AT-158E 54
AT-159E 53
AT-160E 53
AT-161E 53
AT-162E 53
AT-163E 53
AT-164E 53
AT-165E 53
AT-166E 53
AT-167E 53
AT-168E 53
AT-169E 53
AT-170E 55
AT-171E 55
AT-172E 55
AT-173E 55
AT-174E 55
AT-175E 58
AT-176E 58
AT-177E 58
AT-178E 52
AT-179E 52
AT-182E 56
AT-183E 51
AT-184E 51
AT-185E 56
AT-186E 56
AT-190E 44
AT-191E 44
AT-192E 44
AT-193E 44
AT-194E 56
AT-195E 56
AT-196E 43
AT-197E 43
AT-198E 43
AT-199E 43
AT-200E 43
AT-201E 43
AT-202E 43
AT-203E 43
AT-204E 43
AT-205E 43
REF.
PAG.
AT-206E 43
AT-207E 43
AT-208E 43
AT-209E 43
AT-2102 237
AT-2103 237
AT-2104 237
AT-2105 237
AT-2106 237
AT-2107 225
AT-2108 237
AT-2109 237
AT-210E 43
AT-2110 237
AT-2111 237
AT-2112 237
AT-2115 237
AT-2118 237
AT-211E 43
AT-212E 43
AT-216E 40
AT-217E 40
AT-218E 42
AT-2201 232
AT-2206 231
AT-2207 225
AT-2208 231
AT-2209 231
AT-2215 232
AT-511 297
AT-513 294
AT-516 297
AT-517 297
AT-518 297
AT-519 297
AT-520 294
AT-2102 237
AT-2103 237
AT-2104 237
AT-2105 237
AT-2106 237
AT-2108 237
AT-2109 237
AT-2110 237
AT-2111 237
AT-2115 237
AT-2118 237
AT-2201 232
AT-2107 225
AT-2204 225
AT-2206 231
AT-2207 225
AT-2208 231
AT-2209 231
AT-2211 233
AT-2212 233
AT-2213 227
AT-2215 232
AT-2217 233
AT-2221 229
REF.
PAG.
AT-2300 235
AT-3501 196
AT-8000 132
AT-8001 132
AT-8002 132
AT-8003 144
AT-8004 152
AT-8005 132
AT-8006 132
AT-8007 132
AT-8009 136
AT-8010 136
AT-8011 136
AT-8012 136
AT-8013 136
AT-8014 181
AT-8015 136
AT-8016 136
AT-8111 164
AT-8112 164
AT-8113 201
AT-8115 201
AT-8117 168
AT-8118 181
AT-8119 168
AT-8120 168
AT-8121 181
AT-8122 168
AT-8125 181
AT-8130 168
AT-8131 168
AT-8132 160
AT-8133 160
AT-8134 181
AT-8139 168
AT-8140 168
AT-8141 181
AT-8149 168
AT-8150 168
AT-8152 162
AT-8153 162
AT-8160 168
AT-8161 168
AT-8201 148
AT-8202 140
AT-8203 144
AT-8204 152
AT-8205 126
AT-8208 152
AT-8209 152
AT-8214 122
AT-8215 122
AT-8216 158
AT-8217 156
AT-8220 148
AT-8221 152
AT-8222 140
AT-8223 144
AT-8226 140
AT-8224 148
REF.
PAG.
AT-8225 152
AT-8226 140
AT-8227 144
AT-8228 125
AT-8229 127
AT-8230 148
AT-8232 128
AT-8233 128
AT-8234 128
AT-8235 128
AT-8236 128
AT-8237 128
AT-8238 128
AT-8240 148
AT-8241 152
AT-8242 140
AT-8243 144
AT-8244 148
AT-8245 152
AT-8246 140
AT-8247 144
AT-8248 125
AT-8249 127
AT-8250 148
AT-8260 148
AT-8261 152
AT-8262 140
AT-8263 144
AT-8264 148
AT-8265 152
AT-8266 152
AT-8267 152
AT-8268 125
AT-8269 152
AT-8270 148
AT-8280 128
AT-8281 124
AT-8283 124
AT-8284 124
AT-8285 124
AT-8286 124
AT-8287 124
AT-8289 124
AT-8290 140
AT-8291 144
AT-8292 140
AT-8293 144
AT-8294 144
AT-8295 144
AT-8296 126
AT-8297 126
AT-8298 126
AT-8299 152
AT-8310 114
AT-8312 114
AT-8350 112
AT-8351 112
AT-8352 112
AT-8398 114
AT-8399 112
REF.
PAG.
AT-8435 166
AT-8463 166
AT-8505 196
AT-8510 196
AT-8511 198
AT-8512 196
AT-8513 197
AT-8515 196
AT-8514 199
AT-8516 197
AT-8524 196
AT-8525 197
AT-8526 199
AT-8530 196
AT-8531 197
AT-8548 196
AT-8549 199
AT-8550 198
AT-8560 196
AT-8561 198
AT-8580 196
AT-8581 198
AT-8590 199
AT-8601 120
AT-8602 120
AT-8603 116
AT-8604 116
AT-8607 118
AT-8608 118
AT-8611 117
AT-8612 117
AT-8613 117
AT-8702 245
AT-8704 244
AT-8705 249
AT-8706 249
AT-8707 248
AT-8708 248
AT-8711 246
AT-8712 246
AT-8713 246
AT-8714 246
AT-8715 246
AT-8716 247
AT-8717 247
AT-8718 247
AT-8719 247
AT-8720 247
AT-8901 192
AT-8905 195
AT-9001 242
AT-9002 242
AT-9003 242
AT-9004 242
AT-9005 242
AT-9006 243
AT-9007 243
AT-9008 243
AT-9009 243
AT-9010 243
REF.
PAG.
AT-9101 214
AT-9104 216
AT-9105 220
AT-9106 220
AT-9107 215
AT-9108 218
AT-9109 220
AT-9205 222
AT-9206 223
AT-9210 222
AT-9211 224
AT-9212 222
AT-9213 223
AT-9215 222
AT-9216 223
AT-9224 222
AT-9225 223
AT-9230 222
AT-9231 223
AT-9248 222
AT-9249 224
AT-9260 222
AT-9261 224
AT-9280 222
AT-9281 224
AT-9320 201
AT-9325 201
AT-9326 201
AT-9401 205
AT-9402 205
AT-9403 205
AT-9501 207
AT-9601 209
C120/C120/12 284
C120/C120/16 284
C120/C120/17 284
C120/M/49 284
C120/T14/64 284
C120/T16/64 284
C120/V20/57 284
C150/C150/12 284
C150/C150/16 284
C150/C150/17 284
C150/M/49 284
C150/T14/64 284
C150/T16/64 284
C150/V20/57 284
C35/C35/12 284
C35/C35/16 284
C35/C35/17 284
C35/M/49 284
C35/T14/64 284
C35/T16/64 284
C35/V20/57 284
C50/C50/12 284
C50/C50/16 284
C50/C50/17 284
C50/M/49 284
C50/T14/64 284
C50/T16/64 284
REF.
PAG.
C50/V20/57 284
C70/C70/12 284
C70/C70/16 284
C70/C70/17 284
C70/M/49 284
C70/T14/64 284
C70/T16/64 284
C70/V20/57 284
C95/C95/12 284
C95/C95/16 284
C95/C95/17 284
C95/M/49 284
C95/T14/64 284
C95/T16/64 284
C95/V20/57 284
E0032 280
E0045 280
E0065 280
E0090 280
E0115 280
E0150 280
E0200 280
E0250 280
MM-C95-P-T14 283
MM-C95-P-T16 283
P302/C50/31 284
P302/P302/21 284
P302/P302/23 284
P302/P302/29 284
P302/T14/71 284
P302/T16/71 284
INDEX
REFERENCE
EXTERNAL
PROTECTION
INDEX INDEX
PAR
LIGNE
BYBY
PRODUCT
DE
PRODUITS
LINE 319
HEADQUARTERS

General Product Catalog

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

General Product Catalog

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas headquarters

In APLICACIONES TECNOLOGICAS, S.A we are experts in lightning

R+D+i: EFFORT AND

Our goal as a company is to provide safe and

We are at the forefront of the sector thanks

With the objective of promoting the evolution

We are experts in lightning

Our internationalization policy is go further

Our successful presence in the international

SOFTWARE: RISK CALCULATION AND PROJECTS

QUALITY: SOLUTIONS AND PRODUCTS

ENVIRONMENT: COMMITMENT AND

We are aware that our products, services and processes must be

Our company is fully committed to theenvironment and sustainable

Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas S.A offers you a whole team of

EXTERNAL PROTECTION systems

Arts and Science Palace of Valencia. (Mesh)

Spain square, Seville, with early streamer emission air terminals

Lightning is one of the most devastating natural phenomena. There are

These electrical discharges are a great hazard to

Aplicaciones Tecnolgicas, S.A. assures through its 5

HOW IS LIGHTNING FORMED?

In normal conditions there is in the atmosphere a balance between positive

LIGHTNING DESTRUCTIVE EFFECTS

Electrical effects: equipment destruction. Ground voltage rises

The values of the main lightning parameters have

Lightning protection standards assume for a direct strike simulation a

Waveshape and currents for positive

The measured values for lightning peak

Standards consider that lightning protection is needed in the following cases:

Larger consecuences in case of

Protected Area with level I

LEGISLATION AND STANDARDS

National Electric Code

Requirements for protection of flammable and explosive areas

IEC/EN 61663 Series: Lightning protection. Telecommunication lines.

Several protection examples:

Interception systems and accesories.

GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN:

PROTECTION RADIUS (Rp) IN METERS

The down conductor should be installed such that its routing is as

Down-conductors should have a cross-section of at least

h: air terminal height over the surface to be protected.

The resistance of the earth measured by conventional means

Working basis and main materials

Internal Lightning Protection System

Spark gap for aerial mast

Lightning event counter

Ground enhancing product

Spark gap for earthing

ESE lightning air terminal

GUIDE FOR THE DESIGN: RODS AND MESHED CONDUCTORS

The installation of a lightning protection system using rods and meshed

According to this method, conductors forming a mesh should be placed on the

The volume protected by the air terminals can be determined using 3

* For structures higher than 60m, this method cannot be applied.

To provide several parallel paths to share the lightning current.

The length of the current paths to the earthing should be as

Distance between down-conductors

Rolling sphere method

The conductors should be fixed to the structure once every meter.

The rolling sphere method is based on an electrogeometrical model, where

For longer conductors, it is recommended to install expansion joints

According to the Standard IEC 62305-3,